84149412 B · 2019-12-25 · 0 270. 19. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out of View). See Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 141. 20. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 168. 21. Instrument

84149412 B

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

19_BUI_Enclave_COV_en_US_84149412B_2018SEP12.ai 1 8/16/2018 8:55:26 AM19_BUI_Enclave_COV_en_US_84149412B_2018SEP12.ai 1 8/16/2018 8:55:26 AM

Buick Enclave Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-12146155) - 2019 - crc - 9/10/18

Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 28

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 122

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 177

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 186

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 344

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357

Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 360

Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 371

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . 382

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386


2 Introduction

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems,slogans, vehicle model names, andvehicle body designs appearing inthis manual including, but not limitedto, GM, the GM logo, BUICK, theBUICK Emblem, and ENCLAVE aretrademarks and/or service marks ofGeneral Motors LLC, itssubsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,substitute the name “GeneralMotors of Canada Company” forBuick Motor Division wherever itappears in this manual.

This manual describes features thatmay or may not be on the vehiclebecause of optional equipment thatwas not purchased on the vehicle,model variants, countryspecifications, features/applicationsthat may not be available in yourregion, or changes subsequent tothe printing of this owner’s manual.

Refer to the purchasedocumentation relating to yourspecific vehicle to confirm thefeatures.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Canadian Vehicle OwnersA French language manual can beobtained from your dealer, atwww.helminc.com, or from:

Propriétaires Canadiens

On peut obtenir un exemplaire dece guide en français auprès duconcessionnaire ou à l'adressesuivante:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170USA

Using this ManualTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle, use the Index in theback of the manual. It is analphabetical list of what is in themanual and the page number whereit can be found.

Danger, Warning, andCautionWarning messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describehazards and what to do to avoid orreduce them.

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 84149412 B Second Printing ©2018 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.


Introduction 3

{ Danger

Danger indicates a hazard with ahigh level of risk which will resultin serious injury or death.

{ Warning

Warning indicates a hazard thatcould result in injury or death.

Caution

Caution indicates a hazard thatcould result in property or vehicledamage.

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “DoNot,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not letthis happen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along withthe text describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message,gauge, or indicator.

M : Shown when the owner’smanual has additional instructionsor information.

* : Shown when the servicemanual has additional instructionsor information.

0 : Shown when there is moreinformation on another page —“see page.”

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbolsthat may be found on the vehicleand what they mean. See thefeatures in this manual forinformation.

u : Air Conditioning System

G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

$ : Brake System Warning Light

9 : Dispose of Used ComponentsProperly

P : Do Not Apply High PressureWater

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited

H : Flammable

[ : Forward Collision Alert

R : Fuse Block Cover LockLocation

+ : Fuses

j : ISOFIX/LATCH System ChildRestraints


4 Introduction

Q : Keep Fuse Block CoversProperly Installed

| : Lane Change Alert

@ : Lane Departure Warning

A : Lane Keep Assist

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

X : Park Assist

~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator

O : Power

7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert

I : Registered Technician

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Seat Belt Reminders

I : Side Blind Zone Alert

h : Stop/Start

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC)

a : Under Pressure

V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator


In Brief 5

In Brief

Instrument PanelInstrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Initial Drive InformationInitial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 9Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . 12Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 13Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Passenger Sensing System . . . 14Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 15Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 17Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Vehicle FeaturesInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 20Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 20Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . 22Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . 22Surround Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 23Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Universal Remote System . . . . . 24Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Performance and MaintenanceTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 25Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 26

Driving for Better FuelEconomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27


6 In Brief

Instrument Panel


In Brief 7

1. Air Vents 0 184.

2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turnand Lane-Change Signals0 172.

IntelliBeam System Button (IfEquipped). See Exterior LampControls 0 168.

3. Manual Mode 0 217.

4. Instrument Cluster 0 132.

Driver Information Center (DIC)Display.See Driver Information Center(DIC) (Base Level) 0 149 orDriver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 152.

5. Windshield Wiper/Washer0 124.

6. Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 222.

All-Wheel Drive Button (IfEquipped). See Driver ModeControl 0 223.

Sport Mode Button (IfEquipped) or Tow/Haul ModeButton (If Equipped). SeeDriver Mode Control 0 223.

7. Light Sensor. See AutomaticHeadlamp System 0 171.

8. Hazard Warning Flashers0 172.

Assistance Systems forParking or Backing 0 237 (IfEquipped).

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 249(If Equipped).

9. Infotainment 0 177.

10. Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 178.

Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 68 (If Equipped).

11. Wireless Charging 0 129 (IfEquipped).

12. Shift Lever. See AutomaticTransmission 0 212.

13. ENGINE START/STOP Button.See Ignition Positions 0 202.

14. Steering Wheel Controls 0 123.

15. Horn 0 124.

16. Steering Wheel Adjustment0 123 (Out of View).

17. Cruise Control 0 225.

Adaptive Cruise Control 0 227(If Equipped).

Heated Steering Wheel 0 123(If Equipped).

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 240 (If Equipped).

18. Hood Release. See Hood0 270.

19. Data Link Connector (DLC)(Out of View). See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 141.

20. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 168.

21. Instrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 173.

22. Electric Parking Brake 0 219.


8 In Brief

Initial DriveInformationThis section provides a briefoverview about some of theimportant features that may or maynot be on your specific vehicle.

For more detailed information, referto each of the features which can befound later in this owner manual.

Stop/Start SystemThis vehicle has a Stop/Startsystem will shut off the engine tohelp conserve fuel. It hascomponents designed for theincreased number of starts.

When the brakes are applied andthe vehicle is at a complete stop,the engine may turn off. Whenstopped, the tachometer displaysAUTO STOP. See Tachometer0 135. When the brake pedal isreleased or the accelerator pedal ispressed, the engine will restart. SeeStop/Start System 0 205.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System

The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter may be used to lock andunlock the doors from up to 60 m(197 ft) away from the vehicle.

Press the button on the bottom ofthe RKE transmitter to remove thekey. Never pull the key out withoutpressing the button. The key can beused for the driver door.

Q : Press to lock all doors.

K : Press to unlock the driver dooror all doors depending on thevehicle personalization settings.

Lock and unlock feedback can bepersonalized.

See Vehicle Personalization 0 156.

7 : Press and release one time toinitiate vehicle locator.


In Brief 9

Press and hold 7 for three secondsto sound the panic alarm.

b : Press twice quickly to open orclose the liftgate. Press once to stopthe liftgate from moving.

See Keys 0 28 and Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 29.

Remote Vehicle StartThe engine can be started fromoutside of the vehicle.

Starting the Vehicle

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash.

Start the vehicle normally afterentering.

When the vehicle starts, the parkinglamps will turn on.

Remote start can be extended.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do one ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

See Remote Vehicle Start 0 36.

Door LocksTo lock or unlock the vehicle fromthe outside:

. Press Q or K on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.

. Use the key. The key lockcylinder is covered with a cap.See Door Locks 0 38.

To lock or unlock the vehicle fromthe inside, use the power door lockswitch.

Power Door Locks

K : Press to unlock the doors.

Q : Press to lock the doors.


10 In Brief

Keyless Access

Press the button on the driver doorhandle when the RKE transmitter iswithin 1 m (3 ft) of the driver doorhandle. When unlocking from thedriver door, the first press unlocksthat door; press again withinfive seconds to unlock all passengerdoors. See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 29.

Liftgate

To unlock the liftgate, press K onthe power door lock switch orpress K on the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter twice tounlock all doors. Press the touchpad on the underside of the liftgatehandle and lift up. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 29.

Power Liftgate Operation

The power liftgate switch is on thedriver door. The vehicle must be inP (Park).

Choose the power liftgate mode byselecting MAX or 3/4. Press8.The driver door must be unlocked.On the RKE transmitter pressbtwice quickly until the liftgate startsmoving.

Press any liftgate button while theliftgate is moving to stop it. Pressagain to reverse the direction.

To close, pressl on the bottomof the liftgate to the left of the latch.

To disable the power liftgatefunction, select OFF on the liftgateswitch. See Liftgate 0 42.


In Brief 11

Windows

Power windows work when theignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,or in Retained Accessory Power(RAP). See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 207.

Using the window switch, press toopen or pull to close the window.

The windows may be temporarilydisabled if they are used repeatedlywithin a short time.

See Power Windows 0 56.

Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust a driverseat while the vehicle is moving.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.

To adjust the seat:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the entire seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

To adjust the seatback, seeReclining Seatbacks 0 64.

To adjust the lumbar support, seeLumbar Adjustment 0 64.

Memory Features

If equipped, memory seats allow twodrivers to save and recall theirunique seat positions for driving the


12 In Brief

vehicle, and a shared exit positionfor getting out of the vehicle. Otherfeature positions may also besaved, such as power mirrors andpower steering wheel, if equipped.Memory positions are linked to RKEtransmitter 1 or 2 for automaticmemory recalls.

Before saving, adjust all availablememory feature positions. Turn theignition on and then press andrelease SET; a beep will sound.Then immediately press and hold 1,2, orB (Exit) until two beepssound. To manually recall thesepositions, press and hold 1, 2, orBuntil the saved position is reached.

When Auto Memory Recall isenabled in vehicle personalization,positions previously saved tomemory buttons 1 and 2 arerecalled when the ignition ischanged from off to on or ACC/ACCESSORY.

When Easy Exit Options is enabledin vehicle personalization, thefeature automatically recalls thepreviously saved exit position whenexiting the vehicle.

Memory adjustments may not beavailable upon delivery or afterservice until steps in “SavingMemory Positions” section areperformed. See Memory Seats 0 65.

Heated and VentilatedSeats

Heated and Ventilated SeatButtons Shown, Heated Seat

Buttons Similar

If available, the buttons are near theclimate controls on the center stack.To operate, the engine must berunning.

Press M or L to heat the driver orpassenger seat.


In Brief 13

Press C or {, if available, toventilate the driver or passengerseat. A ventilated seat has a fanthat pulls or pushes air through theseat. The air is not cooled.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the seat will change tothe next lower setting, and then tothe off setting. The indicator lightsnext to the buttons indicate three forthe highest setting and one for thelowest. If the front heated seats areon high, the level may automaticallybe lowered after approximately30 minutes.

See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 68.

The heated and ventilated frontseats can also be programmed tocome on during a remote start. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 156.

Head RestraintAdjustmentDo not drive until the head restraintsfor all occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To achieve a comfortable seatingposition, change the seatbackrecline angle as little as necessarywhile keeping the seat and the headrestraint height in the properposition.

See Head Restraints 0 62 andReclining Seatbacks 0 64.

Seat Belts

Refer to the following sections forimportant information on how to useseat belts properly:

. Seat Belts 0 76

. How to Wear Seat Belts Properly0 77

. Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 79

. Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 103


14 In Brief

Passenger SensingSystem

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag undercertain conditions. No other airbagis affected by the passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System 0 90.

The passenger airbag statusindicator will light on the overheadconsole when the vehicle is started.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 140.

Mirror Adjustment

Interior Mirror

Adjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind yourvehicle.

Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror

If equipped, the mirror willautomatically reduce the glare of theheadlamps from behind. Thedimming feature comes on when thevehicle is started.

See Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror 0 54.

Rear Camera Mirror

If equipped, this automatic dimmingrearview mirror provides a wideangle camera view of the areabehind the vehicle. For ease of use,adjust the mirror for a clear view ofthe area behind the vehicle whilethe display is off. See Rear CameraMirror 0 54.

Exterior Mirrors

To adjust a mirror:

1. Press} or| to choose thedriver or passenger mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move each mirror in thedesired direction.

See Power Mirrors 0 52.


In Brief 15

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Power Tilt and TelescopingSteering Wheel

To adjust the steering wheel,if equipped:

Press the control up or down to tiltthe steering wheel up or down.

Press the control forward orrearward to move the steering wheelcloser or away from you.


Interior LightingDome Lamps

The dome lamp controls are in theoverhead console.

To operate, press the followingbuttons:

j OFF : Press to turn off thedome lamps when a door is open.An indicator light on the button willturn on when the dome lampoverride is activated. PressjOFF again to deactivate this feature


16 In Brief

and the indicator light will turn off.The dome lamps will come on whendoors are opened.

+ ON/OFF : Press to turn the domelamps on manually. Press again toturn the dome lamps off.

Reading Lamps

There are reading lamps on theoverhead console and over the rearseats. These lamps come on whenany door is opened.

Front Reading Lamps

The front reading lamps are in theoverhead console.

Press the lamp lenses to turn thefront reading lamps on or off.

Rear Reading Lamps

The rear reading lamps are over therear seats.

Press the lamp lens to turn the rearreading lamps on or off.

For more information on interiorlighting, see Instrument PanelIllumination Control 0 173.

Exterior Lighting

The exterior lamp control is on theinstrument panel to the left of thesteering column.

There are four positions.

O : Turns the exterior lamps off anddeactivates the AUTO mode. TurnO again to reactivate theAUTO mode.

In Canada, the headlamps willautomatically reactivate when thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

AUTO : Turns the exterior lamps onand off automatically depending onoutside lighting.


In Brief 17

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

5 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

See:

. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 168

. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)0 171

Windshield Wiper/Washer

With the ignition on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, move the lever toselect the wiper speed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT : Move the windshield wiperlever to INT. Turn the band up formore frequent wipes or down forless frequent wipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe lever down. For several wipes,hold the lever down.

f : Pull the lever toward you tospray windshield washer fluid andactivate the wipers.

See Windshield Wiper/Washer0 124 and Rear Window Wiper/Washer 0 125.


18 In Brief

Climate ControlsThe heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled withthis system.

Climate Control Buttons

1. Driver and PassengerTemperature Displays

2. Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls

3. Driver and Passenger Heatedand Ventilated Seats (IfEquipped)

4. Fan Controls

5. CLIMATE

6. MAX Defrost

7. Recirculation

8. Rear Window Defogger andHeated Outside Mirrors (IfEquipped)

9. ON/OFF (Power)

10. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

Climate Touch Screen Controls

1. Outside Temperature Display


3. Fan Control

4. Sync (SynchronizedTemperature)

5. A/C (Air Conditioning)

6. Climate Control Selection(Application Tray Button)

7. Air Delivery Mode Control


In Brief 19

See Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 178. For more informationabout the rear climate controls, seeRear Climate Control System 0 182.

Transmission

Electronic Precision Shift

This vehicle is equipped with anelectronic transmission. It isdesigned to prevent shifting out ofP (Park), unless the ignition is on,the brake pedal is applied, and theshift lock release button is pressed.

The shift pattern is displayed on thetop of the shift lever. The selectedgear position will illuminate red onthe shift lever.

After releasing the shift lever, it willreturn to the center position.

Shifting from P (Park) toR (Reverse)

1. With your foot on the brakepedal, press and hold the shiftlock release button.

2. Push the shift lever forward,then left toward R (Reverse).

Shifting from P (Park) to D (Drive)

1. With your foot on the brakepedal, press and hold the shiftlock release button.

2. Pull the shift lever back towardD (Drive).

Shifting into P (Park)

1. Press the brake pedal andcome to a complete stop.

2. Press the P button on the shiftlever.

Shifting from D (Drive) to L (Low)

1. While in D (Drive), pull the shiftlever back to L (Low).

2. Pull the shift lever back againto return to D (Drive).

See Automatic Transmission 0 212.


20 In Brief

Electronic Range Select (ERS)

Electronic Range Select (ERS) orManual Mode allows for theselection of the range of gearpositions. Use this mode whendriving downhill to limit the top gearand vehicle speed.

To use:

1. When in D (Drive), pull the shiftlever back to L (Low).

2. Use the Manual Mode controlson the steering wheel toincrease or decrease the gearrange available.

3. Pull the shift lever back againto return to D (Drive).

See Manual Mode 0 217.

Vehicle Features

Infotainment SystemSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See “Steering WheelControls” in the infotainmentmanual.


In Brief 21

Cruise Control

5 : Press to turn cruise control onor off. A white indicator comes on inthe instrument cluster.

RES+ : If there is a set speed inmemory, press the control up brieflyto resume to that speed or pressand hold to accelerate. If cruisecontrol is already engaged, use toincrease vehicle speed.

SET− : Press the control downbriefly to set the speed and activatecruise control. If cruise control isalready engaged, use to decreasevehicle speed.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

See Cruise Control 0 225 andAdaptive Cruise Control 0 227 (ifequipped).

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC display is in the instrumentcluster. It shows the status of manyvehicle systems.

l org : Press to move up ordown in a list.

h or k : Press to move between theinteractive display zones in thecluster.

V : Press to open a menu or selecta menu item. Press and hold toreset values on certain screens.

See Driver Information Center (DIC)(Base Level) 0 149 or DriverInformation Center (DIC) (Uplevel)0 152.


22 In Brief

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, FCA may help avoid orreduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes. FCA provides agreen indicator,V, when a vehicleis detected ahead. This indicatordisplays amber when following avehicle much too closely. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a flashing redalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps or pulses the driver seat.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 240.

Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB)If the vehicle has Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), it also has FAB, whichincludes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA). When the systemdetects a vehicle ahead in your paththat is traveling in the samedirection that you may be about tocrash into, it can provide a boost tobraking or automatically brake the

vehicle. This can help avoid orlessen the severity of crashes whendriving in a forward gear.

See Forward Automatic Braking(FAB) 0 243.

Front Pedestrian Braking(FPB) SystemIf equipped, the FPB system mayhelp avoid or reduce the harmcaused by front-end crashes withnearby pedestrians when driving ina forward gear. FPB displays anamber indicator, ~, when a nearbypedestrian is detected directlyahead. When approaching adetected pedestrian too quickly,FPB provides a red flashing alert onthe windshield and rapidly beeps orpulses the driver seat. FPB canprovide a boost to braking orautomatically brake the vehicle.

See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System 0 244.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)If equipped, LKA may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel if thevehicle approaches a detected lanemarking without using a turn signalin that direction. It may also providea Lane Departure Warning (LDW)alert as the lane marking is crossed.The system will not assist or alert ifit detects that you are activelysteering. Override LKA by turningthe steering wheel. LKA uses acamera to detect lane markingsbetween 60 km/h (37 mph) and180 km/h (112 mph).

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)0 249 and Lane Keep Assist (LKA)0 249.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding lane changecrashes that occur with movingvehicles in the side blind zone (orspot) areas or with vehicles rapidly


In Brief 23

approaching these areas frombehind. The LCA warning displaywill light up in the correspondingoutside mirror and will flash if theturn signal is on. The Side BlindZone Alert (SBZA) system isincluded as part of the LCA system.

See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)0 246 and Lane Change Alert (LCA)0 247.

Surround VisionIf equipped, views around thevehicle appear in the infotainmentdisplay to aid with parking andlow-speed maneuvers.

See “Surround Vision” underAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 237.

Front Vision Camera

If equipped, a view of the area infront of the vehicle appears on theinfotainment display to aid withparking and low-speed maneuvers.

See “Front Vision Camera” underAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 237.

Rear VisionCamera (RVC)If equipped, RVC shows a view ofthe area behind the vehicle on theinfotainment display when thevehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) toaid with parking and low-speedbacking maneuvers.

See Assistance Systems for Parkingor Backing 0 237.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA) SystemIf equipped, the RCTA systemshows a triangle with an arrow onthe infotainment display to warn oftraffic behind your vehicle that maycross your vehicle's path while inR (Reverse). In addition, beeps willsound, or the driver seat will pulse.


Park AssistIf equipped, Rear Park Assist (RPA)uses sensors on the rear bumper toassist with parking and avoidingobjects while in R (Reverse).It operates at speeds less than8 km/h (5 mph). RPA may show awarning triangle on the infotainmentdisplay and a graphic on theinstrument cluster to provide theobject distance. In addition, multiplebeeps or seat pulses may occur ifvery close to an object.

The vehicle may also have the FrontPark Assist system.


Power OutletsThe vehicle has two 12-voltaccessory power outlets, which canbe used to plug in electricalequipment, such as a cell phone orMP3 player.


24 In Brief

The power outlets are:

. Under the front of the centerconsole.

. In the rear cargo area.

To use the outlets, remove thecover.

See Power Outlets 0 127.

Universal Remote System

If equipped, the Universal RemoteSystem allows for garage dooropeners, security systems, andhome automation devices to beprogrammed to work with thesebuttons in the vehicle.

See Universal Remote System0 164.

SunroofIf equipped, the ignition must be onor in ACC/ACCESSORY,or Retained Accessory Power (RAP)must be active to operate thesunroof.See Ignition Positions 0 202 andRetained Accessory Power (RAP)0 207.

1. Sunroof Switch (SLIDE)2. Vent Switch (TILT)


In Brief 25

Slide Switch

Express-Open/Express-Close :Press and releaseD (1) toexpress-open the sunroof. Pressand releaseg (1) toexpress-close the sunroof.

Open/Close (Manual Mode) : FullypressD (1) to open the sunroof.Release to stop at the desiredposition. Fully pressg (1) toclose the sunroof. Release to stopat the desired position.

Tilt Switch

Vent Feature : PressE (2) to ventthe sunroof. Press again and hold toopen the sunroof. Release to stop atthe desired position. Pressg (2)to express-close the sunroof. Pressagain to stop the movement.

See Sunroof 0 59.

Performance andMaintenance

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControlThe Traction Control System (TCS)limits wheel spin. The system is onwhen the vehicle is started.

The StabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) system assists withdirectional control of the vehicle indifficult driving conditions. Thesystem is on when the vehicle isstarted.

. To turn off TCS, press andrelease g on the center stack.i illuminates in the instrumentcluster and the appropriate DICmessage displays.

. Press and release g again toturn TCS back on.

. To turn off both TCS andStabiliTrak/ESC, press and holdg until g and i illuminate in the

instrument cluster. Theappropriate DIC messagedisplays.

. Press and release g again toturn on both systems.

See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 222.

Tire Pressure MonitorThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).

The low tire pressure warning lightalerts to a significant loss inpressure of one of the vehicle'stires. If the warning light comes on,stop as soon as possible and inflatethe tires to the recommendedpressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. See


26 In Brief

Vehicle Load Limits 0 198. Thewarning light will remain on until thetire pressure is corrected.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thismay be an early indicator that thetire pressures are getting low andthe tires need to be inflated to theproper pressure.

The TPMS does not replace normalmonthly tire maintenance. Maintainthe correct tire pressures.

See Tire Pressure Monitor System0 308.

Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped)

This feature provides visual andaudible alerts outside the vehicle tohelp when inflating an underinflatedtire to the recommended cold tirepressure. See “Tire Fill Alert (IfEquipped)” under Tire PressureMonitor Operation 0 309.

Fuel

Regular Unleaded Fuel

Use only Regular 87 octane — (R+M)/2 — or higher unleadedgasoline in your vehicle. TOP TIERDetergent Gasoline isrecommended. Do not use gasolinewith an octane rating lower as it willresult in reduced performance andlower fuel economy. SeeRecommended Fuel 0 251.

E85 or FlexFuel

No E85 or FlexFuel

Gasoline-ethanol fuel blends greaterthan E15 (15% ethanol by volume),such as E85, cannot be used in thisvehicle.

Engine Oil Life SystemThe engine oil life system calculatesengine oil life based on vehicle useand displays the CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message when it is timeto change the engine oil and filter.The oil life system should be resetto 100% only following an oilchange.

Resetting the Oil Life System

1. Display the REMAINING OILLIFE on the DIC.See Driver Information Center(DIC) (Base Level) 0 149 orDriver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 152.

2. Press and hold V on the DICwhile the Oil Life display isactive. The oil life will changeto 100%.

See Engine Oil Life System 0 274.


In Brief 27

Driving for Better FuelEconomyDriving habits can affect fuelmileage. Here are some driving tipsto get the best fuel economypossible.

. Set the climate controls to thedesired temperature after theengine is started, or turn themoff when not required.

. On AWD vehicles, see DriverMode Control 0 223.

. Avoid fast starts and acceleratesmoothly.

. Brake gradually and avoidabrupt stops.

. Avoid idling the engine for longperiods of time.

. When road and weatherconditions are appropriate, usecruise control.

. Always follow posted speedlimits or drive more slowly whenconditions require.

. Keep vehicle tires properlyinflated.

. Combine several trips into asingle trip.

. Replace the vehicle's tires withthe same TPC Spec numbermolded into the tire's sidewallnear the size.

. Follow recommended scheduledmaintenance.

Roadside AssistanceProgramU.S.: 1-800-252-1112

TTY Users (U.S. Only):1-888-889-2438

Canada: 1-800-268-6800

New Buick owners are automaticallyenrolled in the Roadside AssistanceProgram.

See Roadside Assistance Program0 364.


28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 36Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 40Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

DoorsLiftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 50Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 51

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . . 53Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Interior MirrorsInterior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 54Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle witha Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is dangerous andchildren or others could beseriously injured or killed. Theycould operate the power windowsor other controls or make thevehicle move. The windows willfunction with the RKE transmitterin the vehicle, and children orothers could be caught in the pathof a closing window. Do not leavechildren in a vehicle with an RKEtransmitter.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

The key inside the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter is used forthe driver door.

To remove the key, press the buttonon the bottom of the RKEtransmitter and pull the key out.Never pull the key out withoutpressing the button.

If it becomes difficult to turn the key,inspect the key blade for debris.

See your dealer if a new key isneeded.

Contact Roadside Assistance iflocked out of the vehicle. SeeRoadside Assistance Program0 364.

With an active OnStar or connectedservice plan, an OnStar Advisormay remotely unlock the vehicle.See OnStar Overview 0 374.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemSee Radio Frequency Statement0 370.

If there is a decrease in the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) operatingrange:

. Check the distance. Thetransmitter may be too far fromthe vehicle.

. Check the location. Othervehicles or objects may beblocking the signal.

. Check the transmitter's battery.See “Battery Replacement” laterin this section.

. If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see yourdealer or a qualified technicianfor service.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System OperationThe Keyless Access system allowsfor vehicle entry when the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter iswithin 1 m (3 ft). See “KeylessAccess Operation” following.

The RKE transmitter functions maywork up to 60 m (197 ft) away fromthe vehicle.



Other conditions can impact theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 29.

Q : Press to lock all doors. The turnsignal indicators may flash and/orthe horn may sound on the secondpress to indicate locking. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 156.

If the driver door is open when Q ispressed, and Unlocked DoorAnti-Lockout is enabled throughvehicle personalization, all doors willlock and then the driver door willimmediately unlock. See Vehicle

Personalization 0 156. If thepassenger door is open when Q ispressed, all doors lock.

Pressing Q may also arm thetheft-deterrent system. See VehicleAlarm System 0 50.

If equipped with auto mirror folding,press and hold Q for one second tofold the mirrors, if enabled. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 156.

K : Press to unlock the driver door.Press unlock again withinfive seconds to unlock all doors.The RKE transmitter can beprogrammed to unlock all doors onthe first button press. See VehiclePersonalization 0 156. Whenremotely unlocking the vehicle atnight the back-up lamps will comeon for about 30 seconds to lightyour approach to the vehicle. Theturn signal indicators may flash toindicate unlocking. See VehiclePersonalization 0 156.

Pressing K will disarm thetheft-deterrent system. See VehicleAlarm System 0 50.

If equipped with auto mirror folding,press and hold K for one second tounfold the mirrors, if enabled. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 156.

If equipped with remote windows,press and hold K to open all of thewindows, if enabled. See VehiclePersonalization 0 156.

/ : Press and release Q and thenimmediately press and hold/ for atleast four seconds to start theengine from outside the vehicleusing the RKE transmitter. SeeRemote Vehicle Start 0 36.

7 : Press and release one time toinitiate vehicle locator. The exteriorlamps flash and the horn chirpsthree times. Press and hold 7 forthree seconds to sound the panicalarm. The horn sounds and theturn signal lamps flash for30 seconds, or until 7 is pressedagain or the vehicle is started.

b : Press twice quickly to open orclose the liftgate.



Press once to stop the liftgate frommoving.

Keyless Access Operation

With the Keyless Access system,you can lock and unlock the doorsand access the liftgate withoutremoving the RKE transmitter fromyour pocket, purse, briefcase, etc.The RKE transmitter should bewithin 1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate or doorbeing opened. The buttons are onthe outside door handles.

Keyless Access can beprogrammed to unlock all doors onthe first lock/unlock press from thedriver door. See VehiclePersonalization 0 156.

If equipped with memory seats, RKEtransmitters 1 and 2 are linked toseating positions of memory 1 or 2.See Memory Seats 0 65.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromthe Driver Door

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) ofthe driver door handle, pressing thelock/unlock button on the driver door

handle will unlock the driver door.If the lock/unlock button is pressedagain within five seconds, allpassenger doors will unlock.

Driver Shown, Passenger Similar

Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause all doors to lock if any of thefollowing occur:

. It has been more thanfive seconds since the first lock/unlock button press.

. Two lock/unlock button presseswere used to unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromPassenger Doors

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) ofthe door handle, pressing the lock/unlock button on that door handlewill unlock all doors. Pressing thelock/unlock button will cause alldoors to lock if any of the followingoccur:

. The lock/unlock button was usedto unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

Disable/Enable Keyless Unlockingof Exterior Door Handles andLiftgate

If equipped, keyless unlocking of theexterior door handles and liftgatecan be disabled and enabled.

Disabling Keyless Unlocking:

With the vehicle off, press and holdQ and K on the RKE transmitter atthe same time for approximatelythree seconds. The turn signallamps will flash four times quickly toindicate access is disabled. Using



any exterior handle to unlock thedoors or open the liftgate will causethe turn signal lamps to flash fourtimes quickly, indicating access isdisabled. If disabled, disarm thealarm system before starting thevehicle.

Enabling Keyless Unlocking:

With the vehicle off, press and holdQ and K on the RKE transmitter atthe same time for approximatelythree seconds. The turn signallamps will flash twice quickly toindicate access is enabled.

Passive Locking

The vehicle will lock severalseconds after all doors are closed ifthe vehicle is off and at least oneRKE transmitter has been removedor none remain in the interior.

If other electronic devices interferewith the RKE transmitter signal, thevehicle may not detect the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle.If passive locking is enabled, thedoors may lock with the RKE

transmitter inside the vehicle. Donot leave the RKE transmitter in anunattended vehicle.

To customize the doors toautomatically lock when exiting thevehicle, see “Remote Lock, Unlock,Start” under Vehicle Personalization0 156.

Temporary Disable of PassiveLocking

Temporarily disable passive lockingby pressing and holding K on theinterior door switch with a door openfor at least four seconds, or untilthree chimes are heard. Passivelocking will then remain disableduntil Q on the interior door ispressed, or until the vehicle isturned on.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

When the vehicle is turned off andan RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle, the horn will chirp threetimes after all doors are closed. Toturn on or off see VehiclePersonalization 0 156.

Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert

If the vehicle is on with a door open,and then all doors are closed, thevehicle will check for RKEtransmitters inside. If an RKEtransmitter is not detected, theDriver Information Center (DIC) willdisplay NO REMOTE DETECTEDand the horn will chirp three times.This occurs only once each time thevehicle is driven.

Keyless Liftgate Opening

Press the touch pad on the liftgatehandle to open the liftgate if theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft).

Key Access

To access a vehicle with a weaktransmitter battery, see Door Locks0 38.



Programming Transmitters tothe Vehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmedto the vehicle will work. If atransmitter is lost or stolen, areplacement can be purchased andprogrammed through your dealer.The vehicle can be reprogrammedso that lost or stolen transmitters nolonger work. Each vehicle can haveup to eight transmitters matchedto it.

Programming with RecognizedTransmitters

A new transmitter can beprogrammed to the vehicle whenthere are two recognizedtransmitters.

To program, the vehicle must be offand all of the transmitters, bothcurrently recognized and new, mustbe with you.

1. Place the two recognizedtransmitters in the cupholder.

2. Remove the key lock cylindercap on the driver door handle.See Door Locks 0 38. Insert

the vehicle key of the newtransmitter into the key lockcylinder on the driver doorhandle and turn the key,counterclockwise, to the unlockposition five times within10 seconds.

The DIC displays READY FORREMOTE #2, 3, 4, ETC.

3. Remove the top tray and therubber mat inside the centerconsole storage area. Placethe new transmitter into thetransmitter pocket.

4. Press ENGINE START/STOP.When the transmitter is learnedthe DIC display will show that itis ready to program the nexttransmitter.

5. Remove the transmitter fromthe transmitter pocket andpress the transmitter K or Qbutton.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 3–5.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold ENGINE START/STOP for12 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

6. Put the key back into thetransmitter.

7. Replace the key lock cylindercap. See Door Locks 0 38.



Programming without RecognizedTransmitters

If two currently recognizedtransmitters are not available, followthis procedure to program up toeight transmitters. This feature isnot available in Canada. Thisprocedure will take approximately30 minutes to complete. The vehiclemust be off and all of thetransmitters you wish to programmust be with you.

1. Remove the key lock cylindercap on the driver door handle.See Door Locks 0 38. Insertthe vehicle key of thetransmitter into the key lockcylinder on the driver doorhandle and turn the key,counterclockwise, to the unlockposition five times within10 seconds.

The DIC displays REMOTELEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

2. Wait for 10 minutes until theDIC displays PRESS ENGINESTART BUTTON TO LEARNand then press ENGINESTART/STOP.

The DIC display will againshow REMOTE LEARNPENDING, PLEASE WAIT.

3. Repeat Step 2 two additionaltimes. After the third time allpreviously known transmitterswill no longer work with thevehicle. Remaining transmitterscan be relearned during thenext steps.

The DIC display should nowshow READY FOR REMOTE# 1.


5. Press ENGINE START/STOP.When the transmitter is learnedthe DIC display will show that itis ready to program the nexttransmitter.

6. Remove the transmitter fromthe transmitter pocket andpress the transmitter K or Qbutton.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.



When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold ENGINE START/STOP for12 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

7. Put the key back into thetransmitter.

8. Replace the key lock cylindercap. See Door Locks 0 38.

Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery

When the vehicle is started, if thetransmitter battery is weak, the DICmay display NO REMOTEDETECTED or NO REMOTE KEYWAS DETECTED PLACE KEY INTRANSMITTER POCKET THENSTART YOUR VEHICLE. The DICmay also display REPLACEBATTERY IN REMOTE KEY.

To start the vehicle:


2. With the vehicle in P (Park) orN (Neutral), press the brakepedal and ENGINESTART/STOP.

Replace the transmitter batteryas soon as possible.

Battery Replacement

Replace the battery in thetransmitter soon if the DIC displaysREPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEY.

Caution

When replacing the battery, donot touch any of the circuitry onthe transmitter. Static from yourbody could damage thetransmitter.

To replace the battery:



1. Press the button on the bottomof the RKE transmitter toremove the key. Never pull thekey out without pressing thebutton.

2. Insert a flat, thin object andremove the back cover.

3. Lift the battery with a flatobject.

4. Remove the battery.

5. Insert the new battery, positiveside toward the back cover.Replace with a CR2032 orequivalent battery.

6. Push together the transmitter.

7. Insert the key back into theRKE transmitter.

Remote Vehicle StartThe vehicle has a remote startingfeature that starts the engine fromoutside of the vehicle.

/ : This button is on the RKEtransmitter.

Laws in some communities mayrestrict the use of remote starters.For example, some laws mayrequire a person using the remotestart to have the vehicle in viewwhen doing so. Check localregulations for any requirements onremote starting of vehicles.

Do not use the remote start featureif the vehicle is low on fuel. Thevehicle could run out of fuel.

The RKE transmitter range may beless while the vehicle is running.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 29.



Starting the Engine UsingRemote Start

To start the vehicle:

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Immediately after completingStep 1, press and hold/ untilthe lamps flash. If the vehicle'slights cannot be seen, pressand hold/ for at leastfour seconds.

When the vehicle starts, the parklamps will turn on and remain on aslong as the engine is running. Thedoors will be locked and the climatecontrol system will operateautomatically if the vehicle has theautomatic system, or at the samesetting as when the vehicle was lastturned off.

With an automatic climate controlsystem and if equipped with heatedseats, the heated seats turn onduring colder outside temperaturesand shut off when the ignition isturned on. See Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 68.

If equipped with an auto heatedsteering wheel, it may come onduring a remote start. See HeatedSteering Wheel 0 123.

The rear window defogger andheated mirrors, if equipped, turn onduring colder outside temperaturesand turn off when the ignition isturned on.

After entering the vehicle during aremote start, press the brake andENGINE START/STOP with thetransmitter in the vehicle to drive thevehicle.

If the vehicle is left running, itautomatically shuts off after15 minutes unless a time extensionhas been done.

Extending Engine Run Time

To extend the engine run time by15 minutes, repeat Steps 1 and 2while the engine is still running. Anextension can be requested30 seconds after starting. Theengine run time can only beextended if it is the first remote start

since the vehicle has been driven.Remote start can be extendedone time.

If the remote start procedure is usedagain while the engine is stillrunning, 15 minutes will be addedon for a total of 30 minutes.

For example, if Q and then/ arepressed again while the engine isstill running, 15 minutes will beadded on for a total of 30 minutes.

A maximum of two remote starts orremote start with an extension areallowed between ignition cycles.

After the vehicle's engine has beenstarted two times using the remotestart button or a start with anextension, the ignition must beturned on and then back off beforethe remote start procedure can beused again.

Canceling a Remote Start

To manually shut off a remote start:

. Press and hold/ until thelamps turn off.


38 Keys, Doors, and Windows. Turn on the hazard warning

flashers.

. Turn the ignition switch on andthen off.

Conditions in Which theRemote Start Will Not Work

The vehicle cannot be started usingthe remote start feature if the key isin the ignition, the hood is open,or there is an emission controlsystem malfunction.

The engine turns off during a remotestart if the coolant temperature getstoo high or if the oil pressuregets low.

Door Locks

{ Warning

Unlocked doors can bedangerous.

. Passengers, especiallychildren, can easily openthe doors and fall out of a

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

moving vehicle. The doorscan be unlocked andopened while the vehicle ismoving. The chance ofbeing thrown out of thevehicle in a crash isincreased if the doors arenot locked. So, allpassengers should wearseat belts properly and thedoors should be lockedwhenever the vehicle isdriven.

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A childcan be overcome byextreme heat and can sufferpermanent injuries or evendeath from heat stroke.Always lock the vehiclewhenever leaving it.

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen you slow down or stop

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the vehicle. Locking thedoors can help prevent thisfrom happening.

To lock/unlock the doors from theoutside:

. Press Q or K on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 29.

. Use the key in the driver door.The key lock cylinder is coveredwith a cap.

To lock/unlock the doors from theinside:

. Press Q or K on the power doorlock switch.

. Push down on the door lockknob to lock a door.

. Pull the door handle once tounlock it. Pull the door handleagain to unlatch it.



Keyless Access

The RKE transmitter must be within1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate or doorbeing opened. Press the button onthe door handle to open. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 29.

Driver Door Key Lock CylinderAccess (In Case of DeadBattery)

To access the driver door key lockcylinder:

1. Insert the key into the slot onthe bottom of the cap.

2. Lift the key upward to removethe cap.

3. Insert the key into the cylinderand turn to unlock.



To replace the cap:

1. Position the bottom edge of thecap under the lower edge ofthe metal piece (2). Thetabs (3) attach to the metalpiece (2) at the positions (1).

2. Rotate the cap upward andinstall into place.

3. Check that the cap is secure.

Free-Turning Locks

The door key lock cylinder turnsfreely when either the wrong key isused, or the correct key is not fullyinserted. The free-turning door lockfeature prevents the lock from beingforced open. To reset the lock, turnit to the vertical position with thecorrect key fully inserted. Removethe key and insert it again. If thisdoes not reset the lock, turn the keyhalfway around in the cylinder andrepeat the reset procedure.

Power Door Locks

Q : Press to lock the doors.

K : Press to unlock the doors.

Delayed LockingThis feature delays the locking ofthe doors until five seconds after alldoors are closed.

When Q is pressed on the powerdoor lock switch while the door isopen, a chime will sound threetimes indicating delayed locking isactive.

The doors will lock automaticallyfive seconds after all doors areclosed. If a door is reopened beforethat time, the five-second timer willreset when all doors are closedagain.

Press Q on the door lock switch

again or press Q on the RKEtransmitter to lock the doorsimmediately.

This feature can also beprogrammed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 156.

Automatic Door LocksThe doors will lock automaticallywhen all doors are closed, theignition is on, and the vehicle isshifted out of P (Park).

If a vehicle door is unlocked andthen opened and closed, the doorswill lock either when your foot isremoved from the brake or thevehicle speed becomes faster than13 km/h (8 mph).



To unlock the doors:

. Press K on the power door lockswitch.

. Shift into P (Park).

Automatic door locking cannot bedisabled. Automatic door unlockingcan be programmed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 156.

Lockout ProtectionIf the ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY and the power doorlock switch is pressed with thedriver door open, all the doors willlock and only the driver door willunlock.

If the vehicle is off and locking isrequested while a door is open,when all doors are closed thevehicle will check for RKEtransmitters inside. If an RKEtransmitter is detected and thenumber of RKE transmitters insidehas not reduced, the driver door willunlock and the horn will chirp threetimes.

Lockout Protection can be manuallyoverridden with the driver door openby pressing and holding Q on thepower door lock switch.

Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout hasbeen turned on and the vehicle isoff, the driver door is open, andlocking is requested, all the doorswill lock and the driver door willremain open. Press the button againto lock the driver door. TheUnlocked Door Anti-Lockout featurecan be turned on or off. See VehiclePersonalization 0 156.

Safety LocksThe rear door safety locks preventpassengers from opening the reardoors from inside the vehicle.

Manual Safety Locks

If equipped, the safety lock is on theinside edge of the rear doors. Touse the safety lock:

1. Move the lever down to thelock position.

2. Close the door.

3. Do the same for the otherrear door.



To open a rear door when the safetylock is on:

1. Unlock the door by activatingthe inside handle, by pressingthe power door lock switch,or by using the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

2. Open the door from theoutside.

When the safety lock is enabled,adults and older children will not beable to open the rear door from theinside. Cancel the safety locks toenable the doors to open from theinside.

To cancel the safety lock:

1. Unlock the door and open itfrom the outside.

2. Move the lever up to unlock.Do the same for the other door.

Doors

Liftgate

{ Warning

Exhaust gases can enter thevehicle if it is driven with theliftgate or trunk/hatch open,or with any objects that passthrough the seal between thebody and the trunk/hatch orliftgate. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO) whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle must be driven withthe liftgate or trunk/hatch open:

. Close all of the windows.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside airand set the fan speed to thehighest setting. See“Climate Control Systems”in the Index.

. If the vehicle is equippedwith a power liftgate, disablethe power liftgate function.

See Engine Exhaust 0 211.

Caution

To avoid damage to the liftgate orliftgate glass, make sure the areaabove and behind the liftgate isclear before opening it.



Manual Liftgate

To unlock the liftgate, press K onthe power door lock switch orpress K on the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter twice withinfive seconds. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 29.

To open the liftgate, press the touchpad under the liftgate handle andlift up.

With Keyless Access, the liftgatecan be opened when locked if theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)

of the touch pad. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 29.

Use the pull cup to lower and closethe liftgate. Do not press the touchpad while closing the liftgate. Thismay cause the liftgate to beunlatched.

The liftgate has an electric latch.If the battery is disconnected or haslow voltage, the liftgate will notopen. The liftgate will resumeoperation when the battery isreconnected and charged.

Always close the liftgate beforedriving.

Power Liftgate Operation

{ Warning

You or others could be injured ifcaught in the path of the powerliftgate. Make sure there is no onein the way of the liftgate as it isopening and closing.

Caution

Driving with an open andunsecured liftgate may result indamage to the power liftgatecomponents.

The power liftgate switch is on thedriver door. The vehicle must be inP (Park).

The modes are:

. MAX: Opens to maximumheight.


44 Keys, Doors, and Windows. 3/4: Opens to a reduced height

that can be set from 3/4 to fullyopen. Use to prevent the liftgatefrom opening into overheadobstructions such as a garagedoor or roof-mounted cargo. Theliftgate can be manually openedall the way.

. OFF: Opens manually only.

To power open or close the liftgate,select MAX or 3/4 mode.

. Pressb twice quickly on theRKE transmitter until the liftgatemoves.

. Press8 on the driver door.The driver door must either beunlocked or locked without thesecurity armed.

. Press the touch pad on theunderside of the liftgate handleafter unlocking all doors.A locked vehicle can be openedif the RKE transmitter is within1 m (3 ft) of the touch pad.

. Pressl on the bottom edge ofthe liftgate to the left of the latchto close.

Press any liftgate button, the touchpad, orb on the RKE transmitterwhile the liftgate is moving to stop it.Pressing any liftgate button orpressingb twice quickly on theRKE transmitter restarts theoperation in the reverse direction.Pressing the touch pad on theliftgate handle will restart themotion, but only in the openingdirection.

Caution

Manually forcing the liftgate toopen or close during a powercycle can damage the vehicle.Allow the power cycle tocomplete.

The power liftgate may betemporarily disabled under extremelow temperatures, or after repeatedpower cycling over a short period oftime. If this occurs, the liftgate canstill be operated manually.

If the vehicle is shifted out ofP (Park) while the power function isin progress, the liftgate will continueto completion. If the vehicle isaccelerated before the liftgate hascompleted moving, the liftgate maystop or reverse direction. Check forDIC messages and make sure theliftgate is closed and latched beforedriving.



Falling Liftgate Detection

If the power liftgate automaticallycloses after a power opening cycle,it indicates that the system isreacting to excess weight on theliftgate or a possible support strutfailure. A repetitive chime will soundwhile the falling liftgate detectionfeature is operating. Remove anyexcess weight. If the liftgatecontinues to automatically closeafter opening, see your dealer forservice before using the powerliftgate.

Interfering with the power liftgatemotion or manually closing theliftgate too quickly after poweropening may resemble a supportstrut failure. This could also activatethe falling liftgate detection feature.Allow the liftgate to complete itsoperation and wait a few secondsbefore manually closing the liftgate.

Obstacle Detection Features

If the liftgate encounters an obstacleduring a power open or close cycle,the liftgate will automatically reversedirection and move a short distanceaway from the obstacle. Afterremoving the obstruction, the powerliftgate operation can be used again.If the liftgate encounters multipleobstacles on the same power cycle,the power function will deactivate.After removing the obstructions,manually close the liftgate which willallow normal power operationfunctions to resume.

If the vehicle is locked while theliftgate is closing, and an obstacle isencountered that prevents theliftgate from completely closing, thehorn will sound as an alert that theliftgate did not close.

Pinch sensors are on the sideedges of the liftgate. If an object iscaught between the liftgate and thevehicle and presses against thissensor, the liftgate will reversedirection and open fully. The liftgatewill remain open until it is activatedagain or closed manually.

Setting the 3/4 Mode

To change the position the liftgatestops at when opening:

1. Select MAX or 3/4 mode andpower open the liftgate.

2. Stop the liftgate movement atthe desired height by pressingany liftgate switch. Manuallyadjust the liftgate position ifneeded.

3. Press and holdl to the leftof the latch at the bottom of theliftgate until the turn signalsflash and a beep sounds. Thisindicates the setting has beenrecorded.

The liftgate cannot be set below aminimum programmable height.If there is no light flash or sound,then the height adjustment may betoo low.



Manual Operation

Select OFF to manually operate theliftgate. See “Manual Liftgate” at thebeginning of this section.

Caution

Attempting to move the liftgatetoo quickly and with excessiveforce may result in damage to thevehicle.

Operate the liftgate manually with asmooth motion and moderatespeed. The system includes afeature which limits the manualclosing speed to protect thecomponents.

Hands-Free Operation

If equipped, the liftgate may beoperated with a kicking motion nearthe left side of the rear bumper atthe location of the projected logo.The RKE transmitter must be within1 m (3 ft) of the rear bumper tooperate the power liftgatehands-free.

The hands-free feature will not workwhile the liftgate is moving. To stopthe liftgate while in motion use oneof the liftgate switches.

The hands-free feature can becustomized. See VehiclePersonalization 0 156. Choose fromthe following:

On-Open and Close : The kickingmotion is activated to both open andclose the liftgate.

On-Open Only : The kicking motionis activated to only open the liftgate.

Off : The feature is disabled.

Kick Zone

To operate, move your foot in aforward kicking motion near the leftside of the rear bumper at thelocation of the projected logo, thenpull it back. The kick must comewithin 14 cm (6 in) of the rearbumper to activate. Then step back.

Caution

Splashing water may cause theliftgate to open. Keep the RKEtransmitter away from the rearbumper detection area or turn the

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

liftgate mode to OFF whencleaning or working near the rearbumper to avoid accidentalopening.

. Do not sweep your foot sideto side.

. Do not keep your foot under thebumper; the liftgate will notactivate.

. Do not touch the liftgate until ithas stopped moving.

When closing the liftgate using thisfeature, there will be a short delay.The taillamps will flash and a chimewill sound.

Step away from the liftgate before itstarts moving.

Projected Logo

If equipped with this feature, avehicle logo will be projected forone minute onto the ground nearthe rear bumper when an RKEtransmitter is detected within

approximately 2 m (6 ft). Theprojected logo may not be visibleunder brighter daytime conditions.

1. 1 m (3 ft) Hands-FreeOperation Detection Zone

2. 2 m (6 ft) Projected LogoDetection Zone

The projected logo shows where thekicking motion is to take place.

The projected logo will only beavailable for this RKE transmitterafter it has been out of range for atleast 20 seconds.

If an RKE transmitter is againdetected within approximately 2 m(6 ft) of the liftgate, or anotherhands-free operation has beendetected, the one-minute timer willbe reset.

The projected logo will not workunder these conditions:

. The vehicle battery is low.

. The transmission is not inP (Park).

. Hands Free Liftgate Control isset to Off in vehiclepersonalization. See VehiclePersonalization 0 156.

. Power liftgate is turned off.

. The vehicle remains parked for72 hours or more, with no RKEtransmitter use or KeylessAccess operation. To re-enable,press any button on the RKEtransmitter or open and close avehicle door.



The projected logo will not work fora single RKE transmitter when atransmitter:

. Has been left withinapproximately 2 m (6 ft) of theliftgate for several minutes.

. Has been left inside the vehicleand all vehicle doors are closed.

. Has approached the areaoutside of the liftgate five timeswithin 10 minutes.

Lens Cleaning

Clean the recessed lens using asoft, damp cloth.



Hands-Free Liftgate and Projected Logo Availability

Action Hands-Free Liftgate Projected Logo

RKE transmitter entering projectedlogo detection zone

Operative On for one minute

RKE transmitter left inside projectedlogo detection zone for minimum of10 minutes

Operative Off until RKE transmitter button pressor a door is opened and closed

RKE transmitter brought in and out ofprojected logo detection zone fivetimes or more within 10 minutes

Operative Off for one hour or until RKEtransmitter button press or a door isopened and closed

Vehicle remains parked for more than72 hours

Operative Off until RKE transmitter button pressor a door is opened and closed

Vehicle battery is low Non-operative Off

Transmission is not in P (Park) Non-operative Off

Power liftgate is turned off Non-operative Off

Hands-free liftgate is disabled invehicle personalization

Non-operative Off



Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makethe vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm SystemThis vehicle has an anti-theft alarmsystem.

The indicator light, on theinstrument panel near thewindshield, indicates the status ofthe system.

Off : Alarm system is disarmed.

On Solid : Vehicle is securedduring the delay to arm the system.

Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.A door, the hood, or the liftgateis open.

Slow Flash : Alarm system isarmed.

Arming the Alarm System

1. Close the liftgate and the hood.Turn off the vehicle.

2. Lock the vehicle in one ofthree ways:

. Use the RKE transmitter.

. Use the Keyless Accesssystem.

. With a door open, press theinside Q.

3. After 30 seconds the alarmsystem will arm, and theindicator light will begin toslowly flash indicating thealarm system is operating.Pressing Q on the RKEtransmitter a second time will

bypass the 30-second delayand immediately arm the alarmsystem.

The vehicle alarm system will notarm if the doors are locked withthe key.

If the driver door is opened withoutfirst unlocking with the RKEtransmitter, the horn will chirp andthe lights will flash to indicatepre-alarm. If the vehicle is notstarted, or the door is not unlockedby pressing K on the RKEtransmitter during the 10-secondpre-alarm, the alarm will beactivated.

The alarm will also be activated if apassenger door, the liftgate, or thehood is opened without firstdisarming the system. When thealarm is activated, the turn signalsflash and the horn sounds for about30 seconds. The alarm system willthen re-arm to monitor for the nextunauthorized event.



Disarming the Alarm System

To disarm the alarm system or turnoff the alarm if it has been activated:

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Unlock the vehicle using theKeyless Access system.

. Start the vehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:

. Lock the vehicle after alloccupants have left the vehicleand all doors are closed.

. Always unlock a door with theRKE transmitter or use theKeyless Access system.

Unlocking the driver door with thekey will not disarm the system orturn off the alarm.

How to Detect a TamperCondition

If K is pressed and the horn chirpsand the lights flash three times, thealarm was activated while the alarmsystem was armed.

If the alarm system has beenactivated, a message will appear onthe DIC.

ImmobilizerSee Radio Frequency Statement0 370.

Immobilizer OperationThis vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system.

The system does not have to bemanually armed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automaticallyimmobilized when the vehicle isturned off.

The immobilization system isdisarmed when the ignition is on orin ACC/ACCESSORY and a validtransmitter is present in the vehicle.

The security light, in the instrumentcluster, comes on if there is aproblem with arming or disarmingthe theft-deterrent system.

The system has one or more RKEtransmitters matched to animmobilizer control unit in yourvehicle. Only a correctly matchedRKE transmitter will start thevehicle. If the transmitter is everdamaged, you may not be able tostart your vehicle.

When trying to start the vehicle, thesecurity light may come on brieflywhen the ignition is turned on.

If the engine does not start and thesecurity light stays on, there is aproblem with the system. Turn theignition off and try again.

If the vehicle will not change ignitionmodes, and the RKE transmitterappears to be undamaged, tryanother transmitter. Or, you may tryplacing the transmitter in thetransmitter pocket located in thecenter console.



If the ignition mode will not changewith the other transmitter or with atransmitter in the transmitter pocket,your vehicle needs service. If theignition does change modes, thefirst transmitter may be faulty. Seeyour dealer who can service thetheft-deterrent system and have anew RKE transmitter programmed tothe vehicle.

It is possible for the immobilizersystem to learn new or replacementRKE transmitters. Up to eighttransmitters can be programmed forthe vehicle. To program additionaltransmitters, see “ProgrammingTransmitters to the Vehicle” underRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 29.

Do not leave the transmitter ordevice that disarms or deactivatesthe theft-deterrent system in thevehicle.

Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ Warning

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If youcut too sharply into the right lane,you could hit a vehicle on theright. Check the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder beforechanging lanes.

The passenger side mirror is convexshaped. A convex mirror's surface iscurved so more can be seen fromthe driver seat.

Power Mirrors

To adjust a mirror:

1. Press} or| to choose thedriver or passenger mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move each mirror in thedesired direction.

Folding Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors

The mirrors can be folded inwardtoward the vehicle to preventdamage when going through an



automatic car wash. Push the mirroroutward to return it to the originalposition.

Power Folding Mirrors

If equipped, pressg to power foldthe mirrors. Press again to unfold.

Resetting the Power FoldingMirrors

Reset the power folding mirrors ifthe mirrors:

. Are accidentally obstructed whilefolding.

. Are accidentally manually folded/unfolded.

. Do not stay in the unfoldedposition.

. Vibrate at normal driving speeds.

Fold and unfold the mirrors one timeusing the mirror controls to resetthem to their normal position.A noise may be heard during theresetting of the power foldingmirrors. This sound is normal after amanual folding operation.

Auto Folding Mirror

If equipped, with the transmission inP (Park), press and hold Q on theRKE transmitter for approximatelyone second to automatically fold theexterior mirrors. Press and hold Kon the RKE transmitter forapproximately one second to unfold.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 29.

Memory Mirrors

The vehicle may have memorymirrors. See Memory Seats 0 65.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)

The vehicle may have LCA. SeeLane Change Alert (LCA) 0 247.

Side Blind Zone Alert

The vehicle may have Side BlindZone Alert. See Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA) 0 246.

Heated MirrorsK : Press to heat the mirrors.

See “Rear Window Defogger” underDual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 178.

Automatic DimmingMirrorThe driver outside mirrorautomatically adjusts for the glare ofheadlamps from behind.

Reverse Tilt MirrorsIf equipped with memory seats, thepassenger and/or driver mirror tiltsto a preselected position when thevehicle is in R (Reverse). Thisallows the curb to be seen whenparallel parking.



The mirror(s) return to the originalposition when:

. The vehicle is shifted out ofR (Reverse), or remains inR (Reverse) for about30 seconds.

. The ignition is turned off.

. The vehicle is driven inR (Reverse) above a set speed.

To turn this feature on or off, seeVehicle Personalization 0 156.

Interior Mirrors

Interior Rearview MirrorsAdjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind the vehicle.

Do not spray glass cleaner directlyon the mirror. Use a soft toweldampened with water.

Automatic DimmingRearview MirrorIf equipped, automatic dimmingreduces the glare of headlampsfrom behind. The dimming featurecomes on when the vehicle isstarted.

Rear Camera MirrorIf equipped, this automatic dimmingmirror provides a wide angle cameraview of the area behind the vehicle.

Pull the tab rearward to turn on thedisplay. Push the tab forward to turnit off. When off, the mirror isautomatic dimming. Adjust themirror for a clear view of the areabehind the vehicle while the displayis off.



To adjust the brightness, press thebutton (1) on the back of therearview mirror without covering thelight sensor (2).

Each button press cycles thebrightness between five settings.

{ Warning

The Rear Camera Mirror (RCM)has a limited view. Portions of theroad, vehicles, and other objectsmay not be seen. Do not drive orpark the vehicle using only thiscamera. Objects may appearcloser than they are. Check theoutside mirrors or glance overyour shoulder when making lanechanges or merging. Failure touse proper care may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.

The camera that provides the RearCamera Mirror (RCM) image isabove the license plate, next to theRear Vision Camera (RVC).

Troubleshooting

If the tab is in the rearward positionand a blue screen and d aredisplayed in the mirror and thedisplay shuts off, see your dealer forservice.

The RCM may not work properly ordisplay a clear image if:

. There is glare from the sun orheadlamps. This may obstructobjects from view.


56 Keys, Doors, and Windows. Dirt, snow, or other debris blocks

the camera lens. Clean the lenswith a soft damp cloth, or ifequipped, with the Rear CameraWasher. See Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 124.

. The back of the vehicle hasbeen damaged and the positionand mounting angle of thecamera has changed.

Windows

{ Warning

Never leave a child, a helplessadult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windowsclosed in warm or hot weather.They can be overcome by theextreme heat and sufferpermanent injuries or even deathfrom heat stroke.

The vehicle aerodynamics aredesigned to improve fuel economyperformance. This may result in apulsing sound when either rearwindow is down and the frontwindows are up. To reduce thesound, open either a front windowor the sunroof, if equipped.

Power Windows

{ Warning

Children could be seriouslyinjured or killed if caught in thepath of a closing window. Neverleave the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter in a vehicle withchildren. When there are childrenin the rear seat, use the windowlockout switch to preventoperation of the windows. SeeKeys 0 28.



The power windows work when theignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,or when Retained Accessory Power(RAP) is active. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 207.

Using the window switch, press toopen or pull to close the window.

The windows may be temporarilydisabled if they are used repeatedlywithin a short time.

Window Lockout

This feature stops the rearpassenger window switches fromworking.

. Press2 to engage the rearwindow lockout feature. Theindicator light is on whenengaged.

. Press2 again to disengage.

Window Express Movement

All windows can be opened withoutholding the window switch. Pressthe switch down fully and quicklyrelease to express open thewindow.

If equipped, pull the window switchup fully and quickly release toexpress close the window.

Briefly press or pull the windowswitch in the same direction to stopthat window’s express movement.

Window Automatic ReversalSystem

The express-close feature willreverse window movement if itcomes in contact with an object.Extreme cold or ice could cause thewindow to auto-reverse. Thewindow will operate normally afterthe object or condition is removed.



Automatic Reversal SystemOverride

{ Warning

If automatic reversal systemoverride is active, the window willnot reverse automatically. You orothers could be injured and thewindow could be damaged.Before using automatic reversalsystem override, make sure thatall people and obstructions areclear of the window path.

When the engine is on, override theautomatic reversal system by pullingand holding the window switch ifconditions prevent it from closing.

Programming the PowerWindows

Programming may be necessary ifthe vehicle battery has beendisconnected or discharged. If thewindow is unable to express-up,program each express-closewindow:

1. Close all doors.

2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ACCESSORY.

3. Partially open the window to beprogrammed. Then close it andcontinue to pull the switchbriefly after the window hasfully closed.

4. Open the window and continueto press the switch briefly afterthe window has fully opened.

Remote Window Operation

If equipped, this feature allows thewindows to be opened and closedremotely. If enabled in vehiclepersonalization, press and hold K

on the RKE transmitter to open thewindows or Q to close the windows.See Vehicle Personalization 0 156.

Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to blockglare. Detach the sun visor from thecenter mount to pivot to the sidewindow and, if equipped, extendalong the rod.



Roof

SunroofIf equipped, the ignition must be onor in ACC/ACCESSORY,or Retained Accessory Power (RAP)must be active to operate thesunroof.See Ignition Positions 0 202 andRetained Accessory Power (RAP)0 207.

1. Sunroof Switch (SLIDE)2. Vent Switch (TILT)

Slide Switch

Express-Open/Express-Close :Press and releaseD (1) toexpress-open the sunroof. Thesunshade will not openautomatically. Press and releaseg (1) to express-close thesunroof.

Open/Close (Manual Mode) : FullypressD (1) to open the sunroof.The sunshade will not automaticallyopen with the sunroof. Release tostop at the desired position. Fullypressg (1) to close the sunroof.Release to stop at the desiredposition.

Tilt Switch

Vent Feature : PressE (2) to ventthe sunroof. Press again and hold toopen the sunroof. Release to stop atthe desired position. The sunshadewill not open automatically. Pressg (2) to express-close thesunroof. Press again to stop themovement.

The front sunshade can only beopened and closed manually. Thesunshade can be opened bypushing up on the handle, andclosed by pulling forward on thehandle until it latches.

If equipped, the rear sunshade canonly be opened or closed manually.To open, press the latch button (ifequipped) on the handle whilepushing up to unlatch it. Thesunshade will retract to the openposition. To close the sunshade, pullthe handle forward until it latches.Do not try to close the sunshadewhile the sunroof is fully opened orin the vent position.

The sunroof cannot be opened orclosed if the vehicle has anelectrical failure.

Automatic Reversal System

The sunroof has an automaticreversal system that is only activewhen the sunroof is operated inexpress-close mode.



If an object is in the path whileexpress closing, the reversal systemwill detect an object, stop, and openthe sunroof again.

If frost or other conditions preventclosing, override the feature byclosing the sunroof in manual mode.To stop movement, release theswitch.

Dirt and debris may collect on thesunroof seal or in the track. Thiscould cause an issue with sunroofoperation or noise. It could also plugthe water drainage system.Periodically open the sunroof andremove any obstacles or loosedebris. Wipe the sunroof seal androof sealing area using a cleancloth, mild soap, and water. Do notremove grease from the sunroof.

If water is seen dripping into thewater drainage system, this isnormal.


Seats and Restraints 61

Seats andRestraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Front SeatsPower Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 64Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 64Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Rear SeatsRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Seat BeltsSeat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76How to Wear Seat BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Seat Belt Use DuringPregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 82Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Replacing Seat Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 85When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Passenger Sensing System . . . 90Servicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 94

Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 95Replacing Airbag System Partsafter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96Infants and Young Children . . . . 97Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . 100Where to Put the Restraint . . . 102Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) . . . 103

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . 111

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in theRear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in theFront Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113


62 Seats and Restraints

Head RestraintsFront Seats

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

The vehicle's front seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

Adjust the head restraint so that thetop of the restraint is at the sameheight as the top of the occupant'shead. This position reduces thechance of a neck injury in a crash.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted.

To raise or lower the head restraint,press the button located on the sideof the head restraint, and pull up orpush the head restraint down, andrelease the button. Pull and push onthe head restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

The front seat outboard headrestraints are not removable.

Rear Seats

Second Row Seats

The vehicle’s second row seatshave adjustable head restraints inthe outboard seating positions.



The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted. Pull the head restraintup to raise it. Try to move the headrestraint to make sure that it islocked in place.

To lower the head restraint, pressthe button, located on the top of theseatback, and push the headrestraint down. Try to move thehead restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

Always adjust the head restraint sothat the top of the restraint is at thesame height as the top of theoccupant's head.

If you are installing a child restraintin the rear seat, see “Securing aChild Restraint Designed for theLATCH System” under LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) 0 103.

Third Row Seats

The vehicle’s third row seats havehead restraints in the outboardseating positions that cannot beadjusted up or down.

The third row outboard headrestraints are not removable.

The third row outboard headrestraints are designed to be folded.

The head restraint can be folded toallow for better visibility when therear seat is unoccupied.

When folding the seatback down,the head restraint will automaticallyfold out of the way as the seat isfolded down.

Return the lowered head restraint tothe upright position until it locks intoplace. Push and pull on the headrestraint to make sure it is locked.

When an occupant is in the seat,always return the head restraint tothe upright position. Pull the headrestraint up and push it rearwarduntil it locks into place. Push andpull on the head restraint to makesure that it is locked.



Front Seats

Power Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust a driverseat while the vehicle is moving.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.

{ Warning

The power seats will work withthe ignition off. Children couldoperate the power seats and beinjured. Never leave childrenalone in the vehicle.

To adjust the seat:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the entire seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

To adjust the seatback, seeReclining Seatbacks 0 64.

To adjust the lumbar support, seeLumbar Adjustment 0 64.

Lumbar Adjustment

Press and hold the control forwardto increase or rearward to decreasesupport.

Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckledup, the seat belts cannot dotheir job.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. Instead, it willbe in front of you. In a crash, youcould go into it, receiving neck orother injuries.

The lap belt could go up overyour abdomen. The belt forceswould be there, not at your pelvicbones. This could cause seriousinternal injuries.

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit wellback in the seat and wear theseat belt properly.

Do not have a seatback reclined ifthe vehicle is moving.

. Tilt the top of the controlrearward to recline.

. Tilt the top of the control forwardto raise.

Memory Seats

If equipped, memory seats allow twodrivers to save and recall theirunique seat positions for driving thevehicle, and a shared exit positionfor getting out of the vehicle. Otherfeature positions may also besaved, such as power mirrors andpower steering wheel, if equipped.Memory positions are linked to RKEtransmitter 1 or 2 for automaticmemory recalls.



Before saving, adjust all availablememory feature positions. Turn theignition on and then press andrelease SET; a beep will sound.Then immediately press and hold 1,2, orB (Exit) until two beepssound. To manually recall thesepositions, press and hold 1, 2, orBuntil the saved position is reached.Follow the instructions under“Saving Memory Positions.”

The vehicle identifies the currentdriver’s RKE transmitter number(1–8). See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 29. OnlyRKE transmitters 1 and 2 can beused for automatic memory recalls.A Driver Information Center (DIC)welcome message indicating thetransmitter number may display forthe first few ignition cycles followinga transmitter change. For AutoMemory Recall to work properly,save the positions to the memorybutton (1 or 2) matching the RKEtransmitter number displayed in theDIC welcome message. Carry thelinked RKE transmitter whenentering the vehicle.

Memory adjustments may not beavailable upon delivery or afterservice until steps in “SavingMemory Positions” section areperformed.

Vehicle Personalization Settings

. To have the Auto Memory Recallmovement begin when thevehicle is started, select theSettings menu, then Vehicle,then Comfort and Convenience,and then Auto Memory Recall.Select On or Off. See “AutoMemory Recall” later in thissection.

. To begin Easy Exit Recallmovement when the ignition isturned off and the driver door isopened, or when the ignition isturned off with the driver dooralready opened, select theSettings menu, then Vehicle,then Comfort and Convenience,and then Easy Exit Options.Select On or Off. See “Easy ExitRecall” later in this section.

. See Vehicle Personalization0 156 for additional settinginformation.

Identifying Driver Number

To identify the driver number:

1. Start the vehicle with a differentkey or RKE transmitter. TheDIC should display the drivernumber; 1 or 2. Turn theignition off and remove the keyor RKE transmitter from thevehicle.

2. Start the vehicle with the initialkey or RKE transmitter. TheDIC should display the otherdriver number not shown inStep 1.

Saving Memory Positions

Read these instructions completelybefore saving memory positions.

To save preferred driving positions1 and 2:


A DIC welcome message mayindicate driver number 1 or 2.



2. Adjust all available memoryfeatures to the desired drivingposition.

3. Press and release SET; a beepwill sound.

4. Immediately press and hold the1 or 2 memory button matchingthe above DIC welcomemessage until two beepssound.

If too much time passesbetween releasing SET andpressing 1, the memoryposition will not be saved andtwo beeps will not sound.Repeat Steps 3 and 4.

1 or 2 corresponds to the drivernumber. See “Identifying DriverNumber” previously in thissection.

5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a seconddriver using 1 or 2.

To save the position forB andeasy exit features, repeat Steps 1–4usingB. This saves the positionfor getting out of the vehicle.

Save preferred memory featurepositions to both 1 and 2 if you arethe only driver.

Manually Recalling MemoryPositions

Press and hold 1, 2, orB to recallthe previously saved memorypositions.

To stop Manual Memory Recallmovement, release 1, 2, orB orpress any of the following controls:

. Power seat

. Memory SET

. Power mirror, with the driver orpassenger side mirror selected

. Power steering wheel,if equipped

Auto Memory Recall

The vehicle identifies the number ofthe current driver’s RKE transmitter(1–8). See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 29. If theRKE transmitter is 1 or 2, and AutoMemory Recall is programmed on invehicle personalization, the

positions saved to the samememory button number 1 or 2 areautomatically recalled when theignition is turned on, or turned fromoff to ACC/ACCESSORY. RKEtransmitters 3–8 will not provideautomatic memory recalls.

To turn Auto Memory Recall on oroff, see "Vehicle PersonalizationSettings" previously in this sectionand Vehicle Personalization 0 156.

The vehicle must be in P (Park) tostart Auto Memory Recall. AutoMemory Recall will complete if thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park)prior to reaching the saved memoryposition.

To stop Auto Memory Recallmovement, turn the ignition off orpress any of the following controls:

. Power seat

. Memory SET, 1, 2, orB





If the saved memory seat positiondoes not automatically recall orrecalls to the wrong positions, thedriver’s RKE transmitter number (1or 2) may not match the memorybutton number that positions weresaved to. Try saving the position tothe other memory button or try theother RKE transmitter.

Easy Exit Recall

Easy Exit Recall is not linked to anRKE transmitter. The position savedtoB is used for all drivers. To turnEasy Exit Recall on or off, see"Vehicle Personalization Settings"previously in this section andVehicle Personalization 0 156.

If turned on, the position saved toB is automatically recalled whenone of the following occurs:

. The vehicle is turned off and thedriver door is opened within ashort time.

. The vehicle is turned off with thedriver door open.

To stop Easy Exit Recall movement,press any of the following memorycontrols:

. Power seat

. Memory SET, 1, 2, orB



Obstructions

If something has blocked the driverseat and/or power steering wheelwhile recalling a memory position,the recall may stop. Remove theobstruction and try the recall again.If the memory position still does notrecall, see your dealer for service.

Heated and VentilatedFront Seats

{ Warning

If temperature change or pain tothe skin cannot be felt, the seatheater may cause burns. Toreduce the risk of burns, use carewhen using the seat heater,especially for long periods oftime. Do not place anything onthe seat that insulates againstheat, such as a blanket, cushion,cover, or similar item. This maycause the seat heater tooverheat. An overheated seatheater may cause a burn or maydamage the seat.



Heated and Ventilated SeatButtons Shown, Heated Seat

Buttons Similar

If equipped, the buttons are near theclimate controls on the center stack.To operate, the engine must berunning.

Press M or L to heat the driver orpassenger seatback and cushion.

Press C or {, if available, toventilate the driver or passengerseat. A ventilated seat has a fanthat pulls or pushes air through theseat. The air is not cooled.

When this feature is off, the heatedand ventilated seat symbols on thebuttons are white. When a heatedseat is turned on, the symbol turnsred. When a ventilated seat isturned on, the symbol turns blue.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the seat will change tothe next lower setting, and then tothe off setting. The indicator lightsnext to the buttons indicate three forthe highest setting and one for thelowest. If the heated seats are onhigh, the level may automatically belowered after approximately30 minutes.

The passenger seat may takelonger to heat up.

Auto Heated and Ventilated Seats

When the vehicle is on, this featurewill automatically activate theheated or ventilated seats at thelevel required by the vehicle’sinterior temperature.

The active high, medium, low, or offheated or ventilated seat level willbe indicated by the manual heated

or ventilated seat buttons on thecenter stack. Use the manualheated or ventilated seat buttons onthe center stack to turn auto heatedor ventilated seats off. If thepassenger seat is unoccupied, theauto heated or ventilated seatsfeature will not activate that seat.The auto heated or ventilated seatsfeature can be programmed toalways be enabled when the vehicleis on.

See Vehicle Personalization 0 156.

Remote Start Heated andVentilated Seats

During a remote start, the heated orventilated seats, if equipped, can beturned on automatically. When it iscold outside, the heated seats turnon, and when it is hot outside theventilated seats turn on. The heatedor ventilated seats are canceledwhen the ignition is turned on. Pressthe heated or ventilated seat buttonto use the heated or ventilated seatsafter the vehicle is started.



The heated or ventilated seatindicator lights do not turn on duringa remote start.

The temperature performance of anunoccupied seat may be reduced.This is normal.

The remote start heated orventilated seats may be enabled ordisabled in the vehiclepersonalization menu.See Remote Vehicle Start 0 36 andVehicle Personalization 0 156.

Rear SeatsRear Seat Reminder

If equipped, the message REARSEAT REMINDER LOOK IN REARSEAT displays under certainconditions indicating there may bean item or passenger in the rearseat. Check before exiting thevehicle.

This feature will activate when asecond row door is opened whilethe vehicle is on or up to 10 minutesbefore the vehicle is turned on.There will be an alert when thevehicle is turned off. The alert doesnot directly detect objects in the rearseat; instead, under certainconditions, it detects when a reardoor is opened and closed,indicating that there may besomething in the rear seat.

The feature is active only once eachtime the vehicle is turned on and off,and will require reactivation byopening and closing the second rowdoors. There may be an alert evenwhen there is nothing in the rearseat; for example, if a child entered

the vehicle through the rear doorand left the vehicle without thevehicle being shut off.

The feature can be turned on or off.See Vehicle Personalization 0 156.

Rear Seat Adjustment

The second row seats slide forwardfor more room.

To adjust the seat position:

1. Remove objects on the floor infront of or on the second rowseat, or in the seat tracks onthe floor.



2. Lift the lever below the seatcushion and slide the seatforward or backward.

Entering and Exiting theThird Row

{ Warning

Using the third row seatingposition while the second row isfolded could cause injury in asudden stop or crash. Be sure toreturn the seat to the passengerseating position. Push and pull onthe seat to make sure it is lockedinto place.

{ Warning

If the seatback and seat base arenot locked, the seat could moveforward in a sudden stop or crashand injure the occupant. Alwayspush and pull on the seatbacks tobe sure the seatback and seatbase are locked.

Caution

Folding a rear seat with the seatbelts still fastened may causedamage to the seat or the seatbelts. Always unbuckle the seatbelts and return them to theirnormal stowed position beforefolding a rear seat.

To access the third row from thepassenger side:

The second row passenger sideseat can be easily moved for thirdrow entry or exit with aforward-facing child restraintinstalled using the LATCH system.Remove a rear-facing child restraintbefore moving the seat for third rowentry or exit.

{ Warning

Remove the child from the childrestraint before moving the seatforward for third row entry or exit.Failure to do so may result ininjury to the child.

1. Remove objects on the floor infront of or under the secondrow seat, or in the seat trackson the floor.

2. Pull the handle on the side ofthe seat forward and pull theseat forward.



Returning the Seat to theSeating Position

To return the second row seat to itsnormal seating position:

1. Remove objects on the floorbehind or under the secondrow seat or in the seat trackson the floor.

2. Push on the seatback until theseat is locked into place.

3. Push and pull on the seatbackand seat cushion to make surethey are locked in place.

4. Check that the seat belt is notunder the seat cushion.

Reclining the Seatbacks

To recline the seatbacks:

1. Leaning rearward in the seat,pull the reclining seatbackhandle.

2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, and thenrelease the handle to lock theseatback in place.

3. Push and pull on the seatbackto make sure it is locked.

Folding the Seatbacks

To fold the second row seatbacks:

1. Remove anything on or underthe seat.

2. Fold the head restraintrearward. See Head Restraints0 62.

3. Pull up on the recliningseatback handle. The seatbackwill move forward and fold flaton top of the cushion. Do notplace anything on the seatduring this operation.



To return the seatback to theseating position, lift the seatbackand push it rearward until it locksinto place. Push and pull on theseatback to make sure it is locked.Pull on the head restraint to return itto the upright, locked position.

Heated Rear Seats

{ Warning

If temperature change or pain tothe skin cannot be felt, the seatheater may cause burns. See theWarning under Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 68.

If available, the buttons are on therear of the center console.

With the engine running, press M orL to heat the left or right outboardseat cushion. An indicator on theclimate control display appearswhen this feature is on.

This feature turns on at the highestsetting. With each press of thebutton, the heated seat changes tothe next lower setting, and then theoff setting. Three lights indicate thehighest setting, and one lightindicates the lowest. If the heatedseats are on high, the level mayautomatically be lowered afterapproximately 30 minutes.

Third Row Seats

{ Warning

Using the third row seatingposition while the second row isfolded, or pushed forward in theentry position, could cause injuryin a sudden stop or crash. Besure to return the seat to thepassenger seating position. Pushand pull on the seat to make sureit is locked into place.

Folding the Seatback

Caution

Folding a rear seat with the seatbelts still fastened may causedamage to the seat or the seatbelts. Always unbuckle the seatbelts and return them to theirnormal stowed position beforefolding a rear seat.



To fold the third row seatback:

1. Remove objects on the floor infront of or on the second rowseat, or in the seat tracks onthe floor.

2. If the second row seat is in thefull rear position, adjust itforward to allow the third rowseat to fold fully flat.

3. Remove anything on or underthe seat.

4. Disconnect the center seat beltmini-latch, using a key in theslot on the mini-buckle, and letthe belt retract into theheadliner.

5. Stow the mini-latch in theholder in the headliner.

6. Pull the release strap locatedon the seatback.

7. Push the seatback forward tolay flat.

8. Repeat for the other seatback,if necessary.

Returning the Seat to theSeating Position

To return the seatback to theseating position:

1. From the rear of the vehicle,raise the seatback to theupright position using the pullstrap on the back of the third



row seat, or lift the seatbackand push it into place frominside the vehicle.

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

2. Push and pull on the seatbackto make sure it is locked inplace.

{ Warning

A seat belt that is improperlyrouted, not properly attached,or twisted will not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. After raising therear seatback, always check to be

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

sure that the seat belts areproperly routed and attached, andare not twisted.

3. Reconnect the center seat beltmini-latch to the mini-buckle.Do not let it twist.

4. Pull on the seat belt to be surethe mini-latch is secure.

Power Seatback Folding

If equipped, the third row seatbackscan also be folded forward andreturned to the upright position bypressing and holding the switcheson the passenger side of the rearcargo area.



Seat BeltsThis section describes how to useseat belts properly, and some thingsnot to do.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride where aseat belt cannot be worn properly.In a crash, if you or yourpassenger(s) are not wearingseat belts, injuries can be muchworse than if you are wearingseat belts. You can be seriouslyinjured or killed by hitting thingsinside the vehicle harder or bybeing ejected from the vehicle. Inaddition, anyone who is notbuckled up can strike otherpassengers in the vehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area, inside or outsideof a vehicle. In a collision,passengers riding in these areasare more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed. Do not allow

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

passengers to ride in any area ofthe vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and seat belts.

Always wear a seat belt, andcheck that all passenger(s) arerestrained properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the seat belts.See Seat Belt Reminders 0 139.

Why Seat Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travelas fast as the vehicle does. If thevehicle stops suddenly, you keepgoing until something stops you.It could be the windshield, theinstrument panel, or the seat belts!

When you wear a seat belt, you andthe vehicle slow down together.There is more time to stop becauseyou stop over a longer distance and,when worn properly, your strongestbones take the forces from the seatbelts. That is why wearing seat beltsmakes such good sense.

Questions and Answers AboutSeat Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing aseat belt?

A: You could be— whether you arewearing a seat belt or not. Yourchance of being consciousduring and after a crash, so youcan unbuckle and get out, ismuch greater if you are belted.



Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear seatbelts?

A: Airbags are supplementalsystems only. They work withseat belts— not instead of them.Whether or not an airbag isprovided, all occupants still haveto buckle up to get the mostprotection.

Also, in nearly all states and inall Canadian provinces, the lawrequires wearing seat belts.

How to Wear Seat BeltsProperlyFollow these rules for everyone'sprotection.

There are additional things to knowabout seat belts and children,including smaller children andinfants. If a child will be riding in thevehicle, see Older Children 0 96 orInfants and Young Children 0 97.Review and follow the rules forchildren in addition to the followingrules.

It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who arewearing seat belts.

There are important things to knowabout wearing a seat belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in front ofyou (if possible).

. Always use the correct bucklefor your seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt lowand snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,

this applies force to the strongpelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lapbelt. If you slid under it, the beltwould apply force on yourabdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restrainingforces. The shoulder belt locks ifthere is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearingyour seat belt properly.



Never allow the lap or shoulder beltto become loose or twisted.

Never wear the shoulder belt underboth arms or behind your back.

Always use the correct buckle foryour seating position.

Never route the lap or shoulder beltover an armrest.



Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

If you are using a rear seatingposition with a detachable seat beltand the seat belt is not attached,see Third Row Seats 0 73 forinstructions on reconnecting theseat belt to the mini-buckle.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.

1. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see“Seats” in the Index.

2. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not letit get twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lockif you pull the belt across youvery quickly. If this happens, letthe belt go back slightly tounlock it. Then pull the beltacross you more slowly.

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled out allthe way, the child restraintlocking feature may beengaged. If this happens, letthe belt go back all the wayand start again.

Engaging the child restraintlocking feature in the frontoutboard seating position mayaffect the passenger sensingsystem. See PassengerSensing System 0 90.

If the webbing locks in the latchplate before it reaches thebuckle, tilt the latch plate flat tounlock.



3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure. If thebelt is not long enough, seeSeat Belt Extender 0 81.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

4. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.

To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt shouldreturn to its stowed position.

Always stow the seat belt slowly.If the seat belt webbing returnsquickly to the stowed position, theretractor may lock and cannot bepulled out. If this happens, pull theseat belt straight out firmly to unlockthe webbing, and then release it.If the webbing is still locked in theretractor, see your dealer.

Before a door is closed, be sure theseat belt is out of the way. If a dooris slammed against a seat belt,damage can occur to both the seatbelt and the vehicle.

Seat Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has seat beltpretensioners for front outboardoccupants. Although the seat beltpretensioners cannot be seen, theyare part of the seat belt assembly.They can help tighten the seat beltsduring the early stages of amoderate to severe frontal, nearfrontal, or rear crash if the thresholdconditions for pretensioner



activation are met. Seat beltpretensioners can also help tightenthe seat belts in a side crash or arollover event.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash,the pretensioners and probablyother parts of the vehicle’s seat beltsystem will need to be replaced.See Replacing Seat Belt SystemParts after a Crash 0 82.

Do not sit on the outboard seat beltwhile entering or exiting the vehicleor at any time while sitting in theseat. Sitting on the seat belt candamage the webbing and hardware.

Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides

Rear seat belt comfort guides mayprovide added seat belt comfort forolder children who have outgrownbooster seats and for some adults.When installed on a shoulder belt,the comfort guide positions theshoulder belt away from the neckand head.

Comfort guides are availablethrough your dealer for the rearoutboard seating positions.Instructions are included with theguide.

Seat Belt Use DuringPregnancySeat belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely tobe seriously injured if they do notwear seat belts.

A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lapportion should be worn as low aspossible, below the rounding,throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus isto protect the mother. When a seatbelt is worn properly, it is more likelythat the fetus will not be hurt in acrash. For pregnant women, as foranyone, the key to making seatbelts effective is wearing themproperly.

Seat Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle's seat belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a seat belt is not long enough,your dealer will order you anextender. When you go in to order it,take the heaviest coat you will wear,so the extender will be long enoughfor you. To help avoid personalinjury, do not let someone else useit, and use it only for the seat it ismade to fit. The extender has beendesigned for adults. Never use it forsecuring child restraints. For more



information on the proper use and fitof seat belt extenders see theinstruction sheet that comes withthe extender.

Safety System CheckPeriodically check the seat beltreminder, seat belts, buckles, latchplates, retractors, shoulder beltheight adjusters (if equipped), andseat belt anchorages to make surethey are all in working order. Lookfor any other loose or damaged seatbelt system parts that might keep aseat belt system from performingproperly. See your dealer to have itrepaired. Torn, frayed, or twistedseat belts may not protect you in acrash. Torn or frayed seat belts canrip apart under impact forces. If abelt is torn or frayed, have itreplaced immediately. If a belt istwisted, it may be possible tountwist by reversing the latch plateon the webbing. If the twist cannotbe corrected, ask your dealer tofix it.

Make sure the seat belt reminderlight is working. See Seat BeltReminders 0 139.

Keep seat belts clean and dry. SeeSeat Belt Care 0 82.

Seat Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.

Seat belts should be properly caredfor and maintained.

Seat belt hardware should be keptdry and free of dust or debris. Asnecessary, exterior hard surfacesand seat belt webbing may be lightlycleaned with mild soap and water.Ensure there is not excessive dustor debris in the mechanism. If dustor debris exists in the system pleasesee the dealer. Parts may need tobe replaced to ensure properfunctionality of the system.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse seat belt webbing only withmild soap and lukewarm water.Allow the webbing to dry.

Replacing Seat BeltSystem Parts after aCrash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the seat beltsystem in the vehicle. A damagedseat belt system may not properlyprotect the person using it,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the seat belt systems areworking properly after a crash,

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

have them inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

After a minor crash, replacement ofseat belts may not be necessary.But the seat belt assemblies thatwere used during any crash mayhave been stressed or damaged.See your dealer to have the seatbelt assemblies inspected orreplaced.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the seat beltsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Have the seat belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicleor while you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 140.

Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the followingairbags:

. A frontal airbag for the driver

. A frontal airbag for the frontoutboard passenger

. A front center airbag for thedriver and front outboardpassenger

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the driver

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the front outboardpassenger

. A roof-rail airbag for the driverand for the second and third rowpassengers seated directlybehind the driver

. A roof-rail airbag for the frontoutboard passenger and thesecond and third rowpassengers seated directlybehind the front outboardpassenger

All vehicle airbags have the wordAIRBAG on the trim or on a labelnear the deployment opening.

For frontal airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the center of thesteering wheel for the driver and onthe instrument panel for the frontoutboard passenger.

For the front center airbag, the wordAIRBAG is on the inboard side ofthe driver seatback.

For seat-mounted side impactairbags, the word AIRBAG is on theside of the seat closest to the door.

For roof-rail airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by seatbelts. Even though today's airbagsare also designed to help reducethe risk of injury from the force of aninflating bag, all airbags must inflatevery quickly to do their job.



Here are the most important thingsto know about the airbag system:

{ Warning

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing your seat belt, even withairbags. Airbags are designed towork with seat belts, not replacethem. Also, airbags are notdesigned to inflate in every crash.In some crashes seat belts arethe only restraint. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 87.

Wearing your seat belt during acrash helps reduce your chanceof hitting things inside the vehicleor being ejected from it. Airbagsare “supplemental restraints” tothe seat belts. Everyone in thevehicle should wear a seat beltproperly, whether or not there isan airbag for that person.

{ Warning

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blink ofan eye, anyone who is upagainst, or very close to anyairbag when it inflates can beseriously injured or killed. Do notsit unnecessarily close to anyairbag, as you would be if sittingon the edge of the seat or leaningforward. Seat belts help keep youin position before and during acrash. Always wear a seat belt,even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle. The seat belts andthe front outboard passengerairbags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back andupright in the seat with both feeton the floor.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the front centerarmrest or console in vehicleswith a front center airbag.

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted side impact airbagsand/or roof-rail airbags.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Always secure childrenproperly in the vehicle. To readhow, see Older Children 0 96 orInfants and Young Children 0 97.



There is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument cluster, whichshows the airbag symbol.

The system checks the airbagelectrical system for malfunctions.The light tells you if there is anelectrical problem. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 140.

Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecenter of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passengerfrontal airbag is in the passengerside instrument panel.

The front center airbag is in theinboard side of the driver seatback.



Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The driver and front outboardpassenger seat-mounted sideimpact airbags are in the side of theseatbacks closest to the door.

Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The roof-rail airbags for the driver,front outboard passenger, andsecond and third row outboardpassengers are in the ceiling abovethe side windows.

{ Warning

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, theairbag might not inflate properlyor it might force the object intothat person causing severe injury

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

or even death. The path of aninflating airbag must be keptclear. Do not put anythingbetween an occupant and anairbag, and do not attach or putanything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any otherairbag covering.

Do not use seat or consoleaccessories that block theinflation path of a seat-mountedside impact airbag or the frontcenter airbag.

Never secure anything to the roofof a vehicle with roof-rail airbagsby routing a rope or tie-downthrough any door or windowopening. If you do, the path of aninflating roof-rail airbag will beblocked.



When Should an AirbagInflate?This vehicle is equipped withairbags. See Airbag System 0 83.Airbags are designed to inflate if theimpact exceeds the specific airbagsystem's deployment threshold.Deployment thresholds are used topredict how severe a crash is likelyto be in time for the airbags toinflate and help restrain theoccupants. The vehicle haselectronic sensors that help theairbag system determine theseverity of the impact. Deploymentthresholds can vary with specificvehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe frontalor near frontal crashes to helpreduce the potential for severeinjuries, mainly to the driver's orfront outboard passenger's headand chest.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is traveling.

It depends on what is hit, thedirection of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds depending onwhether the vehicle hits an objectstraight on or at an angle, andwhether the object is fixed ormoving, rigid or deformable, narrowor wide.

Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, inrear impacts, or in many sideimpacts.

In addition, the vehicle hasadvanced technology frontalairbags. Advanced technologyfrontal airbags adjust the restraintaccording to crash severity.

The front center airbag is designedto inflate in moderate to severe sidecrashes depending upon thelocation of the impact, when eitherside of the vehicle is struck. Inaddition, the front center airbag isdesigned to inflate when thesensing system predicts that thevehicle is about to roll over on its

side. The front center airbag is notdesigned to inflate in frontalimpacts, near frontal impacts,or rear impacts.

Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare designed to inflate in moderateto severe side crashes dependingon the location of the impact.Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare not designed to inflate in frontalimpacts, near frontal impacts,rollovers, or rear impacts.A seat-mounted side impact airbagis designed to inflate on the side ofthe vehicle that is struck.

Roof-rail airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe sidecrashes depending on the locationof the impact. In addition, theseroof-rail airbags are designed toinflate during a rollover or in asevere frontal impact. Roof-railairbags are not designed to inflate inrear impacts. Both roof-rail airbagswill inflate when either side of thevehicle is struck, if the sensingsystem predicts that the vehicle isabout to roll over on its side, or in asevere frontal impact.



In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of thevehicle damage or repair costs.

What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills theairbag causing the bag to break outof the cover. The inflator, the airbag,and related hardware are all part ofthe airbag module.

For airbag locations, see Where Arethe Airbags? 0 85.

How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steeringwheel or the instrument panel. Inmoderate to severe side collisions,even belted occupants can contactthe inside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by seat belts bydistributing the force of the impactmore evenly over theoccupant's body.

Rollover capable roof-rail airbagsare designed to help contain thehead and chest of occupants in theoutboard seating positions in thefirst, second, and third rows. Therollover capable roof-rail airbags aredesigned to help reduce the risk offull or partial ejection in rolloverevents, although no system canprevent all such ejections.

But airbags would not help in manytypes of collisions, primarilybecause the occupant's motion isnot toward those airbags. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 87.

Airbags should never be regardedas anything more than a supplementto seat belts.

What Will You See afteran Airbag Inflates?After frontal and seat-mounted sideimpact airbags inflate, they quicklydeflate, so quickly that some peoplemay not even realize the airbagsinflated. The front center airbag androof-rail airbags may still be at leastpartially inflated for some time afterthey inflate. Some components ofthe airbag module may be hot forseveral minutes. For location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 85.

The parts of the airbag that comeinto contact with you may be warm,but not too hot to touch. There maybe some smoke and dust comingfrom the vents in the deflatedairbags. Airbag inflation does notprevent the driver from seeing out ofthe windshield or being able to steerthe vehicle, nor does it preventpeople from leaving the vehicle.



{ Warning

When an airbag inflates, theremay be dust in the air. This dustcould cause breathing problemsfor people with a history ofasthma or other breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in thevehicle should get out as soon asit is safe to do so. If you havebreathing problems but cannotget out of the vehicle after anairbag inflates, then get fresh airby opening a window or a door.If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps and hazardwarning flashers, and shut off thefuel system after the airbags inflate.The feature may also activate,without airbag inflation, after anevent that exceeds a predeterminedthreshold. After turning the ignition

off and then on again, the fuelsystem will return to normaloperation; the doors can be locked,the interior lamps can be turned off,and the hazard warning flashers canbe turned off using the controls forthose features. If any of thesesystems are damaged in the crashthey may not operate as normal.

{ Warning

A crash severe enough to inflatethe airbags may have alsodamaged important functions inthe vehicle, such as the fuelsystem, brake and steeringsystems, etc. Even if the vehicleappears to be drivable after amoderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that couldmake it difficult to safely operatethe vehicle.

Use caution if you should attemptto restart the engine after a crashhas occurred.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windshields arebroken by vehicle deformation.Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur from the front outboardpassenger airbag.

. Airbags are designed to inflateonly once. After an airbaginflates, you will need some newparts for the airbag system.If you do not get them, theairbag system will not be thereto help protect you in anothercrash. A new system will includeairbag modules and possiblyother parts. The service manualfor the vehicle covers the needto replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensingand diagnostic module whichrecords information after acrash.See Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy 0 372 and Event DataRecorders 0 372.


90 Seats and Restraints. Let only qualified technicians

work on the airbag systems.Improper service can mean thatan airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.

Passenger SensingSystemThe vehicle has a passengersensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position. Thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light on the overhead consolewhen the vehicle is started.

The words ON and OFF will bevisible during the system check.When the system check iscomplete, either the word ON orOFF will be visible. See PassengerAirbag Status Indicator 0 140.

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag undercertain conditions. No other airbagis affected by the passengersensing system.

The passenger sensing systemworks with sensors that are part ofthe front outboard passenger seatand seat belt. The sensors aredesigned to detect the presence ofa properly seated occupant anddetermine if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag should beallowed to inflate or not.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in the correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag inflates.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the passenger frontalairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thepassenger frontal airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off thepassenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag is turned off.

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even ifthe airbag is off. If securing aforward-facing child restraint in

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

the front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure child restraints in the rearseat. Consider using anothervehicle to transport the childwhen a rear seat is not available.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag if:

. The front outboard passengerseat is unoccupied.

. The system determines an infantis present in a child restraint.

. A front outboard passengertakes his/her weight off of theseat for a period of time.

. There is a critical problem withthe airbag system or thepassenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag,

the OFF indicator will light and staylit as a reminder that the airbag isoff. See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 140.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaganytime the system senses that aperson of adult size is sittingproperly in the front outboardpassenger seat.

When the passenger sensingsystem has allowed the airbag to beenabled, the ON indicator will lightand stay lit as a reminder that theairbag is active.

For some children, includingchildren in child restraints, and forvery small adults, the passengersensing system may or may not turnoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag, depending upon theperson's seating posture and bodybuild. Everyone in the vehicle whohas outgrown child restraints shouldwear a seat belt properly—whetheror not there is an airbag for thatperson.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 140 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for aChild Restraint

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag ifthe system determines that an infantis present in a child restraint. If achild restraint has been installedand the ON indicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.



3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directionsprovided by the child restraintmanufacturer and refer toSecuring Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)0 111 or Securing ChildRestraints (With the Seat Beltin the Front Seat) 0 113.

Make sure the seat beltretractor is locked by pullingthe shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor wheninstalling the child restraint,even if the child restraint isequipped with a seat belt lockoff. When the retractor lock isset, the belt can be tightenedbut not pulled out of theretractor.

5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the ON indicator is stilllit, turn the vehicle off. Thenslightly recline the vehicleseatback and adjust the seatcushion, if adjustable, to makesure that the vehicle seatbackis not pushing the childrestraint into the seat cushion.

Also make sure the childrestraint is not trapped underthe vehicle head restraint.If this happens, adjust the headrestraint. See Head Restraints0 62.

6. Restart the vehicle.

The passenger sensing system mayor may not turn off the airbag for achild in a child restraint dependingupon the child’s size. It is better tosecure the child restraint in a rearseat. Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even if theON indicator is not lit.

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Sized Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting inthe front outboard passenger seat,but the OFF indicator is lit, it couldbe because that person is not sittingproperly in the seat or that the childrestraint locking feature is engaged.Use the following steps to allow thesystem to detect that person andenable the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag:




2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such asblankets, cushions, seatcovers, seat heaters, or seatmassagers.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. If the shoulder portion of thebelt is pulled out all the way,the child restraint lockingfeature will be engaged. Thismay unintentionally cause thepassenger sensing system toturn the airbag off for someadult-sized occupants. If thishappens, unbuckle the belt, letthe belt go back all the way,and then buckle the belt againwithout pulling the belt out allthe way.

6. Restart the vehicle and havethe person remain in thisposition for two to three minutesafter the ON indicator is lit.

{ Warning

If the front outboard passengerairbag is turned off for anadult-sized occupant, the airbagwill not be able to inflate and helpprotect that person in a crash,resulting in an increased risk ofserious injury or even death. Anadult-sized occupant should notride in the front outboardpassenger seat, if the passengerairbag OFF indicator is lit.

Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Seat belts help keep the passengerin position on the seat duringvehicle maneuvers and braking,which helps the passenger sensingsystem maintain the passengerairbag status. See “Seat Belts” and“Child Restraints” in the Index foradditional information about theimportance of proper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment such asseat covers, seat heaters, and seatmassagers can affect how well thepassenger sensing systemoperates. We recommend that younot use seat covers or otheraftermarket equipment except whenapproved by GM for your specificvehicle. See Adding Equipment tothe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 94for more information aboutmodifications that can affect howthe system operates.

The ON indicator may be lit if anobject, such as a briefcase,handbag, grocery bag, laptop,or other electronic device, is put onan unoccupied seat. If this is notdesired, remove the object fromthe seat.

{ Warning

Stowing articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion and

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

seatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.

Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicleshould be serviced. There are partsof the airbag system in severalplaces around the vehicle. Yourdealer and the service manual haveinformation about servicing thevehicle and the airbag system. Topurchase a service manual, seePublication Ordering Information0 369.

{ Warning

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and thebattery is disconnected, an airbagcan still inflate during improperservice. You can be injured if you

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

are close to an airbag when itinflates. Avoid yellow connectors.They are probably part of theairbag system. Be sure to followproper service procedures, andmake sure the person performingwork for you is qualified to do so.

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAdding accessories that change thevehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheetmetal may keep the airbag systemfrom working properly.

The operation of the airbag systemcan also be affected by changing,including improperly repairing orreplacing, any parts of the following:

. Airbag system, including airbagmodules, front or side impactsensors, sensing and diagnosticmodule, airbag wiring, or frontcenter console

. Front seats, including stitching,seams or zippers

. Seat belts

. Steering wheel, instrumentpanel, overhead console, ceilingtrim, or pillar garnish trim

. Inner door seals, includingspeakers

Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the locationof the airbag modules and sensors,sensing and diagnostic module, andairbag wiring along with the properreplacement procedures.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system for thefront outboard passenger position,which includes sensors that are partof the passenger's seat. Thepassenger sensing system may notoperate properly if the original seattrim is replaced with non-GMcovers, upholstery, or trim, or withGM covers, upholstery, or trimdesigned for a different vehicle. Anyobject, such as an aftermarket seatheater or a comfort enhancing pador device, installed under or on top



of the seat fabric, could alsointerfere with the operation of thepassenger sensing system. Thiscould either prevent properdeployment of the passengerairbag(s) or prevent the passengersensing system from properlyturning off the passenger airbag(s).See Passenger Sensing System0 90.

If the vehicle has rollover roof-railairbags, see Different Size Tiresand Wheels 0 316 for additionalimportant information.

If the vehicle must be modifiedbecause you have a disability andyou have questions about whetherthe modifications will affect thevehicle's airbag system, or if youhave questions about whether theairbag system will be affected if thevehicle is modified for any otherreason, call Customer Assistance.See Customer Assistance Offices0 362.

Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenance orreplacement. Make sure the airbagreadiness light is working. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 140.

Caution

If an airbag covering is damaged,opened, or broken, the airbagmay not work properly. Do notopen or break the airbagcoverings. If there are anyopened or broken airbagcoverings, have the airbagcovering and/or airbag modulereplaced. For the location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 85. See your dealerfor service.

Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the airbagsystems in the vehicle.A damaged airbag system maynot properly protect you and yourpassenger(s) in a crash, resultingin serious injury or even death. Tohelp make sure the airbagsystems are working properlyafter a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. Seeyour dealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly. Havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 140.



Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear thevehicle’s seat belts.

The manufacturer instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:

. Sit all the way back on the seat.Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.Does the shoulder belt rest onthe shoulder? If yes, continue.If no, try using the rear seat beltcomfort guide, if available. See“Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides”under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 79.If a comfort guide is notavailable, or if the shoulder beltstill does not rest on theshoulder, then return to thebooster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low andsnug on the hips, touching thethighs? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Can proper seat belt fit bemaintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way towear seat belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulderbelt can provide. The shoulderbelt should not cross the face orneck. The lap belt should fitsnugly below the hips, justtouching the top of the thighs.This applies belt force to thechild's pelvic bones in a crash.It should never be worn over theabdomen, which could causesevere or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

Also see “Rear Seat Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt0 79.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in a rear seating position.



In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can bethrown out of the vehicle. Olderchildren need to use seat beltsproperly.

{ Warning

Never allow more than one childto wear the same seat belt. Theseat belt cannot properly spreadthe impact forces. In a crash, theycan be crushed together andseriously injured. A seat belt mustbe used by only one person ata time.

{ Warning

Never allow a child to wear theseat belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearingthe lap-shoulder belt properly. In acrash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt.The child could move too farforward increasing the chance ofhead and neck injury. The childmight also slide under the lapbelt. The belt force would then beapplied right on the abdomen.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

That could cause serious or fatalinjuries. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the shoulder and acrossthe chest.

Infants and YoungChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infants andall other children. Neither thedistance traveled nor the age andsize of the traveler changes the



need, for everyone, to use safetyrestraints. In fact, the law in everystate in the United States and inevery Canadian province sayschildren up to some age must berestrained while in a vehicle.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Never leave children unattendedin a vehicle and never allowchildren to play with the seatbelts.

Every time infants and youngchildren ride in vehicles, they shouldhave the protection provided byappropriate child restraints. Neitherthe vehicle’s seat belt system nor itsairbag system is designed for them.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on a person'sarms. An infant or child should besecured in an appropriaterestraint.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injured

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

or killed. Never put a rear-facingchild restraint in the frontpassenger seat. Secure arear-facing child restraint in arear seat.

It is also better to secure aforward-facing child restraint in arear seat. If a forward-facing childrestraint must be secured in thefront passenger seat, alwaysmove the front passenger seat asfar back as it will go.

If a child restraint is installed inthe second row center seat, movethe second row seat to therearward position, wheneverpossible, to minimize contact withthe front center airbag.

Child restraints are devices used torestrain, seat, or position children inthe vehicle and are sometimescalled child seats or car seats.

There are three basic types ofchild restraints:

. Forward-facing child restraints

. Rear-facing child restraints

. Belt-positioning booster seats

The proper child restraint for yourchild depends on their size, weight,and age, and also on whether thechild restraint is compatible with thevehicle in which it will be used.

For each type of child restraint,there are many different modelsavailable. When purchasing a childrestraint, be sure it is designed to beused in a motor vehicle. If it is, therestraint will have a label saying thatit meets federal motor vehicle safetystandards. The restraintmanufacturer's instructions thatcome with the restraint state theweight and height limitations for aparticular child restraint. In addition,there are many kinds of restraintsavailable for children with specialneeds.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of neck andhead injury in a crash, infants andtoddlers should be secured in arear-facing child restraint until agetwo, or until they reach themaximum height and weight limitsof their child restraint.



{ Warning

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle's regularseat belt may not remain low onthe hip bones, as it should.Instead, it may settle up aroundthe child's abdomen. In a crash,the belt would apply force on abody area that is unprotected byany bony structure. This alonecould cause serious or fatalinjuries. To reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries during acrash, young children shouldalways be secured in appropriatechild restraints.

Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Restraint

A rear-facing child restraint providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts tokeep the infant positioned in therestraint.

Forward-Facing Child Restraint

A forward-facing child restraintprovides restraint for the child'sbody with the harness.



Booster Seats

A belt-positioning booster seat isused for children who haveoutgrown their forward-facing childrestraint. Boosters are designed toimprove the fit of the vehicle's seatbelt system until the child is largeenough for the vehicle seat belts tofit properly without a booster seat.See the seat belt fit test in OlderChildren 0 96.

Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the childrestraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle’s seat belt orLATCH system, following theinstructions that came with thatchild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be securedin the vehicle. Child restraints mustbe secured in vehicle seats by lapbelts or the lap belt portion of alap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCHsystem. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 103 for more information.Children can be endangered in acrash if the child restraint is notproperly secured in the vehicle.

When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the instructionsthat come with the restraint whichmay be on the restraint itself or in abooklet, or both, and to this manual.The child restraint instructions areimportant, so if they are notavailable, obtain a replacementcopy from the manufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle— even when no child isin it.

In some areas of the United Statesand Canada, Certified ChildPassenger Safety Technicians(CPSTs) are available to inspectand demonstrate how to correctlyuse and install child restraints. Inthe U.S., refer to the NationalHighway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) website tolocate the nearest child safety seatinspection station. For CPST



availability in Canada, check withTransport Canada or the ProvincialMinistry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within theChild Restraint

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the child is notproperly secured in the childrestraint. Secure the childproperly following the instructionsthat came with that child restraint.

Where to Put theRestraintAccording to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in an appropriatechild restraint secured in a rearseating position.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

The vehicle is equipped with a frontcenter airbag in the inboard side ofthe driver seat. Even with a frontcenter airbag, a child restraint canbe installed in any second rowseating position.

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front. This is becausethe risk to the rear-facing child is sogreat if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front passengerairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thefront passenger airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontpassenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though it isturned off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbagis off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front seat, always move thefront passenger seat as far backas it will go. It is better to securethe child restraint in a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 90 for additional information.

If a child restraint is installed in asecond row center seat, move thesecond row seat to the rearwardposition, whenever possible, tominimize contact with the frontcenter airbag.



When securing a child restraint withthe seat belts in a rear seat position,study the instructions that came withthe child restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

Child restraints and booster seatsvary considerably in size, and somemay fit in certain seating positionsbetter than others.

Depending on where you place thechild restraint and the size of thechild restraint, you may not be ableto access adjacent seat belts orLATCH anchors for additionalpassengers or child restraints.Adjacent seating positions shouldnot be used if the child restraintprevents access to or interferes withthe routing of the seat belt.

Wherever a child restraint isinstalled, be sure to follow theinstructions that came with the childrestraint and secure the childrestraint properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure to

properly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System)The LATCH system secures a childrestraint during driving or in a crash.LATCH attachments on the childrestraint are used to attach the childrestraint to the anchors in thevehicle. The LATCH system isdesigned to make installation of achild restraint easier.

In order to use the LATCH system inyour vehicle, you need a childrestraint that has LATCHattachments. LATCH-compatiblerear-facing and forward-facing childseats can be properly installedusing either the LATCH anchors orthe vehicle’s seat belts. Do not useboth the seat belts and the LATCHanchorage system to secure arear-facing or forward-facingchild seat.

Booster seats use the vehicle’s seatbelts to secure the child and thebooster seat. If the manufacturerrecommends that the booster seatbe secured with the LATCH system,this can be done as long as thebooster seat can be positionedproperly and there is no interferencewith the proper positioning of thelap-shoulder belt on the child.

Make sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint,and also the instructions in thismanual.

When installing a child restraint witha top tether, you must also useeither the lower anchors or the seatbelts to properly secure the childrestraint. A child restraint mustnever be attached using only the toptether.

The LATCH anchorage system canbe used until the combined weightof the child plus the child restraint is29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the seat beltalone instead of the LATCHanchorage system once thecombined weight is more than29.5 kg (65 lbs).



See Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)0 111 or Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in the FrontSeat) 0 113.

Child restraints built after March2014 will be labeled with thespecific child weight up to which theLATCH system can be used toinstall the restraint.

The following explains how to attacha child restraint with theseattachments in the vehicle.

Not all vehicle seating positionshave lower anchors. In this case,the seat belt must be used (with toptether where available) to securethe child restraint.See Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)0 111 or Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in the FrontSeat) 0 113.

Lower Anchors

Lower anchors (1) are metal barsbuilt into the vehicle. There are twolower anchors for each LATCHseating position that willaccommodate a child restraint withlower attachments (2).

Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (3, 4) is used to securethe top of the child restraint to thevehicle. A top tether anchor is builtinto the vehicle. The top tetherattachment hook (2) on the childrestraint connects to the top tetheranchor in the vehicle in order toreduce the forward movement androtation of the child restraint duringdriving or in a crash.

The child restraint may have asingle tether (3) or a dual tether (4).Either will have a single attachmenthook (2) to secure the top tether tothe anchor.



Some child restraints with toptethers are designed for use with orwithout the top tether beingattached. Others require the toptether always to be attached. InCanada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached. Be sure to read and followthe instructions for your childrestraint.

Lower Anchor and Top TetherAnchor Locations

Second Row

I : Seating positions with toptether anchors.

j : Seating positions with two loweranchors.

Third Row

I : Seating positions with toptether anchors.

To assist in locating the loweranchors, each seating position withlower anchors has two labels with

the lower anchor symbol on them,near the crease between theseatback and the seat cushion.

To assist in locating the top tetheranchors, the top tether anchorsymbol is near the anchor.



Second Row

The top tether anchors are on therear of the seatback for eachseating position in the second row.

Be sure to use an anchor on thesame side of the vehicle as theseating position where the childrestraint will be placed.

Third Row

The top tether anchors are on therear of the seatback for eachseating position in the third row.

Be sure to use an anchor on thesame side of the vehicle as theseating position where the childrestraint will be placed.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be attached, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be attached.

According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition. See Where to Put theRestraint 0 102 for additionalinformation.

Securing a Child RestraintDesigned for the LATCHSystem

{ Warning

A child could be seriously injuredor killed in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly attachedto the vehicle using either theLATCH anchors or the vehicleseat belt. Follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraintand the instructions in thismanual.



{ Warning

To reduce the risk of serious orfatal injuries during a crash, donot attach more than one childrestraint to a single anchor.Attaching more than one childrestraint to a single anchor couldcause the anchor or attachmentto come loose or even breakduring a crash. A child or otherscould be injured.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Buckle any unused seat beltsbehind the child restraint sochildren cannot reach them. Pullthe shoulder belt all the way outof the retractor to set the lock,and tighten the belt behind thechild restraint after the childrestraint has been installed.

Caution

Do not let the LATCHattachments rub against thevehicle’s seat belts. This maydamage these parts. If necessary,move buckled seat belts to avoidrubbing the LATCH attachments.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

Do not fold the rear seatbackwhen the seat is occupied. Do notfold the empty rear seat with aseat belt buckled. This coulddamage the seat belt or the seat.Unbuckle and return the seat beltto its stowed position, beforefolding the seat.

This vehicle is equipped with a frontcenter airbag in the inboard side ofthe driver seat. Even with a frontcenter airbag, a child restraint canbe installed in any second rowseating position. If a child restraint isinstalled in a second row centerseat, move the second row seat tothe rearward position, wheneverpossible, to minimize contact withthe front center airbag.

If you need to secure more than onechild restraint in the rear seat, seeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 102.

1. Put the child restraint on theseat. If the head restraintinterferes with the proper



installation of the childrestraint, the head restraintmay be removed. See "HeadRestraint Removal andReinstallation" at the end ofthis section.

2. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments to the loweranchors. If the child restraintdoes not have lowerattachments or the desiredseating position does not havelower anchors, secure the childrestraint with the top tether andthe seat belts. Refer to yourchild restraint manufacturerinstructions and theinstructions in this manual.

2.1. Find the lower anchorsfor the desired seatingposition.

2.2. To access the loweranchors in the secondrow, it may help to reclinethe seatback.

Third row seatbacks mustbe upright before placingthe child restraint onthe seat.

2.3. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

2.4. Attach and tighten thelower attachments on thechild restraint to the loweranchors.

If necessary, adjust theangle of the second rowseatback to achieve atight installation. Makesure the second rowbench seatbacks arealigned at the sameangle.

3. If the child restraintmanufacturer recommends thatthe top tether be attached,attach and tighten the toptether to the top tether anchor,if the vehicle has one. Refer tothe child restraint instructionsand the following steps:

3.1. Find the top tetheranchor.

3.2. Route, attach, and tightenthe top tether accordingto your child restraintinstructions and thefollowing instructions:

If the position you areusing does not have ahead restraint and youare using a single tether,route the tether over theseatback.



If the position you areusing does not have ahead restraint and youare using a dual tether,route the tether over theseatback.

If the position you areusing has an adjustablehead restraint and youare using a single tether,raise the head restraint

and route the tetherunder the head restraintand in between the headrestraint posts.

If the position you areusing has an adjustablehead restraint and youare using a dual tether,raise the head restraintand route the tetheraround the head restraintposts.

If the position you areusing has a fixed headrestraint and you areusing a single tether,route the tether under thehead restraint and inbetween the headrestraint posts or aroundthe outboard side of thehead restraint.



If the position you areusing has a fixed headrestraint and you areusing a dual tether, routethe tether around thehead restraint.

4. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the LATCH path and attemptto move it side to side andback and forth. There shouldbe no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement, for properinstallation.

Head Restraint Removal andReinstallation

The second row outboard headrestraints can be removed if theyinterfere with the proper installationof the child restraint.

The third row head restraints cannotbe removed.

To remove the head restraint:

1. Partially fold the seatbackforward. See Rear Seats 0 70for additional information.

2. Press both buttons on the headrestraint posts at the sametime, and pull up on the headrestraint.

3. Store the head restraint in thecargo area of the vehicle.

4. When the child restraint isremoved, reinstall the headrestraint before the seatingposition is used.

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.



To reinstall the head restraint:

1. Insert the head restraint postsinto the holes in the top of theseatback. The notches on theposts must face the driver sideof the vehicle.

2. Push the head restraint down.

3. Try to move the head restraintto make sure that it is locked inplace.

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the LATCHsystem in the vehicle. A damagedLATCH system may not properlysecure the child restraint,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the LATCH system isworking properly after a crash,see your dealer to have thesystem inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

If the vehicle has the LATCH systemand it was being used during acrash, new LATCH system partsmay be needed.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the LATCHsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in theRear Seat)The vehicle is equipped with a frontcenter airbag in the inboard side ofthe driver seat. Even with a frontcenter airbag, a child restraint canbe installed in any second rowseating position. If you install a childrestraint in a second row centerseat, move the second row seat tothe rearward position, wheneverpossible, to minimize contact withthe front center airbag.

When securing a child restraint withthe seat belts in a rear seat position,study the instructions that came withthe child restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 103 for how and where toinstall the child restraint usingLATCH. If a child restraint issecured in the vehicle using a seatbelt and it uses a top tether, see



Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 103 fortop tether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

If the child restraint or vehicle seatposition does not have the LATCHsystem, you will be using the seatbelt to secure the child restraint.Be sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint.

If more than one child restraintneeds to be installed in the rearseat, be sure to read Where to Putthe Restraint 0 102.

1. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

If the head restraint interfereswith the proper installation ofthe child restraint, the headrestraint may be removed. See"Head Restraint Removal andReinstallation" under LowerAnchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System).

2. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle's seat beltthrough or around the childrestraint. The child restraintinstructions will show you how.


Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint, so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

4. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.



5. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 4 and 5.

6. If the child restraint has a toptether, follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructionsregarding the use of the toptether. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 103.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the seat belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle seat belt andlet it return to the stowed position.If the top tether is attached to a toptether anchor, disconnect it.

If the head restraint was removed,reinstall it before the seatingposition is used. See "HeadRestraint Removal andReinstallation" under Lower Anchorsand Tethers for Children (LATCH

System) 0 103 for additionalinformation on installing the headrestraint properly.

Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in theFront Seat)This vehicle has airbags. A rearseat is a safer place to secure aforward-facing child restraint. SeeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 102.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagunder certain conditions.See Passenger Sensing System0 90 and Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 140 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag deploys.



{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat isin a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag, no system is fail-safe. Noone can guarantee that an airbagwill not deploy under someunusual circumstance, eventhough it is turned off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbagis off. If you secure a

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

forward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 90 for additional information.

If the child restraint uses a toptether, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 103 for top tether anchorlocations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

When using the lap-shoulder belt tosecure the child restraint in thisposition, follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint and thefollowing instructions:

1. Move the seat as far back as itwill go before securing theforward-facing child restraint.Move the seat upward or theseatback to an upright position,if needed, to get a tightinstallation of the childrestraint.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag, the OFF indicator onthe passenger airbag statusindicator should light and staylit when you start the vehicle.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 140.

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle's seat belt



through or around the childrestraint. The child restraintinstructions will show you how.

Tilt the latch plate to adjust thebelt if needed.


Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint, so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

5. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.



6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 5 and 6.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the seat belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

If the airbag is off, the OFF indicatorin the passenger airbag statusindicator will come on and stay onwhen the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has been installedand the ON indicator is lit, see “Ifthe On Indicator Is Lit for a ChildRestraint” under Passenger SensingSystem 0 90.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle seat belt andlet it return to the stowed position.


Storage 117

Storage

Storage CompartmentsStorage Compartments . . . . . . . 117Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Sunglasses Storage . . . . . . . . . . 118Center Console Storage . . . . . . 118

Additional Storage FeaturesCargo ManagementSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Roof Rack SystemRoof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . 120

StorageCompartments

{ Warning

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in storage compartments.In a crash, these objects maycause the cover to open andcould result in injury.

Glove BoxLift up on the glove box lever toopen it.

Cupholders

There are cupholders in the centerconsole. Press the access doorto open.


118 Storage

Sunglasses Storage

If equipped, sunglasses storage ison the overhead console. Press thefixed button on the cover andrelease to access.

Center Console Storage

The center console has storageunder the armrest. Pull up on thelatch, and lift to open.

There is a removable organizer ontop of the storage bin.

The center console also has thefollowing:

. A forward bin

. An open pass through under thefront of the console

Additional StorageFeatures

Cargo ManagementSystem

Lift the load floor to access thecargo management system.


Storage 119

The hold open devices on the cargobin allow the load floor to remainopen without removal.

The cargo management system isused to organize storage in thecargo area. There are twoconvenience hooks that can supportup to 5 kg (11 lb).

After storing items in the cargomanagement system, make sure toproperly latch the load floor.

Removal Procedure

To access the spare tire, the cargomanagement system must beremoved.

1. Open the cargo cover.

2. Remove the four wing nuts.

3. Lift up on the cargomanagement system to accessthe spare tire.


120 Storage

4. The cargo managementsystem can be placed on thelowered third row seats whileaccessing the spare tire.

Installation Procedure

1. Install the cargo managementsystem in the vehicle.

2. Install the four wing nuts.

3. Make sure to properly latch thetop of the load floor.

{ Warning

An improperly latched cargocover, or cargo cover left in theopen position, could separateduring a crash or suddenmaneuver potentially impactingvehicle occupants. Someonecould be injured. Be sure to returnthe cover to the closed positionand latch before driving.

Roof Rack System

{ Warning

If something is carried on top ofthe vehicle that is longer or widerthan the roof rack— like paneling,plywood, or a mattress— thewind can catch it while the vehicleis being driven. The item beingcarried could be violently torn off,and this could cause a collisionand damage the vehicle. Nevercarry something longer or widerthan the roof rack on top of thevehicle unless using a GMcertified accessory carrier.

If equipped, the roof rack can beused to load items. For roof racksthat do not have crossrails included,GM certified crossrails can bepurchased as an accessory. Seeyour dealer.


Storage 121

Caution

Loading cargo on the roof rackthat weighs more than 100 kg(220 lb) or hangs over the rear orsides of the vehicle may damagethe vehicle. Load cargo so that itrests evenly between thecrossrails, making sure to fastencargo securely.

To prevent damage or loss of cargowhen driving, check to make surecrossrails and cargo are securelyfastened. Loading cargo on the roof

rack will make the vehicle’s centerof gravity higher. Avoid high speeds,sudden starts, sharp turns, suddenbraking, or abrupt maneuvers;otherwise it may result in loss ofcontrol. If driving for a long distance,on rough roads, or at high speeds,occasionally stop the vehicle tomake sure the cargo remains in itsplace. Do not exceed the maximumvehicle capacity when loading thevehicle. For more information onvehicle capacity and loading, seeVehicle Load Limits 0 198.


122 Instruments and Controls

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . 123Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 123Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 123Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 124Rear Window Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Engine Oil TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . 139Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 140Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Charging System Light . . . . . . . 141Malfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 141

Brake System WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Service Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Sport Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Lane Keep Assist (LKA)Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 145Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . 145Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . 146Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 147Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 147Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 148

Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 148Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 149Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 149Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Information DisplaysDriver Information Center (DIC)(Base Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Driver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Engine Power Messages . . . . . 155Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 156

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 156

Universal Remote SystemUniversal Remote System . . . . 164Universal Remote SystemProgramming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Universal Remote SystemOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167


Instruments and Controls 123

Controls

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.


Power Tilt and TelescopingSteering Wheel

To adjust the steering wheel,if equipped:

Press the control up or down to tiltthe steering wheel up or down.

Press the control forward orrearward to move the steering wheelcloser or away from you.


Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See “Steering WheelControls” in the infotainmentmanual.

Heated Steering Wheel

( : If equipped, press to turn on oroff. A light near the button displayswhen the feature is turned on.

The steering wheel takes aboutthree minutes to start heating.



Automatic Heated Steering Wheel

If equipped with remote start, theheated steering wheel will turn onautomatically during a remote startalong with the heated seats when itis cold outside. The heated steeringwheel indicator light may notcome on.

If equipped with auto heated seats,the heated steering wheel will turnon when the auto heated seat isactivated. The heated steeringwheel indicator will follow the stateof the steering wheel heat.

See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 68 and VehiclePersonalization 0 156.

Horn

Pressa on the steering wheel padto sound the horn.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

With the ignition on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, move the windshieldwiper lever to select the wiperspeed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT : Move the windshield wiperlever to INT. Turn the band up formore frequent wipes or down forless frequent wipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe wiper lever down. For severalwipes, hold the wiper lever down.

f : Pull the windshield wiperlever toward you to spray windshieldwasher fluid and activate thewindshield wipers. The wipers willcontinue until the lever is releasedor the maximum wash time isreached. When the windshield wiperlever is released, additional wipesmay occur depending on how longthe windshield washer had beenactivated. See Washer Fluid 0 281for information on filling thewindshield washer fluid reservoir.



{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades and windshield before usingthem. If frozen to the windshield,carefully loosen or thaw them.Damaged blades should bereplaced. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 286.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewiper motor. See Electrical SystemOverload 0 290.

Wiper Parking

If the ignition is turned off while thewipers are on LO, HI, or INT, theywill immediately stop.

If the windshield wiper lever is thenmoved to OFF before the driverdoor is opened or within 10 minutes,the wipers will restart and move tothe base of the windshield.

If the ignition is turned off while thewipers are performing wipes due towindshield washing, the wiperscontinue to run until they reach thebase of the windshield.

Rear Camera Washer

If equipped, push the windshieldwiper lever forward to spray washerfluid on the rear camera lens. Thelever returns to its starting positionwhen released. See Rear CameraMirror 0 54.

Rear Window Wiper/Washer

The rear window wiper/washercontrols are on the end of thewindshield wiper lever.

Turn the controls to adjust thesetting.

OFF : Turns the wiper off.

INT : Turns on the rear wiper with adelay between wipes.

ON : Turns on the rear wiper.

1 : Push the windshield wiperlever forward to spray washer fluidon the rear window. The wipers willclear the rear window and either



stop or return to your preset speed.For more washer cycles, press andhold the lever.

The rear window wiper/washer willnot operate if the liftgate is open orajar. If the liftgate is opened whilethe rear wiper is on, the wiperreturns to the parked position andstops.

Rear Wiper Arm AssemblyProtection

When using an automatic car wash,move the rear wiper control to OFFto disable the rear wiper. In somevehicles, if the transmission is inN (Neutral) and the vehicle speed isvery slow, the rear wiper willautomatically park.

The wiper operations return tonormal when the transmission is nolonger in N (Neutral) or the vehiclespeed has increased.

Reverse Gear Wipes

If the rear wiper control is off, therear wiper will automatically operatecontinuously when the vehicle is inR (Reverse) and the front

windshield wiper is performing lowor high speed wipes. If the rearwiper control is off, the vehicle is inR (Reverse), and the frontwindshield wiper is performinginterval wipes, then the rear wiperautomatically performs intervalwipes.

This feature can be turned on or off.See Vehicle Personalization 0 156.

The windshield washer reservoir isused for the windshield and the rearwindow. Check the fluid level in thereservoir if either washer is notworking. See Washer Fluid 0 281.

CompassThe vehicle may have a compassdisplay on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). The compass receivesits heading and other informationfrom the Global PositioningSystem (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC),and vehicle speed information.

The compass system is designed tooperate for a certain number ofmiles or degrees of turn before

needing a signal from the GPSsatellites. When the compassdisplay shows CAL, drive thevehicle for a short distance in anopen area where it can receive aGPS signal. The compass systemwill automatically determine when aGPS signal is restored and providea heading again.

ClockThe infotainment system controlsare used to access the time anddate settings through the menusystem. See “Home Page” in theinfotainment manual for informationabout how to use the menu system.

Setting the Clock

Time

To set the time:

1. From the Home Page, touchthe SETTINGS screen button,then touch Time and Date.



2. Touch Set Time, then touchyorz to increase or decreasehours or minutes, and changeAM or PM.

3. Touch 12-24 Hr for a 12 or24 hour clock.

4. Touch [ Back to go back to theprevious menu.

Date

To set the date:

1. Touch the SETTINGS screenbutton, then touch Timeand Date.

2. Touch Set Date, then touchyorz to increase or decreasemonth, day, or year.


Auto Set

When on, the time and date willautomatically update.

To set auto set:


2. Touch Set Time or Set Date.

3. Touch Auto Set, then selectOn-Cell Network or Off-Manualto manually set the timeand date.


If auto set is on, the time displayedon the clock may not updateimmediately when driving into a newtime zone.

Auto set requires an active OnStaror connected service plan.

Clock Display

When on, the digital clock willdisplay on the infotainment screen.

To set the clock display:


2. Touch Clock Display, thenselect Off or On.


Power OutletsPower Outlets 12-Volt DirectCurrent

The vehicle has two 12-volt outletsthat can be used to plug in electricalequipment, such as a cell phone orMP3 player.



The power outlets are located:

. Under the front of the centerconsole.

. In the rear cargo area.

Lift the cover to access the outletand replace when not in use.

{ Warning

Power is always supplied to therear cargo power outlet. Do notleave electrical equipmentplugged in when the vehicle is notin use because the vehicle couldcatch fire and cause injury ordeath.

Caution

Leaving electrical equipmentplugged in for an extended periodof time while the ignition is off willdrain the battery. Always unplugelectrical equipment when not in

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

use and do not plug in equipmentthat exceeds the maximum15 amp rating.

Certain accessory plugs may not becompatible with the accessorypower outlet and could overloadvehicle and adapter fuses. If aproblem is experienced, see yourdealer.

When adding electrical equipment,be sure to follow the properinstallation instructions included withthe equipment. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 266.

Caution

Hanging heavy equipment fromthe power outlet can causedamage not covered by thevehicle warranty. The poweroutlets are designed foraccessory power plugs only, suchas cell phone charge cords.

Power Outlet 110V/120VAlternating Current

If equipped with this power outlet itcan be used to plug in electricalequipment that uses a maximumlimit of 150 watts.

The power outlet is on the rear ofthe center console.

An indicator light on the outlet turnson to show it is in use. The lightcomes on when the ignition is on,equipment requiring less than 150watts is plugged into the outlet, andno system fault is detected.



The indicator light does not come onwhen the ignition is off or if theequipment is not fully seated intothe outlet.

If equipment is connected usingmore than 150 watts or a systemfault is detected, a protection circuitshuts off the power supply and theindicator light turns off. To reset thecircuit, unplug the item and plug itback in or turn the RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) off andthen back on. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 207. Thepower restarts when equipmentusing 150 watts or less is pluggedinto the outlet and a system fault isnot detected.

The power outlet is not designed forand may not work properly, if thefollowing are plugged in:

. Equipment with high initial peakwattage, such ascompressor-driven refrigeratorsand electric power tools

. Other equipment requiring anextremely stable power supply,such as

microcomputer-controlledelectric blankets and touchsensor lamps

. Medical equipment

Wireless ChargingIf equipped, the vehicle has wirelesscharging in the storage bin at thefront of the floor console. Thesystem operates at 145 kHz andwirelessly charges one Qicompatible smartphone. The poweroutput of the system is capable ofcharging at a rate up to 3 amp(15W), as requested by thecompatible smartphone. See RadioFrequency Statement 0 370.

{ Warning

Wireless charging can affect theoperation of an implantedpacemaker or other medicaldevices. If you have one, it isrecommended to consult withyour doctor before using thewireless charging system.

The vehicle must be on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, or RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) must beactive. The wireless chargingfeature may not correctly indicatecharging when the vehicle is in RAP.See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 207.

The operating temperature is −20 °C(−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for thecharging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to35 °C (95 °F) for the smartphone.

{ Warning

Remove all objects from thecharging pad before chargingyour compatible smartphone.Objects, such as coins, keys,rings, paper clips, or cards,between the smartphone andcharging pad will become veryhot. On the rare occasion that thecharging system does not detectan object, and the object getswedged between the smartphoneand charger, remove the

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

smartphone and allow the objectto cool before removing it fromthe charging pad, to preventburns.

To charge a compatible smartphone:

1. Remove all objects from thecharging pad. The system maynot charge if there are anyobjects on the charging pad.

2. Place the smartphone face upon the charging pad.

To maximize the charge rate,ensure the smartphone is fullyseated and centered in theholder with nothing under it.A thick smartphone case mayprevent the wireless chargerfrom working, or may reducethe charging performance. Seeyour dealer for additionalinformation.

3. The $ will appear on the V onthe infotainment display. Thisindicates that the smartphoneis properly positioned andcharging. If a smartphone isplaced on the charging padand $ does not display, removethe smartphone from the pad,turn it 180 degrees, and waitthree seconds before placing/aligning the smartphone on thepad again.

Software Acknowledgements

Certain Wireless Charging Moduleproduct from LG Electronics, Inc.("LGE") contains the open sourcesoftware detailed below. Refer tothe indicated open source licenses

(as are included following thisnotice) for the terms and conditionsof their use.

OSS Notice Information

To obtain the source code that iscontained in this product, pleasevisit http://opensource.lge.com. Inaddition to the source code, allreferred license terms, warrantydisclaimers and copyright noticesare available for download. LGElectronics will also provide opensource code to you on CD-ROM fora charge covering the cost ofperforming such distribution (suchas the cost of media, shipping, andhandling) upon email request [email protected]. This offer isvalid for three (3) years from thedate on which you purchased theproduct.

Freescale-WCT library

Copyright (c) 2012-2014 FreescaleSemiconductor, Inc.. All rightsreserved.



1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, this list of conditionsand the following disclaimer.

2. Redistributions in binary formmust reproduce the abovecopyright notice, this list ofconditions and the followingdisclaimer in thedocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution.

3. Neither the name of thecopyright holder nor the namesof its contributors may be usedto endorse or promote productsderived from this softwarewithout specific prior writtenpermission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDEDBY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERSAND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIEDWARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUTNOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIEDWARRANTIES OFMERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT

SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDEROR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLEFOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,EXEMPLARY, ORCONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITEDTO, PROCUREMENT OFSUBSTITUTE GOODS ORSERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESSINTERRUPTION) HOWEVERCAUSED AND ON ANY THEORYOF LIABILITY, WHETHER INCONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,OR TORT (INCLUDINGNEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OFTHE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,EVEN IF ADVISED OF THEPOSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

Warning Lights,Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning lights and gauges cansignal that something is wrongbefore it becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repair orreplacement. Paying attention to thewarning lights and gauges couldprevent injury.

Some warning lights come on brieflywhen the engine is started toindicate they are working. Whenone of the warning lights comes onand stays on while driving, or whenone of the gauges shows there maybe a problem, check the section thatexplains what to do. Waiting to dorepairs can be costly and evendangerous.



Instrument Cluster

Base Level English, Metric Similar



Uplevel English Standard Theme, Metric Similar



Cluster Menu

There is an interactive display areain the center of the instrumentcluster.

Use the right steering wheel controlto open and scroll through thedifferent items and displays.

Press h to access the cluster

applications. Usel org to scrollthrough the list of availableapplications. Not all applications willbe available on all vehicles.

. Info App. This is where theselected Driver InformationCenter (DIC) displays can beviewed.See Driver Information Center(DIC) (Base Level) 0 149 orDriver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 152.

. Audio

. Phone

. Navigation

. Options

Audio

Press V to select the Audio app,

then press k to enter the Audiomenu. In the Audio menu browse formusic, select from the favorites,or change the audio source. Uselorg to change the station or go tothe next or previous track.

Phone

Press V to select the Phone app,

then press k to enter the Phonemenu. In the Phone menu, if there isno active phone call, view recent

calls, or scroll through contacts.If there is an active call, mute thephone or switch to handsetoperation.

Navigation

Press V to select the Navigation

app, then press k to enter theNavigation menu. If there is noactive route, you can resume thelast route and turn the voiceprompts on/off. If there is an activeroute, press V to cancel or resumeroute guidance or turn the voiceprompts on or off.

Options

Press V to select the Options app,

then press k to enter the Options

menu. Usel org to scrollthrough items in the Options menu.

Units : Press k while Units isdisplayed to enter the Units menu.Choose English, Imperial, or metricunits by pressing V while the



desired item is highlighted.A checkmark will be displayed nextto the selected item.

Display Themes (Uplevel) : Thereare two instrument cluster displayconfigurations to choose from: Sportand Touring.

Info Pages : Press k while InfoPages is displayed to enter the InfoPages menu and select the items tobe displayed in the Info app.See Driver Information Center (DIC)(Base Level) 0 149 or DriverInformation Center (DIC) (Uplevel)0 152.

Speed Warning : The SpeedWarning display allows the driver toset a speed that they do not want toexceed. To set the Speed Warningpress k when Speed Warning isdisplayed.

For the Base Level Cluster, pressl org to adjust the value. PressV to set the speed.

For the Uplevel Cluster, scroll to setspeed and press k. Pressl orgto adjust the value. Press V to setthe speed.

Once the speed is set, this featurecan be turned off by pressing Vwhile viewing this page. If theselected speed limit is exceeded, apop-up warning is displayed with achime.

Software Information : Displaysopen source software information.

SpeedometerThe speedometer shows thevehicle's speed in either kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).

OdometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometers or miles.

Trip OdometerThe trip odometer shows how farthe vehicle has been driven sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed andreset through the Driver InformationCenter (DIC).See Driver Information Center (DIC)(Base Level) 0 149 or DriverInformation Center (DIC) (Uplevel)0 152.

TachometerThe tachometer displays the enginespeed in revolutions perminute (rpm).

For vehicles with the Stop/Startsystem, when the ignition is on, thetachometer indicates the vehiclestatus. When pointing to AUTOSTOP, the engine is off but thevehicle is on and can move. Theengine could auto start at any time.When the indicator points to OFF,the vehicle is off.



When the engine is on, thetachometer will indicate the engine’srevolutions per minute (rpm). Thetachometer may vary by severalhundred rpm’s, during Auto Stopmode, when the engine is shuttingoff and restarting.

Fuel Gauge

English Base Level, Metric Similar

Metric Uplevel English Uplevel

When the ignition is on, the fuelgauge indicates about how muchfuel is left in the tank.

An arrow on the fuel gaugeindicates the side of the vehicle thefuel door is on.

When the indicator nears empty, thelow fuel light comes on. There is asmall amount of fuel left, but the fueltank should be filled soon.



Here are things that some ownersask about. None of these show aproblem with the fuel gauge:

. At the service station, the fuelpump shuts off before the gaugereads full.

. It takes a little more or less fuelto fill up than the gaugeindicated. For example, thegauge indicated the tank washalf full, but it actually took alittle more or less than half thetank's capacity to fill the tank.

. The gauge moves a little whileturning a corner or speeding up.

. The gauge takes a few secondsto stabilize after the ignition isturned on, and goes back toempty when the ignition isturned off.

Engine Oil TemperatureGauge

Metric

English

This gauge shows the engine oiltemperature.

If the gauge pointer moves into thehigh end, it means that the engineoil has overheated. If the vehiclehas been operated under normaldriving conditions, pull off the road,stop the vehicle, and turn off theengine as soon as possible.

See Engine Oil 0 272.



Engine CoolantTemperature Gauge

English Base Level, Metric Similar

Metric Uplevel

English Uplevel

This gauge shows the enginecoolant temperature.

If the pointer moves toward thewarning area at the high end of thegauge, the engine is too hot.

If the engine coolant hasoverheated and the vehicle hasbeen operating under normal drivingconditions, pull off the road, stop thevehicle, and turn off the engine assoon as possible. See EngineOverheating 0 280.

Voltmeter Gauge

When the ignition is on, this gaugeindicates the battery voltage.



When the engine is running, thisgauge shows the condition of thecharging system. The gauge cantransition from a higher to lower or alower to higher reading. This isnormal. If the vehicle is operatingoutside the normal operating range,the charging system light comes on.See Charging System Light 0 141.

Readings outside the normaloperating range can also occurwhen a large number of electricalaccessories are operating in thevehicle and the engine is left idlingfor an extended period. Thiscondition is normal since thecharging system is not able toprovide full power at engine idle. Asengine speeds are increased, thiscondition should correct itself ashigher engine speeds allow thecharging system to create maximumpower.

The vehicle can only be driven for ashort time with the readings outsidethe normal operating range. If thevehicle must be driven, turn off all

accessories, such as the radio andair conditioner, and unplug allchargers and accessories.

Readings outside the normaloperating range indicate a possibleproblem in the electrical system.Have the vehicle serviced as soonas possible.

Seat Belt Reminders

Driver Seat Belt ReminderLight

There is a driver seat belt reminderlight on the instrument cluster.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind the driver to fastentheir seat belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle may continue several

times if the driver remains orbecomes unbuckled while thevehicle is moving.

If the driver seat belt is buckled,neither the light nor the chimecomes on.

Passenger Seat Belt ReminderLight

There is a passenger seat beltreminder light near the passengerairbag status indicator. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 90.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind passengers to fastentheir seat belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle continues several times ifthe passenger remains or becomesunbuckled while the vehicle ismoving.



If the passenger seat belt isbuckled, neither the chime nor thelight comes on.

The front passenger seat beltreminder light and chime may turnon if an object is put on the seatsuch as a briefcase, handbag,grocery bag, laptop, or otherelectronic device. To turn off thereminder light and/or chime, removethe object from the seat or bucklethe seat belt.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includesthe airbag sensor(s), the passengersensing system, the pretensioners,the airbag modules, the wiring, andthe crash sensing and diagnosticmodule. For more information on theairbag system, see Airbag System0 83.

The airbag readiness light comes onfor several seconds when thevehicle is started. If the light doesnot come on then, have it fixedimmediately.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it meansthe airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags inthe vehicle might not inflate in acrash, or they could even inflatewithout a crash. To help avoidinjury, have the vehicle servicedright away.

If there is a problem with the airbagsystem, a Driver Information Center(DIC) message may also come on.

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System 0 90 for importantsafety information. The overheadconsole has a passenger airbagstatus indicator.

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light ON and OFF for severalseconds as a system check. Then,after several more seconds, thestatus indicator will light either ONor OFF to let you know the status ofthe front outboard passenger frontalairbag.



If the word ON is lit on thepassenger airbag status indicator, itmeans that the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag is allowedto inflate.

If the word OFF is lit on thepassenger airbag status indicator, itmeans that the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag.

If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, or if thereare no lights at all, there may be aproblem with the lights or thepassenger sensing system. Seeyour dealer for service.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag Readiness

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Light 0 140 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Charging System Light

The charging system light comes onbriefly when the ignition is turnedon, but the engine is not running, asa check to show the light is working.The light turns off when the engineis started. If it does not, have thevehicle serviced by your dealer.

If the light stays on, or comes onwhile driving, there may be aproblem with the electrical chargingsystem. Have it checked by yourdealer. Driving while this light is oncould drain the battery.

When this light comes on, the DriverInformation Center (DIC) alsodisplays a message.

If a short distance must be drivenwith the light on, be sure to turn offall accessories, such as the radioand air conditioner.

Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check EngineLight)This light is part of the vehicle’semission control on-boarddiagnostic system. If this light is onwhile the engine is running, amalfunction has been detected andthe vehicle may require service. Thelight should come on to show that itis working when the ignition is inService Mode. See IgnitionPositions 0 202.



Malfunctions are often indicated bythe system before any problem isnoticeable. Being aware of the lightand seeking service promptly whenit comes on may prevent damage.

Caution

If the vehicle is driven continuallywith this light on, the emissioncontrol system may not work aswell, the fuel economy may belower, and the vehicle may notrun smoothly. This could lead tocostly repairs that might not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Modifications to the engine,transmission, exhaust, intake,or fuel system, or the use ofreplacement tires that do notmeet the original tirespecifications, can cause this lightto come on. This could lead to

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

costly repairs not covered by thevehicle warranty. This could alsoaffect the vehicle’s ability to passan Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 269.

If the light is flashing : Amalfunction has been detected thatcould damage the emission controlsystem and increase vehicleemissions. Diagnosis and servicemay be required.

To help prevent damage, reducevehicle speed and avoid hardaccelerations and uphill grades.If towing a trailer, reduce theamount of cargo being hauled assoon as possible.

If the light continues to flash, find asafe place to park. Turn the vehicleoff and wait at least 10 secondsbefore restarting the engine. If thelight is still flashing, follow the

previous guidelines and see yourdealer for service as soon aspossible.

If the light is on steady : Amalfunction has been detected.Diagnosis and service may berequired.

Check the following:

. If fuel has been added to thevehicle using the capless fuelfunnel adapter, make sure that ithas been removed. See “Fillingthe Tank with a Portable GasCan” under Filling the Tank0 252. The diagnostic systemcan detect if the adapter hasbeen left installed in the vehicle,allowing fuel to evaporate intothe atmosphere. A few drivingtrips with the adapter removedmay turn off the light.

. Poor fuel quality can causeinefficient engine operation andpoor driveability, which may goaway once the engine is warmedup. If this occurs, change thefuel brand. It may require at



least one full tank of the properfuel to turn the light off. SeeRecommended Fuel 0 251.

If the light remains on, see yourdealer.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance Programs

If the vehicle requires an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test, thetest equipment will likely connect tothe vehicle's Data LinkConnector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrumentpanel to the left of the steeringwheel. Connecting devices that arenot used to perform an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test or toservice the vehicle may affectvehicle operation. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 266. Seeyour dealer if assistance is needed.

The vehicle may not passinspection if:

. The light is on when the engineis running.

. The light does not come onwhen the ignition is inService Mode.

. Critical emission control systemshave not been completelydiagnosed. If this happens, thevehicle would not be ready forinspection and might requireseveral days of routine drivingbefore the system is ready forinspection. This can happen ifthe 12-volt battery has recentlybeen replaced or run down, or ifthe vehicle has been recentlyserviced.

See your dealer if the vehicle willnot pass or cannot be made readyfor the test.

Brake System WarningLightThe vehicle brake system consistsof two hydraulic circuits. If onecircuit is not working, the remainingcircuit can still work to stop thevehicle. For normal brakingperformance, both circuits need tobe working.

If the warning light comes on, thereis a brake problem. Have the brakesystem inspected right away.

Metric English

This light should come on brieflywhen the engine is started. If it doesnot come on then, have it fixed so itwill be ready to warn you if there isa problem.

If the light comes on and stays on,there is a brake problem.



{ Warning

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on.Driving with the brake systemwarning light on can lead to acrash. If the light is still on afterthe vehicle has been pulled offthe road and carefully stopped,have the vehicle towed forservice.

Electric Parking BrakeLight

Metric English

This light comes on when theparking brake is applied. If the lightcontinues flashing after the parkingbrake is released, or while driving,there is a problem with the Electric

Parking Brake system. A messagemay also display in the DriverInformation Center (DIC).

If the light does not come on,or remains flashing, see your dealer.

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light

This light should come on brieflywhen starting the vehicle. If it doesnot come on, have it fixed so it willbe ready to warn if there is aproblem.

If this light stays on, take the vehicleto your dealer as soon as possible.See the information for the ElectricParking Brake under ElectricParking Brake 0 219. A messagemay also display in the DriverInformation Center (DIC).

Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, have itfixed so it will be ready to warn ifthere is a problem.

If the light comes on while driving,stop as soon as it is safely possibleand turn off the vehicle. Then startthe engine again to reset thesystem. If the ABS light stays on,or comes on again while driving, thevehicle needs service. A chime mayalso sound when the light comes onsteady.

If the ABS light is the only light on,the vehicle has regular brakes, butthe antilock brakes are notfunctioning.



If both the ABS and the brakesystem warning light are on, thevehicle's antilock brakes are notfunctioning and there is a problemwith the regular brakes. See yourdealer for service.

See Brake System Warning Light0 143.

Sport Mode Light

This light comes on when SportMode is selected.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)Light

This light is green if LKA is availableto assist.

LKA may assist by gently turningthe steering wheel if the vehicleapproaches a detected lane markingwithout using the turn signal in thatdirection. The LKA light will turnamber.

This light is amber and flashes as aLane Departure Warning (LDW)alert, to indicate that the lanemarking has been crossed.

See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 249.

Vehicle Ahead Indicator

If equipped, this indicator willdisplay green when a vehicle isdetected ahead and amber whenyou are following a vehicle aheadmuch too closely.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 240.

Pedestrian AheadIndicator



If equipped, this indicator willdisplay amber when a nearbypedestrian is detected directly infront of the vehicle.


Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off.

The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS)has been turned off by pressing andreleasing the TCS/StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC)button.

This light and the StabiliTrak OFFlight come on when StabiliTrak/ESCis turned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel speed willbe limited when necessary toprotect the driveline from damage.Adjust driving accordingly.


StabiliTrak OFF Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer.

This light comes on when theStabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) system is turned off.If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, the TractionControl System (TCS) is also off.

If StabiliTrak/ESC and TCS are off,the system does not assist incontrolling the vehicle. Turn on theTCS and the StabiliTrak/ESCsystems, and the warning lightturns off.


Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS and potentially the StabiliTrak/ESC system have been disabled.A Driver Information Center (DIC)



message may display. Check theDIC messages to determine whichfeature(s) is no longer functioningand whether the vehicle requiresservice.

If the light is on and flashing, theTCS and/or the StabiliTrak/ESCsystem is actively working.


Tire Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the engine isstarted. It provides informationabout tire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady

This indicates that one or more ofthe tires are significantlyunderinflated.

A Driver Information Center (DIC)tire pressure message may alsodisplay. Stop as soon as possible,and inflate the tires to the pressurevalue shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. See TirePressure 0 306.

When the Light Flashes First andThen Is On Steady

If the light flashes for about a minuteand then stays on, there may be aproblem with the TPMS. If theproblem is not corrected, the lightwill come on at every ignition cycle.See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 309.

Engine Oil Pressure LightOil pressure can vary with enginespeed, outside temperature, and oilviscosity.

On some models, the oil pump willvary engine oil pressure accordingto engine needs. Oil pressure maychange quickly as the engine speedor load varies. This is normal. If theoil pressure warning light or DriverInformation Center (DIC) message

indicates oil pressure outside thenormal operating range, check thevehicle's oil as soon as possible.

Caution

Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engine oillow can also damage the engine.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Checkthe oil level as soon as possible.Add oil if required, but if the oillevel is within the operating rangeand the oil pressure is still low,have the vehicle serviced. Alwaysfollow the maintenance schedulefor changing engine oil.



This light should come on briefly asthe engine is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.

If the light comes on and stays on, itmeans that oil is not flowing throughthe engine properly. The vehiclecould be low on oil and might havesome other system problem. Seeyour dealer.

Low Fuel Warning Light

This light is near the fuel gauge andcomes on briefly when the ignition isturned on as a check to show it isworking.

It also comes on when the fuel tankis low on fuel. The light turns offwhen fuel is added. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced.

Security Light

The security light should come onbriefly as the engine is started. If itdoes not come on, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally, theindicator light turns off.

If the light stays on and the enginedoes not start, there could be aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem. See Immobilizer Operation0 51.

High-Beam On Light

This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use.See Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger 0 170.

IntelliBeam Light

This light comes on when theIntelliBeam system, if equipped, isenabled. See Exterior LampControls 0 168.



Lamps On Reminder

This light comes on when theexterior lamps are in use. SeeExterior Lamp Controls 0 168.

Cruise Control Light

The cruise control light is whitewhen the cruise control is on andready, and turns green when thecruise control is set and active.

See Cruise Control 0 225.

Adaptive Cruise Control Light

This light is white when the AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC, if equipped) ison and ready, and turns green whenthe ACC is set and active. SeeAdaptive Cruise Control 0 227.

Door Ajar Light

This light comes on when a door isopen or not securely latched. Beforedriving, check that all doors areproperly closed.

Information Displays

Driver Information Center(DIC) (Base Level)The DIC displays are shown in thecenter of the instrument cluster inthe Info app. See Instrument Cluster0 132. The displays show the statusof many vehicle systems.






DIC Info Page Options

The info pages on the DIC can beturned on or off through theOptions menu.

1. Press h to access the clusterapplications.

2. Pressl org to scroll to theOptions application.

3. Press V to enter theOptions menu.

4. Scroll to Info Pages andpress k.

5. Pressl org to movethrough the list of possibleinformation displays.

6. Press V while an item ishighlighted to select ordeselect that item. When anitem is selected, a checkmarkwill appear next to it.

DIC Info Pages

The following is the list of allpossible DIC info page displays.Some may not be available for yourparticular vehicle. Some items maynot be turned on by default but canbe turned on through the Optionsapp. See “DIC Info Page Options”earlier in this section.

Speed : Shows the vehicle speed ineither kilometers per hour (km/h) ormiles per hour (mph). If equipped,press k to open the menu and selectto display speed limit signs.

Trip A or Trip B : Shows thecurrent distance traveled, in eitherkilometers (km) or miles (mi), sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

This also shows the approximateaverage liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg).This number is calculated based onthe number of L/100 km (mpg)recorded since the last time thismenu item was reset. This numberreflects only the approximateaverage fuel economy that the

vehicle has right now, and willchange as driving conditionschange.

Press and hold V while this displayis active to reset the trip odometerand the average fuel economy. TripA and Trip B can also be reset bypressing k and choosing reset.

Fuel Range : Shows theapproximate distance the vehiclecan be driven without refueling.LOW will be displayed when thevehicle is low on fuel. The fuelrange estimate is based on anaverage of the vehicle's fueleconomy over recent driving historyand the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank.

Remaining Oil Life : Shows anestimate of the oil's remaining usefullife. If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% isdisplayed, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.The oil should be changed as soonas possible. See Engine Oil 0 272.



In addition to the engine oil lifesystem monitoring the oil life,additional maintenance isrecommended. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 346.

The Oil Life display must be resetafter each oil change. It will notreset itself. Do not reset the Oil Lifedisplay at any time other than whenthe oil has just been changed.It cannot be reset accurately untilthe next oil change. To reset theengine oil life system, press andhold V for several seconds whilethe Oil Life display is active. SeeEngine Oil Life System 0 274.

Tire Pressure : Shows theapproximate pressures of all fourtires. Tire pressure is displayed ineither kilopascal (kPa) or in poundsper square inch (psi). If the pressureis low, the value for that tire isshown in amber.See Tire Pressure Monitor System0 308 and Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 309.

Instantaneous Fuel Economy :Displays the current fuel economy inliters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km)or miles per gallon (mpg). Thisnumber reflects only theapproximate fuel economy that thevehicle has right now and changesfrequently as driving conditionschange. This display cannot bereset.

Average Vehicle Speed : Displaysthe average vehicle speed of thevehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h)or miles per hour (mph). Thisaverage is based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset. Reset the average speedby pressing V when it is displayed.

Fuel Economy : The centerdisplays the approximateinstantaneous fuel economy as anumber and bar graph. Displayedabove the bar graph is a runningaverage of fuel economy for themost recently traveled selecteddistance. Displayed below the bargraph is the best average fueleconomy that has been achieved for

the selected distance. The selecteddistance is displayed at the top ofthe page as “last xxx mi/km.”

Press k to select the distance or

reset best value. Usel andg to

choose the distance and press V.

Pressl andg to select “ResetBest Score.” Press V to reset thebest average fuel economy. Afterreset, the best value displays “-,-”until the selected distance has beentraveled.

The display provides information onhow current driving behavior affectsthe running average and how wellrecent driving compares to the bestthat has been achieved for theselected distance.

Economy Trend : Shows history ofthe Average Fuel Economy from thelast 50 km (30 mi). Each barrepresents about 5 km (3 mi) ofdriving. During driving the bars willshift to always reflect the mostrecent distance on the right side.



Press and hold V to clear the graph

or press k to reset throughthe menu.

ECO Index : Provides feedback onthe efficiency of current drivingbehavior. The bar graph shows avalue that is based on current fuelconsumption compared to what isexpected from the vehicle with goodand bad driving habits.

Timer : This display can be used asa timer. To start the timer, press Vwhile this display is active. Thedisplay will show the amount of timethat has passed since the timer waslast reset. To stop the timer, press Vbriefly while this display is activeand the timer is running. To resetthe timer to zero, press and hold Vwhile this display is active, or pressk and select reset.

Speed Limit : Shows signinformation, which comes from aroadway database in the on-boardnavigation, if equipped.

Battery Voltage : Displays thecurrent battery voltage, if equipped.Battery voltage changes are normalwhile driving. See Charging SystemLight 0 141. If there is a problemwith the battery charging system,the DIC will display a message.

Transmission FluidTemperature : Shows thetemperature of the automatictransmission fluid in either degreesCelsius (°C) or degreesFahrenheit (°F).

Blank Page : Shows noinformation.

Driver Information Center(DIC) (Uplevel)The DIC displays are shown in thecenter of the instrument cluster inthe Info app. See Instrument Cluster0 132. The displays show the statusof many vehicle systems.




DIC Info Page Options

The info pages on the DIC can beturned on or off through theOptions menu.

1. Press h to access the clusterapplications.



2. Pressl org to scroll to theOptions application.

3. Press V to enter theOptions menu.

4. Scroll to Info Pages andpress k.

5. Pressl org to movethrough the list of possibleinformation displays.

6. Press V while an item ishighlighted to select ordeselect that item. When anitem is selected, a checkmarkwill appear next to it.

DIC Info Pages

The following is the list of allpossible DIC info page displays.Some may not be available for yourparticular vehicle. Some items maynot be turned on by default but canbe turned on through the Optionsapp. See “DIC Info Page Options”earlier in this section.

Speed : Shows the vehicle speed ineither kilometers per hour (km/h) ormiles per hour (mph). The vehicleodometer is also shown onthis page.

Trip A or Trip B, Average FuelEconomy, and Average Speed :Shows the current distance traveled,in either kilometers (km) ormiles (mi), since the trip odometerwas last reset.

The Average Fuel Economy displayshows the approximate averageliters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km)or miles per gallon (mpg). Thisnumber is calculated based on thenumber of L/100 km (mpg) recordedsince the last time this menu itemwas reset. This number reflects onlythe approximate average fueleconomy that the vehicle has rightnow, and will change as drivingconditions change.

The Average Speed display showsthe average speed of the vehicle inkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph). This average is

calculated based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset of this value.

Press and hold V while this displayis active to reset the trip odometer,the average fuel economy, and theaverage speed. Or press k andselect reset in the menu.

Fuel Range and InstantaneousFuel Economy : Shows theapproximate distance the vehiclecan be driven without refueling.LOW will be displayed when thevehicle is low on fuel. The fuelrange estimate is based on anaverage of the vehicle's fueleconomy over recent driving historyand the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank. The InstantaneousFuel Economy display shows thecurrent fuel economy in either litersper 100 kilometers (L/100 km) ormiles per gallon (mpg). This numberreflects only the approximate fueleconomy that the vehicle has rightnow and changes frequently asdriving conditions change.



Timer and Fuel Used : Can beused as a timer. To start the timer,press V while this display is active.The display will show the amount oftime that has passed since the timerwas last reset. To stop the timer,press V briefly while this display isactive and the timer is running. Toreset the timer to zero, press andhold V while this display is active.

This also shows the number ofliters (L) or gallons (gal) of fuel usedsince the last reset of thismenu item.

Oil Life : Shows an estimate of theoil's remaining useful life.If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% isdisplayed, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.The oil should be changed as soonas possible. See Engine Oil 0 272.In addition to the engine oil lifesystem monitoring the oil life,

additional maintenance isrecommended. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 346.

The Oil Life display must be resetafter each oil change. It will notreset itself. Do not reset the Oil Lifedisplay at any time other than whenthe oil has just been changed.It cannot be reset accurately untilthe next oil change. To reset theengine oil life system, press andhold V for several seconds whilethe Oil Life display is active. SeeEngine Oil Life System 0 274.

Tire Pressure : Shows theapproximate pressures of all fourtires. Tire pressure is displayed ineither kilopascal (kPa) or in poundsper square inch (psi). If the pressureis low, the value for that tire isshown in amber.See Tire Pressure Monitor System0 308 and Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 309.

Best Fuel Economy : Displaysaverage fuel economy, the best fueleconomy over the selecteddistance, and a bar graph showinginstantaneous fuel economy.

Press k to change the selected

distance. Press and hold V whilethis display is active to reset thebest fuel economy and average fueleconomy. This display can also bereset by selecting reset in the menu.

Economy Trend : Shows history ofthe Average Fuel Economy from thelast 50 km (30 mi). Each barrepresents about 5 km (3 mi) ofdriving. During driving the bars willshift to always reflect the mostrecent distance on the right side.Press and hold V to clear the graph

or press k to reset throughthe menu.



Speed Signs : Shows signinformation, which comes from aroadway database in the on-boardnavigation.

Following Distance : The followingdistance to a moving vehicle aheadis displayed as a time value on thispage. See Forward Collision Alert(FCA) System 0 240.

Blank Page : Shows noinformation.

Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed on the DICindicate the status of the vehicle orsome action that may be needed tocorrect a condition. Multiplemessages may appear one afteranother.

The messages that do not requireimmediate action can beacknowledged and cleared bypressing V. The messages thatrequire immediate action cannot becleared until that action isperformed.

All messages should be takenseriously; clearing the messagedoes not correct the problem.

If a SERVICE message appears,see your dealer.

Follow the instructions given in themessages. The system displaysmessages regarding the followingtopics:

. Service Messages

. Fluid Levels

. Vehicle Security

. Brakes

. Steering

. Ride Control Systems

. Driver Assistance Systems

. Cruise Control

. Lighting and Bulb Replacement

. Wiper/Washer Systems

. Doors and Windows

. Seat Belts

. Airbag Systems

. Engine and Transmission

. Tire Pressure

. Battery

Engine Power Messages

ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED

This message displays when thevehicle's propulsion power isreduced. A reduction in propulsionpower can affect the vehicle's abilityto accelerate. If this message is on,but there is no observed reductionin performance, proceed to yourdestination. The performance may



be reduced the next time the vehicleis driven. The vehicle may be drivenwhile this message is on, butmaximum acceleration and speedmay be reduced. Anytime thismessage stays on, or displaysrepeatedly, the vehicle should betaken to your dealer for service assoon as possible.

Vehicle Speed Messages

SPEED LIMITED TOXXX KM/H (MPH)

This message shows that thevehicle speed has been limited tothe speed displayed. The limitedspeed is a protection for variouspropulsion and vehicle systems,such as lubrication, thermal,suspension, Teen Driver ifequipped, or tires.

VehiclePersonalizationUse the audio system controls toaccess the personalization menusfor customizing vehicle features.

The following are all possiblepersonalization features. Dependingon the vehicle, some may not beavailable.

Infotainment System AudioSystem Controls

To access thepersonalization menu:

1. Touch SETTINGS on the HomePage on the infotainmentsystem display.

2. Touch the desired feature todisplay a list of availableoptions.

3. Touch to select the desiredfeature setting.

4. Touch S Back to exit or movebackward in a menu.

Personalization Menus

The following list of menu items maybe available:

. Time and Date

. Rear Seat Reminder

. Language

. Valet Mode

. Teen Driver

. Radio

. Vehicle

. Bluetooth

. Apple CarPlay

. Android Auto

. Voice

. Display

. Rear Camera

. Return to Factory Settings

. Software Information

. Wi-Fi

Each menu is detailed in thefollowing information.



Time and Date

Manually set the time and date. SeeClock 0 126.

Rear Seat Reminder

This allows for a chime and amessage when the rear door hasbeen opened before or duringoperation of the vehicle.

Select Off or On.

Language

Select Language, then select fromthe available language(s).

The selected language will displayon the system, and voicerecognition will reflect the selectedlanguage.

Valet Mode

This will lock the infotainmentsystem and steering wheel controls.It may also limit access to vehiclestorage locations, if equipped.

To enable valet mode:

1. Enter a four-digit code on thekeypad.

2. Select Enter to go to theconfirmation screen.

3. Re-enter the four-digit code.

Select Lock or Unlock to lock orunlock the system. Touch Back togo back to the previous menu.

Teen Driver

See “Teen Driver” under “Settings”in the infotainment manual.

Radio

Touch and the following maydisplay:

. Manage Favorites

. Number of Favorites Shown

. Audible Touch Feedback

. Auto Volume

. Maximum Start Up Volume

Manage Favorites

This allows favorites to be edited.See “Manage Favorites” in“Settings” under “Radio” in theinfotainment manual.

Number of Favorites Shown

Touch to set the number of favoritesto display.

Select the desired number or selectAuto and the infotainment systemwill automatically adjust the numberof favorites shown.

Audible Touch Feedback

This allows Audible TouchFeedback to be turned on or off.

Select Off or On.

Auto Volume

This feature adjusts the volumebased on vehicle speed andambient noise.

Select Off, Low, Medium-Low,Medium, Medium-High, or High.

Maximum Start Up Volume

This feature sets the maximumstartup volume. If the vehicle isstarted and the volume is greaterthan this level, the volume isadjusted to this level.



To set the maximum startup volume,touch + or − to increase ordecrease.

Vehicle

Select and the following maydisplay:

. Climate and Air Quality

. Collision/Detection Systems

. Comfort and Convenience

. Lighting

. Power Door Locks

. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start

Climate and Air Quality


. Auto Fan Speed

. Auto Cooled Seats

. Auto Heated Seats

. Auto Defog

. Auto Rear Defog

. Ionizer

Auto Fan Speed

This feature will set the auto fanspeed.

Select Low, Medium, or High.

Auto Cooled Seats

When enabled, this feature willautomatically activate the ventilatedseats at the level required by theinterior temperature. See Heatedand Ventilated Front Seats 0 68.

Select Off or On.

Auto Heated Seats

When enabled, this feature willautomatically activate the heatedseats at the level required by theinterior temperature. The autoheated seats can be turned off byusing the heated seat buttons onthe center stack. See Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 68.

If equipped with Auto HeatedSteering Wheel, this feature will turnon when the Auto Heated Seatsturn on.

Select Off or On.

Auto Defog

When set to On, the front defog willautomatically react to temperatureand humidity conditions that maycause fogging.

Select Off or On.

Auto Rear Defog

If equipped, this allows the AutoRear Defog to be turned on or off.This feature will automatically turnon the rear window defogger when itis cold outside.

Select Off or On.

Ionizer

If equipped with an ionizer, thisfeature helps to clean the air insidethe vehicle and removecontaminants such as pollen, odors,and dust. See Dual AutomaticClimate Control System 0 178.

Select Off or On.



Collision/Detection Systems

Select the Collision/DetectionSystems menu and the followingmay be displayed if equipped:

. Alert Type

. Forward Collision System

. Front Pedestrian Detection

. Rear Cross Traffic Alert

. Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier

. Lane Change Alert

Alert Type

This feature will set crash alerts tobeeps or seat vibrations. Thissetting affects all crash alertsincluding Forward Collision, FrontPedestrian Detection, LaneDeparture Warning, Adaptive CruiseControl, Park Assist, and BackingWarning alerts.

Select Beeps or Safety Alert Seat.

Forward Collision System

This feature will turn on or off theForward Collision Alert (FCA) andForward Automatic Braking (FAB).

The Off setting disables all FCA andFAB functions. With the Alert andBrake setting, both FCA and FABare available. The Alert settingdisables FAB. See ForwardAutomatic Braking (FAB) 0 243.

Select Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.

Front Pedestrian Detection

This feature may help avoid orreduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes with nearbypedestrians.


Select Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

This allows the Rear Cross TrafficAlert feature to be turned on or off.

Select Off or On.

Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier

This feature will give a reminder thatAdaptive Cruise Control provideswhen it has brought the vehicle to a

complete stop behind anotherstopping vehicle, and then thatvehicle drives on.

Select Off or On.

Lane Change Alert

This allows the feature to be turnedon or off. See Lane Change Alert(LCA) 0 247.

When Lane Change Alert isdisabled, Side Blind Zone Alert isalso disabled.

Select Off or On.

Comfort and Convenience


. Auto Memory Recall

. Easy Exit Options

. Chime Volume

. Hands Free Liftgate Control

. Reverse Tilt Mirror

. Auto Mirror Folding

. Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

. Extended Hill Start Assist



Auto Memory Recall

This feature automatically recallsthe current driver’s previously stored1 or 2 button positions when theignition is changed from off to on orACC/ACCESSORY. See MemorySeats 0 65.

Select Off or On.

Easy Exit Options

This feature automatically recallsthe previously stored Exit buttonposition when exiting the vehicle.See Memory Seats 0 65.

Select Off or On.

Chime Volume

This allows the selection of thechime volume level.

Touch + or − to adjust the volume.

Hands Free Liftgate Control

The liftgate may be operated with akicking motion under the left side ofthe rear bumper. See Liftgate 0 42.

Select Off, On-Open and Close,or On-Open Only.

Reverse Tilt Mirror

When on, both the driver andpassenger, driver, or passengeroutside mirrors will tilt downwardwhen the vehicle is shifted toR (Reverse) to improve visibility ofthe ground near the rear wheels.They will return to their previousdriving position when the vehicle isshifted out of R (Reverse) or theengine is turned off. See ReverseTilt Mirrors 0 53.

Select Off, On - Driver andPassenger, On - Driver, or On -Passenger.

Auto Mirror Folding

When on, the outside mirrors willautomatically fold or unfold whenthe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter Q or K button ispressed and held. See FoldingMirrors 0 52.

Select Off or On.

Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

When on and the front wiper is on,the rear wiper will automaticallyactivate when the vehicle is shiftedto R (Reverse).

Select Off or On.

Extended Hill Start Assist

This allows the duration of the HillStart Assist to be changed.

Select Extended Hold orStandard Hold.

Lighting


. Vehicle Locator Lights

. Exit Lighting

Vehicle Locator Lights

This feature will flash the exteriorlamps and allows some of theexterior lamps and most of theinterior lamps to turn on brieflywhen K on the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter is pressedto locate the vehicle.



Select Off or On.

Exit Lighting

This allows the selection of howlong the exterior lamps stay onwhen leaving the vehicle when it isdark outside.

Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds,or 120 Seconds.

Power Door Locks


. Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

. Auto Door Unlock

. Delayed Door Lock

Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

When on, this feature will keep thedriver door from locking when thedoor is open. If Off is selected, theDelayed Door Lock menu will beavailable.

Select Off or On.

Auto Door Unlock

This allows selection of which of thedoors will automatically unlock whenthe vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.

Delayed Door Lock

When on, this feature will delay thelocking of the doors. To override thedelay, press the power door lockswitch on the door.

Select Off or On.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start


. Remote Unlock Light Feedback

. Remote Lock Feedback

. Remote Door Unlock

. Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

. Remote Window Operation

. Passive Door Unlock

. Passive Door Lock

. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

When on, the exterior lamps willflash when unlocking the vehiclewith the RKE transmitter.

Select Off or Flash Lights.

Remote Lock Feedback

This allows selection of what type offeedback is given when locking thevehicle with the RKE transmitter.

Select Off, Lights and Horn, LightsOnly, or Horn Only.

Remote Door Unlock

This allows selection of which doorswill unlock when pressing K on theRKE transmitter.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn the ventilated seatson when using remote start onwarm days.

Select Off or On.



Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn the heated seats onwhen using remote start oncold days.

Select Off or On.

Remote Window Operation

If equipped, this feature enables theremote operation of all windowsfrom the RKE transmitter. See“Remote Window Operation” inPower Windows 0 56.

Select Off or On.

Passive Door Unlock

This allows the selection of whatdoors will unlock when using thebutton on the driver door to unlockthe vehicle.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Passive Door Lock

This allows passive locking to beturned on or off and selectsfeedback. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 29.

Select Off, On with HornChirp, or On.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

This feature sounds an alert whenthe RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle. This menu also enables theRemote No Longer in Vehicle Alert.

Select Off or On.

Bluetooth


. Pair New Device

. Device Management

. Ringtones

. Voice Mail Numbers

. Text Message Alerts

Pair New Device

Select to pair a new device. See“Pairing” in “Infotainment Controls”under “Bluetooth” in the infotainmentmanual.

Device Management

Select to connect to a differentphone source, disconnect a phone,or delete a phone.

Ringtones

Select to change the ring tone forthe specific phone. The phone doesnot need to be connected to changethe ring tone.

Voice Mail Numbers

This feature displays the voice mailnumber for all connected phones.To change the voice mail number,select the edit icon. Type a newnumber, then select Save.

Text Message Alerts

This allows the feature to be turnedon or off.

Select Off or On.

Apple CarPlay


. Apple CarPlay

. Manage Apple CarPlay Devices



Apple CarPlay

This feature allows Apple devices tobe connected to the infotainmentsystem through a USB port.

Select Off or On.

Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

Select to manage Apple devices.Apple CarPlay must be on for thisfeature to be accessed.

Android Auto


. Android Auto

. Manage Android Auto Devices

Android Auto

This feature allows Android devicesto be connected to the infotainmentsystem through a USB port.

Select Off or On.

Manage Android Auto Devices

Select to manage Android devices.Android Auto must be on for thisfeature to be accessed.

Voice


. Confidence Threshold

. Prompt Length

. Audio Feedback Speed

. Display “What Can I Say?” Tips

Confidence Threshold

This feature allows the adjustmentof the sensitivity of the speechrecognition system.

Select Confirm More orConfirm Less.

Prompt Length

This feature adjusts the voiceprompt length.

Select Short or Long.

Audio Feedback Speed

This feature adjusts the audiofeedback speed.

Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.

Display “What Can I Say?” Tips

This feature gives voicecommand tips.

Select Off or On.

Display


. Mode

. Calibrate Touchscreen

. Turn Display Off

Mode

Select to change the display screenfor day or night driving.

Select Auto, Day, or Night.

Calibrate Touchscreen

Select to calibrate the touchscreen,then follow the prompts.

Turn Display Off

Select to turn the display off. Touchanywhere on the infotainmentdisplay or press any infotainmentcontrols on the center stack to turnthe display on.



Rear Camera

This allows for Rear Park AssistSymbols and Guidance Lines to beturned off or on.

Select Off or On for the desiredfeature.


Return to Factory Settings


. Restore Vehicle Settings

. Clear All Private Data

. Restore Radio Settings

Restore Vehicle Settings

This allows selection of restoringvehicle settings.

Select Restore or Cancel.

Clear All Private Data

This allows selection to clear allprivate information from the vehicle.

Select Delete or Cancel.

Restore Radio Settings

This allows selection to restoreradio settings.

Select Restore or Cancel.

Software Information

Touch to view or update the versionof the infotainment system software.

Wi-Fi


. Wi-Fi

. Manage Wi-Fi Networks

Wi-Fi

This feature allows Wi-Fi networksto be turned off or on.

Select Off or On.

Manage Wi-Fi Networks

Select to manage Wi-Fi networks.Wi-Fi must be on for this feature tobe accessed.

Universal RemoteSystemSee Radio Frequency Statement0 370.

Universal Remote SystemProgramming

If equipped, these buttons are in theoverhead console.

This system can replace up to threeremote control transmitters used toactivate devices such as garagedoor openers, security systems, andhome automation devices. These



instructions refer to a garage dooropener, but can be used for otherdevices.

Do not use the Universal Remotesystem with any garage door openerthat does not have the stop andreverse feature. This includes anygarage door opener modelmanufactured before April 1, 1982.

Read these instructions completelybefore programming the UniversalRemote system. It may help to haveanother person assist with theprogramming process.

Keep the original hand-heldtransmitter for use in other vehiclesas well as for future programming.Erase the programming whenvehicle ownership is terminated.See “Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons” later in thissection.

To program a garage door opener,park outside directly in line with andfacing the garage door openerreceiver. Clear all people andobjects near the garage door.

Make sure the hand-held transmitterhas a new battery for quick andaccurate transmission of theradio-frequency signal.

Programming the UniversalRemote System

For questions or programming help,see www.homelink.com/gm or call1-800-355-3515.

Programming involvestime-sensitive actions, and may timeout causing the procedure to berepeated.

To program up to three devices:

1. Hold the end of the hand-heldtransmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1to 3 in) away from theUniversal Remote systembuttons with the indicator lightin view. The hand-heldtransmitter was supplied by themanufacturer of the garagedoor opener receiver.

2. At the same time, press andhold both the hand-heldtransmitter button and one ofthe three Universal Remote

system buttons to be used tooperate the garage door. Donot release either button untilthe indicator light changes froma slow to a rapid flash. Thenrelease both buttons.

Some garage door openersmay require substitution ofStep 2 with the procedureunder “Radio Signals for SomeGate Operators” later in thissection.

3. Press and hold the newlyprogrammed Universal Remotesystem button for five secondswhile watching the indicatorlight and garage dooractivation.

. If the indicator light stays oncontinuously or the garagedoor moves when thebutton is pressed, thenprogramming is complete.There is no need tocomplete Steps 4–6.

. If the indicator light doesnot come on or the garagedoor does not move, a



second button press maybe required. For a secondtime, press and hold thenewly programmed buttonfor five seconds. If the lightstays on or the garage doormoves, programming iscomplete.

. If the indicator light blinksrapidly for two seconds,then changes to a solid lightand the garage door doesnot move, continue withprogramming Steps 4–6.

Learn or Smart Button

4. After completing Steps 1–3,locate the Learn or Smartbutton inside the garage on thegarage door opener receiver.

The name and color of thebutton may vary bymanufacturer.

5. Press and release the Learn orSmart button. Step 6 must becompleted within 30 seconds ofpressing this button.

6. Inside the vehicle, press andhold the newly programmedUniversal Remote systembutton for two seconds andthen release it. If the garagedoor does not move or thelamp on the garage dooropener receiver does not flash,press and hold the samebutton a second time fortwo seconds, then release it.Again, if the door does notmove or the garage door lampdoes not flash, press and holdthe same button a third time fortwo seconds, then release it.

The Universal Remote systemshould now activate thegarage door.

Repeat the process forprogramming the two remainingbuttons.

Radio Signals for Some GateOperators

For questions or programming help,see www.homelink.com/gm or call1-800-355-3515.

Some radio–frequency laws andgate operators require transmittersignals to time out or quit afterseveral seconds of transmission.This may not be long enough for theUniversal Remote system to pick upthe signal during programming.

If the programming did not work,replace Step 2 under “Programmingthe Universal Remote System” withthe following:

Press and hold the UniversalRemote system button whilepressing and releasing thehand-held transmitter button everytwo seconds until the signal hasbeen successfully accepted by theUniversal Remote system. TheUniversal Remote system indicatorlight will flash slowly at first and then



rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under“Programming the Universal RemoteSystem” to complete.

Universal Remote SystemOperation

Using the Universal RemoteSystem

Press and hold the appropriateUniversal Remote system button forat least one-half second. Theindicator light will come on while thesignal is being transmitted.

Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons

Erase all programmed buttons whenvehicle ownership is terminated.

To erase:

1. Press and hold the two outsidebuttons until the indicator lightbegins to flash. This shouldtake about 10 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

Reprogramming a SingleUniversal Remote SystemButton

To reprogram any of the systembuttons:

1. Press and hold any one of thebuttons. Do not release thebutton.

2. The indicator light will begin toflash after 20 seconds. Withoutreleasing the button, proceedwith Step 1 under“Programming the UniversalRemote System.”


168 Lighting

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 168Exterior Lamps OffReminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Automatic HeadlampSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 172Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Interior LightingInstrument Panel IlluminationControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Battery Load Management . . . 175Battery Power Protection . . . . . 175Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

The exterior lamp control is on theinstrument panel to the left of thesteering column.

There are four positions.

O : Turns the exterior lamps off anddeactivates the AUTO mode. TurnO again to reactivate theAUTO mode.

In Canada, the headlamps willautomatically reactivate when thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

AUTO : Turns the exterior lamps onand off automatically depending onoutside lighting.


Lighting 169

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

5 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

IntelliBeam System

If equipped, this system turns thevehicle's high-beam headlamps onand off according to surroundingtraffic conditions.

The system turns the high-beamheadlamps on when it is darkenough and there is no other trafficpresent.

This light comes on in theinstrument cluster when theIntelliBeam system is enabled.

Turning On and EnablingIntelliBeam

To enable the IntelliBeam system,pressb on the turn signal leverwhen it is dark outside and theexterior lamp control is in AUTOor5. The blue high-beam on lightappears on the instrument clusterwhen the high beams are on.

Driving with IntelliBeam

The system only activates the highbeams when driving over 40 km/h(25 mph).

There is a sensor near the topcenter of the windshield thatautomatically controls the system.

Keep this area of the windshieldclear of debris to allow for bestsystem performance.

The high-beam headlamps remainon, under the automatic control,until one of the following situationsoccurs:

. The system detects anapproaching vehicle'sheadlamps.

. The system detects a precedingvehicle's taillamps.

. The outside light is brightenough that high-beamheadlamps are not required.

. The vehicle's speed drops below20 km/h (12 mph).

. The IntelliBeam system isdisabled by the button on theturn signal lever. If this happens,pressb on the turn signallever when the exterior lampcontrol is in the AUTO or5position to reactivate theIntelliBeam system. The


170 Lighting

instrument cluster light will comeon to indicate the IntelliBeamsystem is reactivated.

The high beams may not turn offautomatically if the system cannotdetect another vehicle's lampsbecause of any of the following:

. The other vehicle's lamps aremissing, damaged, obstructedfrom view, or otherwiseundetected.

. The other vehicle's lamps arecovered with dirt, snow, and/orroad spray.

. The other vehicle's lamps cannotbe detected due to denseexhaust, smoke, fog, snow, roadspray, mist, or other airborneobstructions.

. The vehicle's windshield is dirty,cracked, or obstructed bysomething that blocks the viewof the light sensor.

. The vehicle is loaded such thatthe front end points upward,causing the light sensor to aimhigh and not detect headlampsand taillamps.

. The vehicle is being driven onwinding or hilly roads.

The IntelliBeam system may need tobe disabled if any of the aboveconditions exist.

Exterior Lamps OffReminderA warning chime sounds if the driverdoor is opened while the ignition isoff and the exterior lamps are on.

Headlamp High/Low-Beam ChangerPush the turn signal lever awayfrom you and release, to turn thehigh beams on. To return to lowbeams, push the lever again or pullit toward you and release.

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument cluster when thehigh-beam headlamps are on.

Flash-to-PassThis feature is used to signal to thevehicle ahead that you wantto pass.

If the headlamps are off or in thelow-beam position, pull the turnsignal lever toward you tomomentarily switch to high beams.

Release the lever to turn thehigh-beam headlamps off.


Lighting 171

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)DRL can make it easier for others tosee the front of your vehicle duringthe day. Fully functional DRL arerequired on all vehicles first sold inCanada.

The dedicated DRL will come onwhen all of the following conditionsare met:

. The ignition is on.

. The exterior lamp control isin AUTO.

. The light sensor determines it isdaytime.

. The vehicle is not parked.

The taillamps, instrument panellights, and other lamps will notbe on.

The DRL turn off when theheadlamps are turned to O or theignition is off. For vehicles sold inCanada, this control only workswhen the vehicle is parked.

Automatic HeadlampSystemWhen the exterior lamp control isset to AUTO and it is dark enoughoutside, the headlamps come onautomatically.

There is a light sensor on top of theinstrument panel. Do not cover thesensor; otherwise the headlampswill come on when they are notneeded.

The system may also turn on theheadlamps when driving through aparking garage or tunnel.

If the vehicle is started in a darkgarage, the automatic headlampsystem comes on immediately. If itis light outside when the vehicleleaves the garage, there is a slightdelay before the automaticheadlamp system changes to theDaytime Running Lamps (DRL).During that delay, the instrumentcluster may not be as bright asusual. Make sure the instrumentpanel brightness control is in the fullbright position. See InstrumentPanel Illumination Control 0 173.

When it is bright enough outside,the headlamps will turn off or maychange to DRL.

The automatic headlamp systemturns off when the exterior lampcontrol is turned to O or the ignitionis off.

Lights On with Wipers

If the windshield wipers areactivated in daylight with the engineon, and the exterior lamp control isin AUTO, the headlamps, parkinglamps, and other exterior lampscome on. The transition time for the


172 Lighting

lamps coming on varies based onwiper speed. When the wipers arenot operating, these lamps turn off.Move the exterior lamp control to Oor; to disable this feature.

Hazard Warning Flashers

| : Press to make the front andrear turn signal lamps flash on andoff. This warns others that you arehaving trouble.

Press| again to turn theflashers off.

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

Move the lever all the way up ordown to signal a turn.

An arrow on the instrument clusterwill flash in the direction of the turnor lane change.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. Hold it there until the lanechange is complete. If the lever ismoved momentarily to the lanechange position, the arrow will flashthree times. It will flash six times ifTow/Haul Mode is active.

The lever returns to its startingposition when it is released.

If after signaling a turn or lanechange, the arrow flashes rapidly ordoes not come on, a signal bulbmay be burned out.

Have any burned out bulbsreplaced. If a bulb is not burned out,check the fuse. See InstrumentPanel Fuse Block 0 294.


Lighting 173

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

The brightness of the instrumentcluster display, infotainment displayand controls, steering wheelcontrols, and all other illuminatedcontrols, as well as feature statusindicators can be adjusted.

The knob for this feature is on theinstrument panel beside the steeringcolumn.

Push the knob in all the way until itextends out and then turn the knobclockwise or counterclockwise tobrighten or dim the lights.

Courtesy LampsThe courtesy lamps come on whenany door is opened unless the domelamp override is activated. Todeactivate the dome lamp override,pressj OFF and the indicatorlight on the button will turn off.

The reading lamps, located on thefront overhead console and theheadliner above the rear seatpassengers, can be controlledindependently of the courtesylamps.

Dome Lamps

The dome lamp controls are in theoverhead console.

To operate, press the followingbuttons:

j OFF : Press to turn off thedome lamps when a door is open.An indicator light on the button willturn on when the dome lampoverride is activated. PressjOFF again to deactivate this featureand the indicator light will turn off.The dome lamps will come on whendoors are opened.

+ ON/OFF : Press to turn the domelamps on manually. Press again toturn the dome lamps off.

Reading LampsThere are reading lamps on theoverhead console and over the rearseats. These lamps come on whenany door is opened.


174 Lighting

Front Reading Lamps

The front reading lamps are in theoverhead console.

Press the lamp lenses to turn thefront reading lamps on or off.

Rear Reading Lamps

The rear reading lamps are over therear seats.

Press the lamp lens to turn the rearpassenger reading lamps on or off.

Lighting Features

Entry LightingSome exterior lamps and most ofthe interior lights turn on briefly atnight, or in areas of limited lightingwhen K is pressed on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 29. When thedriver door is opened, all controllights, Driver Information Center(DIC) lights, and door pocket lightsturn on. After about 30 seconds theexterior lamps turn off, then theremaining interior lights dim to off.Entry lighting can be disabledmanually by turning the ignition onor to ACC/ACCESSORY, or bypressing Q on the RKE transmitter.

This feature can be changed. See“Vehicle Locator Lights” underVehicle Personalization 0 156.


Lighting 175

Exit LightingSome exterior lamps and interiorlights come on at night, or in areaswith limited lighting, when the driverdoor is opened after the ignition isturned off. The dome lamp comeson after the ignition is turned off.The exterior lamps and dome lampremain on for a set amount of time,then automatically turn off.

The exterior lamps turn offimmediately by turning the exteriorlamp control off.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 156.

Battery LoadManagementThe vehicle has Electric PowerManagement (EPM) that estimatesthe battery's temperature and stateof charge. It then adjusts the voltagefor best performance and extendedlife of the battery.

When the battery's state of chargeis low, the voltage is raised slightlyto quickly bring the charge back up.

When the state of charge is high,the voltage is lowered slightly toprevent overcharging. If the vehiclehas a voltmeter gauge or a voltagedisplay on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC), you may see thevoltage move up or down. This isnormal. If there is a problem, analert will be displayed.

The battery can be discharged atidle if the electrical loads are veryhigh. This is true for all vehicles.This is because the generator(alternator) may not be spinning fastenough at idle to produce all of thepower needed for very highelectrical loads.

A high electrical load occurs whenseveral of the following are on, suchas: headlamps, high beams, rearwindow defogger, climate control fanat high speed, heated seats, enginecooling fans, trailer loads, and loadsplugged into accessory poweroutlets.

EPM works to prevent excessivedischarge of the battery. It does thisby balancing the generator's outputand the vehicle's electrical needs.

It can increase engine idle speed togenerate more power wheneverneeded. It can temporarily reducethe power demands of someaccessories.

Normally, these actions occur insteps or levels, without beingnoticeable. In rare cases at thehighest levels of corrective action,this action may be noticeable to thedriver. If so, a DIC battery voltageand charging message displays. It isrecommended that the driver reducethe electrical loads as much aspossible.See Driver Information Center (DIC)(Base Level) 0 149 or DriverInformation Center (DIC) (Uplevel)0 152.

Battery Power ProtectionThis feature helps prevent thebattery from being drained, if theinterior courtesy lamps or readinglamps are accidentally left on. If anyof these lamps are left on, theyautomatically turn off after


176 Lighting

10 minutes, if the ignition is off. Thelamps will not come back on againuntil one of the following occurs:

. The ignition is turned on.

. The doors are closed and thenre-opened.

Exterior Lighting BatterySaverThe exterior lamps turn off about10 minutes after the ignition isturned off, if the parking lamps orheadlamps have been manually lefton. This protects against drainingthe battery. To restart the 10-minutetimer, turn the exterior lamp controlto the off position and then back tothe parking lamp or headlampposition.

To keep the lamps on for more than10 minutes, the ignition must be onor in ACC/ACCESSORY.


Infotainment System 177

InfotainmentSystem

IntroductionInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Introduction

InfotainmentSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.

Active Noise Cancellation (ANC)

If equipped, ANC reduces enginenoise in the vehicle’s interior. ANCrequires the factory-installed audiosystem, radio, speakers, amplifier (ifequipped), induction system, andexhaust system to work properly.Deactivation is required by yourdealer if related aftermarketequipment is installed.


178 Climate Controls

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic ClimateControl System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Rear Climate ControlSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

MaintenancePassenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Climate Control Systems

Dual Automatic Climate Control SystemThe climate control buttons on the center stack and on the climate controldisplay are used to adjust the heating, cooling, and ventilation.

Center Stack Climate Controls

1. Driver and PassengerTemperature Displays


3. Driver and Passenger Heatedand Ventilated Seats (IfEquipped)

4. Fan Controls

5. CLIMATE (Climate ControlDisplay)

6. MAX Defrost

7. Recirculation


Climate Controls 179

8. Rear Window Defogger andHeated Outside Mirrors (IfEquipped)

9. ON/OFF (Power)


Climate Control Display



3. Fan Control

4. Sync (SynchronizedTemperature)

5. A/C (Air Conditioning)

6. Climate Control Selection(Application Tray Button)


The fan, air delivery mode, airconditioning, driver and passengertemperatures, and Sync settingscan be controlled by touchingCLIMATE on the infotainmentdisplay Home Page or the climatebutton in the application tray display.A selection can then be made onthe front climate control pagedisplayed. See the infotainmentmanual.

Climate Control Status Display

The climate control status displayappears briefly when the climatecontrols on the center stack areadjusted. The air delivery mode canbe adjusted on the climate controldisplay.

Automatic Operation

The system automatically controlsthe fan speed, air delivery, airconditioning, and recirculation inorder to heat or cool the vehicle tothe desired temperature.

When AUTO is lit, all four functionsoperate automatically. Each functioncan also be manually set and theselected setting is displayed.Functions not manually set willcontinue to be automaticallycontrolled, even if the AUTOindicator is not lit.

For automatic operation:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature. Allow thesystem time to stabilize. Adjustthe temperature as needed forbest comfort.



To improve fuel efficiency and tocool the vehicle faster with A/C on,recirculation may be automaticallyselected in warm weather. Press@ to select recirculation; press itagain to select outside air.

Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls : Thetemperature can be adjustedseparately for the driver and thepassenger. Turn the knob clockwiseor counterclockwise to increase ordecrease the driver or passengertemperature setting.

The driver and passengertemperatures can also be adjustedby touching the controls on theclimate control display.

Sync : Touch Sync on the display tolink all passenger settings to thedriver settings. Adjust the driver sidetemperature control to change thelinked temperature. When thepassenger settings are adjusted, theSync button is displayed and thetemperatures are unlinked.

Manual Operation

CLIMATE : Press CLIMATE to showthe climate control display.

ON/OFF : Press to turn the fan onor off. When off, no air will flow intothe vehicle. Turning the fan on,pressing any other button, or turninga knob will turn the system back onusing the current setting.

hi : Press or touch the fan controlson the center stack or the display toincrease or decrease the fan speed.The fan speed setting displays.

Pressing either button cancelsautomatic fan control and the fan iscontrolled manually. Press AUTO toreturn to automatic operation.

Air Delivery Mode Control : Whenthe climate information is displayed,touch6,Y, or X on the display tochange the direction of airflow. Anycombination of the three modes canbe selected. The selected airdelivery mode is lit. Pressing anymode control cancels automatic airdelivery control and the direction of

the airflow is controlled manually.Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation.

To change the current mode, selectone or more of the following:

6 : Air is directed to the flooroutlets, with some air to thewindshield and side windows.

Y : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets.

X : Clears the windows of fog ormoisture. Air is directed to thewindshield.

1 MAX : Air is directed to thewindshield, the fan runs at a higherspeed, and the temperature of theair is increased if not already atmaximum. This mode overrides theprevious mode selected and clearsfog or frost from the windshieldmore quickly. When1 MAX ispressed again, the system returnsto the previous mode setting andfan speed.

For best results, clear all snow andice from the windshield beforedefrosting.



A/C : Touch A/C on the display toturn the air conditioning on or off.If the fan is turned off, the airconditioner will not run and A/C OFFwill show on the climate controldisplay.

Touch AUTO to return to automaticoperation and the air conditionerruns automatically as needed.

@ : Press to turn on recirculation.An indicator light comes on. Air isrecirculated to quickly cool theinside of the vehicle or to reduce theentry of outside air and odors.

If selected during cool or coldweather, the windshield andwindows may fog. Turn offrecirculation to help clear thewindshield and windows.

Auto Defog : The climate controlsystem has a sensor toautomatically detect high humidityinside the vehicle. When highhumidity is detected, the climatecontrol system may adjust tooutside air supply and turn on theair conditioner. The fan speed mayslightly increase to help prevent

fogging. If the climate controlsystem does not detect possiblewindow fogging, it returns to normaloperation.

To turn Auto Defog off or on, see“Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalization 0 156.

Ionizer : If equipped with an ionizer,this feature helps to clean the airinside the vehicle and removecontaminants such as pollen, odors,and dust. If the climate controlsystem is on and the ionizer isenabled, Ionizer On will bedisplayed. To turn the ionizer on oroff, see “Climate and Air Quality”under Vehicle Personalization0 156.

Rear Window Defogger

K : Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off. An indicator lighton the button comes on to show thatthe rear window defogger is on. Therear window defogger only workswhen the engine is running. It turnsoff when the ignition is turned off orin ACC/ACCESSORY.

The rear window defogger can beset to automatic operation. See“Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalization 0 156.When Auto Rear Defog is selected,the rear window defogger turns onautomatically when the interiortemperature is cold and the outsidetemperature is about 4 °C (40 °F)and below. The auto rear defoggerturns off automatically after about10 minutes, or after five minutes ifthe outside temperature is notas cold.

The upper gridlines on the rearwindow are antenna lines and arenot intended to heat when thedefogger is activated.

The heated outside mirrors turn onwhen the rear window defoggerbutton is on and help to clear fog orfrost from the surface of the mirror.See Heated Mirrors 0 53.



Caution

Do not try to clear frost or othermaterial from the inside of thefront windshield and rear windowwith a razor blade or anythingelse that is sharp. This maydamage the rear windowdefogger grid and affect theradio's ability to pick up stationsclearly. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Heated and Ventilated Seats

M or L : If equipped, press M or Lto heat the driver or passenger seat.

C or { : If equipped, press C or{ to ventilate the driver orpassenger seat. See Heated andVentilated Seats 0 12.

Remote Start Climate ControlOperation : The climate controlsystem may run when the vehicle isstarted remotely. If the vehicle hasheated or ventilated seats, they may

come on during a remote start.See Remote Vehicle Start 0 36 andHeated and Ventilated Seats 0 12.

Sensors

The solar sensor, on top of theinstrument panel near thewindshield, monitors the solar heat.

The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature, fan speed,recirculation, and air delivery modefor best comfort.

Do not cover the sensor; otherwisethe automatic climate control systemmay not work properly.

Rear Climate ControlSystemThe rear climate control system ison the rear of the center consolestorage. The settings can beadjusted with the rear climatecontrols and the rear climatedisplay.

Rear Climate Controls

1. Fan Control


3. MODE (Air Delivery ModeControl)

4. TEMP (Temperature Control)

5. Heated Rear Seats (IfEquipped)



Rear Climate Display


2. Sync (SynchronizedTemperatures)

3. Front Climate Control Display

4. REAR O (On/Off)

5. Rear Auto (AutomaticOperation)

6. Rear Control Lockout

7. Fan Control


9. Rear Climate TemperatureControl

REAR O : Touch REAR O to turnthe rear climate control on or off.

Sync : Touch Sync on the rearclimate display to match the rearclimate control temperature to thefront climate control drivertemperature. The Sync button willbe lit. Adjust the rear climate controltemperature to change the linkedtemperature. The Sync buttonturns off.

Rear Control Lockout : TouchRear Control Lockout on the rearclimate display to lock or unlockcontrol of the rear climate controlsystem from the front seat. Whenlocked, Q will show on the rearclimate display. The rear climatecontrol system cannot be adjustedfrom the second row seats.

Automatic Operation

AUTO : Touch AUTO or touch RearAUTO on the rear climate display toautomatically control air deliveryand fan speed. A is indicated in thedisplay on the rear of the centerconsole storage when automatic

operation is active. If any of theclimate control settings are manuallyadjusted, this cancels full automaticoperation.

The display on the rear of the centerconsole storage only indicatesclimate control functions when thesystem is in rear independent mode.When Sync is active the display isnot shown.

Manual Operation

9 : Turn the knob clockwise orcounterclockwise or press and holdS or T on the rear climate displayto increase or decrease the fanspeed.

TEMP : Turn the knob clockwise orcounterclockwise or press and holdthe rear climate display temperaturecontrols to adjust the rearpassenger temperature. If Sync islit, the rear climate temperature islinked to the driver temperaturesetting.



Y/6 or MODE : Touch one or bothmodes on the rear climate display orpress MODE on the rear climatecontrols to change the direction ofthe airflow in the rear seating area.Press MODE again to deselect.Active modes will be highlighted.

M or L : If equipped, press M or Lto heat the left or right outboardseat. See Heated Rear Seats 0 73.

Air VentsUse the slider switch on the airoutlets to change the direction of theairflow, or to open and close off theairflow.

There are also outlets overhead inthe rear passenger area; adjust asneeded.

Keep all outlets open wheneverpossible for best systemperformance.

Operation Tips. Clear away any ice, snow,

or leaves from the air inlets atthe base of the windshield thatcan block the flow of air into thevehicle.

. Clear snow off the hood toimprove visibility and helpdecrease moisture drawn intothe vehicle.

. Use of non-GM approved hooddeflectors can adversely affectthe performance of the system.

. Keep the path under all seatsclear of objects to help circulatethe air inside the vehicle moreeffectively.

. If fogging reoccurs while in ventor bi-level modes with mildtemperature throughout thevehicle, turn on the airconditioner to reduce windshieldfogging.



Maintenance

Passenger CompartmentAir FilterThe filter reduces dust, pollen, andother airborne irritants from outsideair that is pulled into the vehicle.The filter should be replaced as partof routine scheduled maintenance.See Maintenance Schedule 0 346.

See your dealer regardingreplacement of the filter.

ServiceAll vehicles have a label underhoodthat identifies the refrigerant used inthe vehicle. The refrigerant systemshould only be serviced by trainedand certified technicians. The airconditioning evaporator shouldnever be repaired or replaced byone from a salvage vehicle.It should only be replaced by a newevaporator to ensure proper andsafe operation.

During service, all refrigerantsshould be reclaimed with properequipment. Venting refrigerantsdirectly to the atmosphere is harmfulto the environment and may alsocreate unsafe conditions based oninhalation, combustion, frostbite,or other health-based concerns.

The air conditioning system requiresperiodic maintenance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 346.


186 Driving and Operating

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDistracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 188Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 189Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 195Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 196Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 198Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 202Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 204Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 208Parking over ThingsThat Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Automatic TransmissionAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . 212Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Drive SystemsAll-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

BrakesAntilock BrakeSystem (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 219Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 221

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . 223

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . 227

Driver Assistance SystemsDriver Assistance Systems . . . 235Assistance Systems forParking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 237

Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

Front Pedestrian Braking(FPB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 247Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . 249

FuelTop Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . . 251Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 252Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253


Driving and Operating 187

Trailer TowingGeneral TowingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

Driving Characteristics andTowing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 265

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On ElectricalEquipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

Driving Information

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many formsand can take your focus from thetask of driving. Exercise goodjudgment and do not let otheractivities divert your attention awayfrom the road. Many localgovernments have enacted lawsregarding driver distraction. Becomefamiliar with the local laws inyour area.

To avoid distracted driving, keepyour eyes on the road, keep yourhands on the steering wheel, andfocus your attention on driving.

. Do not use a phone indemanding driving situations.Use a hands-free method toplace or receive necessaryphone calls.

. Watch the road. Do not read,take notes, or look upinformation on phones or otherelectronic devices.

. Designate a front seatpassenger to handle potentialdistractions.

. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, such asprogramming favorite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings.Program all trip information intoany navigation device prior todriving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parkedto retrieve items that have fallento the floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tendto children.

. Keep pets in an appropriatecarrier or restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversationswhile driving, whether with apassenger or on a cell phone.



{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.

Refer to the infotainment manual formore information on using thatsystem and the navigation system,if equipped, including pairing andusing a cell phone.

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The firststep in driving defensively is to wearthe seat belt. See Seat Belts 0 76.

. Assume that other road users(pedestrians, bicyclists, andother drivers) are going to becareless and make mistakes.Anticipate what they might doand be ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

Drunk DrivingDeath and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.

{ Warning

Drinking and then driving is verydangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected by evena small amount of alcohol. Youcan have a serious — or evenfatal — collision if you drive afterdrinking.

Do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking.Ride home in a cab; or if you arewith a group, designate a driverwho will not drink.

Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and acceleratingare important factors in helping tocontrol a vehicle while driving.

BrakingBraking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Deciding topush the brake pedal is perceptiontime. Actually doing it isreaction time.

Average driver reaction time isabout three-quarters of a second. Inthat time, a vehicle moving at100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m(66 ft), which could be a lot ofdistance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:

. Keep enough distance betweenyou and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.

If the engine ever stops while thevehicle is being driven, brakenormally but do not pump thebrakes. Doing so could make thepedal harder to push down. If theengine stops, there will be somepower brake assist but it will beused when the brake is applied.



Once the power assist is used up, itcan take longer to stop and thebrake pedal will be harder to push.

Steering

Electric Power Steering

The vehicle has electric powersteering. It does not have powersteering fluid. Regular maintenanceis not required.

If power steering assist is lost dueto a system malfunction, the vehiclecan be steered, but may requireincreased effort.

If the steering assist is used for anextended period of time while thevehicle is not moving, power assistmay be reduced.

If the steering wheel is turned until itreaches the end of its travel and isheld against that position for anextended period of time, powersteering assist may be reduced.

Normal use of the power steeringassist should return when thesystem cools down.

See your dealer if there is aproblem.

Curve Tips. Take curves at a reasonable

speed.

. Reduce speed before entering acurve.

. Maintain a reasonable steadyspeed through the curve.

. Wait until the vehicle is out ofthe curve before acceleratinggently into the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem maybe more effective than braking.

. Holding both sides of thesteering wheel allows you to turn180 degrees without removinga hand.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) allows steering whilebraking.

Off-Road Recovery

The vehicle's right wheels can dropoff the edge of a road onto theshoulder while driving. Followthese tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator andthen, if there is nothing in theway, steer the vehicle so that itstraddles the edge of thepavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tire contacts thepavement edge.



3. Turn the steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:

. Braking Skid — wheels are notrolling.

. Steering or Cornering Skid —too much speed or steering in acurve causes tires to slip andlose cornering force.

. Acceleration Skid — too muchthrottle causes the drivingwheels to spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skidsby taking reasonable care suited toexisting conditions, and by notoverdriving those conditions. Butskids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:

. Ease your foot off theaccelerator pedal and steer theway you want the vehicle to go.The vehicle may straighten out.Be ready for a second skid if itoccurs.

. Slow down and adjust yourdriving according to weatherconditions. Stopping distancecan be longer and vehiclecontrol can be affected whentraction is reduced by water,snow, ice, gravel, or othermaterial on the road. Learn torecognize warning clues — suchas enough water, ice, or packedsnow on the road to make amirrored surface — and slowdown when you have any doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking,including reducing vehicle speedby shifting to a lower gear. Anysudden changes could causethe tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes helpavoid only the braking skid.

Off-Road DrivingAll-wheel-drive vehicles can beused for off-road driving. Vehicleswithout all-wheel drive and vehiclesnot equipped with All Terrain (AT) orOn-Off Road (OOR) tires must notbe driven off-road except on a level,solid surface. To contact the tiremanufacturer for more informationabout the original equipment tires,see the warranty manual.

Controlling the vehicle is the key tosuccessful off-road driving. One ofthe best ways to control the vehicleis to control the speed.

{ Warning

When driving off-road, bouncingand quick changes in directioncan easily throw you out ofposition. This could cause you tolose control and crash. You andyour passengers should alwayswear seat belts.



Before Driving Off-Road. Have all necessary maintenance

and service work completed.

. Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels,and check inflation pressure inall tires, including the spare,if equipped.

. Read all the information aboutall-wheel-drive vehicles in thismanual.

. Make sure all underbodyshields, if equipped, are properlyattached.

. Know the local laws that apply tooff-road driving.

To gain more ground clearance ifneeded, it may be necessary toremove the front fascia lower airdam. However, driving without theair dam reduces fuel economy.

Caution

Operating the vehicle forextended periods without the frontfascia lower air dam installed cancause improper airflow to theengine. Reattach the front fasciaair dam after off-road driving.

Loading the Vehicle forOff-Road Driving

{ Warning

. Unsecured cargo on theload floor can be tossedabout when driving overrough terrain. You or yourpassengers can be struckby flying objects. Secure thecargo properly.

. Keep cargo in the cargoarea as far forward and aslow as possible. The

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

heaviest things should beon the floor, forward of therear axle.

. Heavy loads on the roofraise the vehicle's center ofgravity, making it more likelyto roll over. You can beseriously or fatally injured ifthe vehicle rolls over. Putheavy loads inside thecargo area, not on the roof.

For more information about loadingthe vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits0 198.

Environmental Concerns. Always use established trails,

roads, and areas that have beenset aside for public off-roadrecreational driving and obey allposted regulations.

. Do not damage shrubs, flowers,trees, or grasses or disturbwildlife.


192 Driving and Operating. Do not park over things that

burn. See Parking over ThingsThat Burn 0 210.

Driving on Hills

Driving safely on hills requires goodjudgment and an understanding ofwhat the vehicle can and cannot do.

{ Warning

Many hills are simply too steepfor any vehicle. Driving up hillscan cause the vehicle to stall.Driving down hills can cause lossof control. Driving across hills cancause a rollover. You could beinjured or killed. Do not drive onsteep hills.

Before driving on a hill, assess thesteepness, traction, andobstructions. If the terrain aheadcannot be seen, get out of thevehicle and walk the hill beforedriving further.

When driving on hills:

. Use a low gear and keep a firmgrip on the steering wheel.

. Maintain a slow speed.

. When possible, drive straight upor down the hill.

. Slow down when approachingthe top of the hill.

. Use headlamps even during theday to make the vehicle morevisible.

{ Warning

Driving to the top of a hill at highspeed can cause a crash. Therecould be a drop-off, embankment,cliff, or even another vehicle. Youcould be seriously injured orkilled. As you near the top of ahill, slow down and stay alert.

. Never go downhill forward orbackward with the transmissionin N (Neutral). The brakes couldoverheat and you could losecontrol.

. When driving down a hill, keepthe vehicle headed straightdown. Use a low gear becausethe engine will work with thebrakes to slow the vehicle andhelp keep the vehicle undercontrol.

{ Warning

Heavy braking when going downa hill can cause your brakes tooverheat and fade. This couldcause loss of control and you orothers could be injured or killed.Apply the brakes lightly whendescending a hill and use a lowgear to keep vehicle speed undercontrol.

If the vehicle stalls on a hill:

1. Apply the brakes to stop thevehicle, and then apply theparking brake.



2. Shift into P (Park) and thenrestart the engine.

. If driving uphill when thevehicle stalls, shift toR (Reverse), release theparking brake, and backstraight down.

. Never try to turn the vehiclearound. If the hill is steepenough to stall the vehicle,it is steep enough to causeit to roll over.

. If you cannot make it up thehill, back straight downthe hill.

. Never back down a hill inN (Neutral) using only thebrake.

. The vehicle can rollbackward quickly and youcould lose control.

. If driving downhill when thevehicle stalls, shift to alower gear, release theparking brake, and drivestraight down the hill.

3. If the vehicle cannot berestarted after stalling, set theparking brake, shift thetransmission into P (Park), andturn the vehicle off.

3.1. Leave the vehicle andseek help.

3.2. Stay clear of the path thevehicle would take if itrolled downhill.

. Avoid turns that take the vehicleacross the incline of the hill.A hill that can be driven straightup or down might be too steep todrive across. Driving across anincline puts more weight on thedownhill wheels which couldcause a downhill slide or arollover.

. Surface conditions can be aproblem. Loose gravel, muddyspots, or even wet grass cancause the tires to slip sideways,downhill. If the vehicle slipssideways, it can hit somethingthat will trip it – a rock, a rut, etc.– and roll over.

. Hidden obstacles can make thesteepness of the incline moresevere. If a rock is driven acrosswith the uphill wheels, or if thedownhill wheels drop into a rutor depression, the vehicle can tilteven more.

. If an incline must be drivenacross, and the vehicle starts toslide, turn downhill. This shouldhelp straighten out the vehicleand prevent the side slipping.

{ Warning

Getting out of the vehicle on thedownhill side when stoppedacross an incline is dangerous.If the vehicle rolls over, you couldbe crushed or killed. Always getout on the uphill side of thevehicle and stay well clear of therollover path.



Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow,or Ice

Use a low gear when driving inmud – the deeper the mud, thelower the gear. Keep the vehiclemoving to avoid getting stuck.

Traction changes when driving onsand. On loose sand, such as onbeaches or sand dunes, the tirestend to sink into the sand. Thisaffects steering, accelerating, andbraking. Drive at a reduced speedand avoid sharp turns or abruptmaneuvers.

Traction is reduced on hard packedsnow and ice and it is easy to losecontrol. Reduce vehicle speed whendriving on hard packed snowand ice.

{ Warning

Driving on frozen lakes, ponds,or rivers can be dangerous. Iceconditions vary greatly and thevehicle could fall through the ice;

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

you and your passengers coulddrown. Drive your vehicle on safesurfaces only.

Driving in Water

{ Warning

Driving through rushing water canbe dangerous. Deep water cansweep your vehicle downstreamand you and your passengerscould drown. If it is only shallowwater, it can still wash away theground from under your tires.Traction could be lost, and thevehicle could roll over. Do notdrive through rushing water.

Caution

Do not drive through standingwater if it is deep enough to coverthe wheel hubs, axles, or exhaustpipe. Deep water can damage theaxle and other vehicle parts.

If the standing water is not too deep,drive through it slowly. At fasterspeeds, water can get into theengine and cause it to stall. Stallingcan occur if the exhaust pipe isunder water. Do not turn off theignition when driving through water.If the exhaust pipe is under water,the engine will not start. When goingthrough water, the brakes get wetand it may take longer to stop. SeeDriving on Wet Roads 0 195.

After Off-Road Driving

Remove any brush or debris thathas collected on the underbody orchassis, or under the hood. Theseaccumulations can be a fire hazard.



After operation in mud or sand,have the brake linings cleaned andchecked. These substances cancause glazing and uneven braking.Check the body structure, steering,suspension, wheels, tires, andexhaust system for damage andcheck the fuel lines and coolingsystem for any leakage.

More frequent maintenance serviceis required. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 346.

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reducevehicle traction and affect yourability to stop and accelerate.Always drive slower in these typesof driving conditions and avoiddriving through large puddles anddeep-standing or flowing water.

{ Warning

Wet brakes can cause crashes.They might not work as well in aquick stop and could causepulling to one side. You couldlose control of the vehicle.

After driving through a largepuddle of water or a car/vehiclewash, lightly apply the brakepedal until the brakes worknormally.

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicleoccupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and bevery cautious about trying to drivethrough flowing water.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Watercan build up under the vehicle'stires so they actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the road is

wet enough and you are going fastenough. When the vehicle ishydroplaning, it has little or nocontact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:

. Allow extra following distance.

. Pass with caution.

. Keep windshield wipingequipment in good shape.

. Keep the windshield washer fluidreservoir filled.

. Have good tires with propertread depth. See Tires 0 299.

. Turn off cruise control.

. Activate All-Wheel Drive (AWD)mode. See Driver Mode Control0 223.



Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than drivingon flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:

. Keep the vehicle serviced and ingood shape.

. Check all fluid levels and brakes,tires, cooling system, andtransmission.

. Shift to a lower gear when goingdown steep or long hills.

{ Warning

Using the brakes to slow thevehicle on a long downhill slopecan cause brake overheating, canreduce brake performance, andcould result in a loss of braking.Shift the transmission to a lowergear to let the engine assist thebrakes on a steep downhill slope.

{ Warning

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)or with the ignition off isdangerous. This can causeoverheating of the brakes andloss of steering assist. Alwayshave the engine running and thevehicle in gear.

. Drive at speeds that keep thevehicle in its own lane. Do notswing wide or cross thecenter line.

. Be alert on top of hills;something could be in your lane(e.g., stalled car, crash).

. Pay attention to special roadsigns (e.g., falling rocks area,winding roads, long grades,passing or no-passing zones)and take appropriate action.

. Select All-Wheel Drive (AWD)Mode.See Driver Mode Control 0 223and All-Wheel Drive 0 218.

Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Snow or ice between the tires andthe road creates less traction orgrip, so drive carefully. Wet ice canoccur at about 0 °C (32 °F) whenfreezing rain begins to fall. Avoiddriving on wet ice or in freezing rainuntil roads can be treated.

For Slippery Road Driving:

. Accelerate gently. Acceleratingtoo quickly causes the wheels tospin and makes the surfaceunder the tires slick.

. Turn on Traction Control. SeeTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 222.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) improves vehicle stabilityduring hard stops, but thebrakes should be applied soonerthan when on dry pavement.See Antilock Brake System(ABS) 0 218.


Driving and Operating 197. Allow greater following distance

and watch for slippery spots. Icypatches can occur on otherwiseclear roads in shaded areas.The surface of a curve or anoverpass can remain icy whenthe surrounding roads are clear.Avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers and braking whileon ice.

. Turn off cruise control.

. Select All-Wheel Drive (AWD)Mode for vehicles equipped withAWD. Select Snow/Ice Mode forFWD only vehicles.See Driver Mode Control 0 223and All-Wheel Drive 0 218.

Blizzard Conditions

Stop the vehicle in a safe place andsignal for help. Stay with the vehicleunless there is help nearby.If possible, use RoadsideAssistance. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 364. To gethelp and keep everyone in thevehicle safe:

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Tie a red cloth to an outsidemirror.

{ Warning

Snow can trap engine exhaustunder the vehicle. This maycause exhaust gases to getinside. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO), whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle is stuck in snow:

. Clear snow from the base ofthe vehicle, especially anyblocking the exhaust pipe.

. Open a window about 5 cm(2 in) on the vehicle sidethat is away from the wind,to bring in fresh air.


(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to circulate the airinside the vehicle and setthe fan speed to the highestsetting. See “ClimateControl Systems.”

For more information about CO,see Engine Exhaust 0 211.

To save fuel, run the engine forshort periods to warm the vehicleand then shut the engine off andpartially close the window. Movingabout to keep warm also helps.

If it takes time for help to arrive,when running the engine, push theaccelerator pedal slightly so theengine runs faster than the idlespeed. This keeps the batterycharged to restart the vehicle and tosignal for help with the headlamps.Do this as little as possible, tosave fuel.



If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin thewheels to free the vehicle whenstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.

If stuck too severely for the tractionsystem to free the vehicle, turn thetraction system off and use therocking method. See TractionControl/Electronic Stability Control0 222.

{ Warning

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, and youor others could be injured. Thevehicle can overheat, causing anengine compartment fire or otherdamage. Spin the wheels as littleas possible and avoid goingabove 56 km/h (35 mph).

Select All-Wheel Drive (AWD)Mode.See Driver Mode Control 0 223 andAll-Wheel Drive 0 218.

Rocking the Vehicle to Getit Out

Turn the steering wheel left andright to clear the area around thefront wheels. Turn off any tractionsystem. Shift back and forthbetween R (Reverse) and a lowforward gear, spinning the wheelsas little as possible. To preventtransmission wear, wait until thewheels stop spinning before shiftinggears. Release the acceleratorpedal while shifting, and presslightly on the accelerator pedalwhen the transmission is in gear.Slowly spinning the wheels in theforward and reverse directionscauses a rocking motion that couldfree the vehicle. If that does not getthe vehicle out after a few tries, itmight need to be towed out. If thevehicle does need to be towed out,see Towing the Vehicle 0 331.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle cancarry. This weight is called the

vehicle capacity weight andincludes the weight of alloccupants, cargo, and allnonfactory-installed options.Two labels on the vehicle mayshow how much weight it mayproperly carry, the Tire andLoading Information label andthe Certification/Tire label.

{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoreduce stopping distance,damage the tires, and shortenthe life of the vehicle.



Tire and Loading InformationLabel

Example Label

A vehicle-specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to the center pillar(B-pillar). The tire and loadinginformation label shows thenumber of occupant seatingpositions (1), and the maximumvehicle capacity weight (2) inkilograms and pounds.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label also shows thesize of the original equipment

tires (3) and the recommendedcold tire inflation pressures (4).For more information on tiresand inflation see Tires 0 299and Tire Pressure 0 306.

There is also important loadinginformation on the vehicleCertification/Tire label. It mayshow the Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR) and the GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR) forthe front and rear axle. See“Certification/Tire Label” later inthis section.

“Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit–

1. Locate the statement "Thecombined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs." on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will beriding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount ofcargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the"XXX" amount equals1400 lbs. and there will befive 150 lb passengers inyour vehicle, the amount ofavailable cargo and luggageload capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, load from yourtrailer will be transferred to



your vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine howthis reduces the availablecargo and luggage loadcapacity of your vehicle.”

See Trailer Towing 0 258 forimportant information on towinga trailer, towing safety rules andtrailering tips.

Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weightfor Example 1 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).

3. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 317 kg(700 lbs).

Example 2


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 113 kg (250 lbs).

Example 3


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 91 kg(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 0 kg (0 lbs).

Refer to the vehicle's tire andloading information label forspecific information about thevehicle's capacity weight andseating positions. The combined



weight of the driver, passengers,and cargo should never exceedthe vehicle's capacity weight.

Certification/Tire Label

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certification/Tire label is attached to thecenter pillar (B-pillar).

The label may show the size ofthe vehicle's original tires andthe inflation pressures needed toobtain the gross weight capacityof the vehicle. The label showsthe gross weight capacity of thevehicle. This is called the Gross

Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).The GVWR includes the weightof the vehicle, all occupants,fuel, and cargo.

The Certification/Tire label mayalso show the maximum weightsfor the front and rear axles,called the Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR). To find out theactual loads on the front andrear axles, weigh the vehicle ata weigh station. Your dealer canhelp with this. Be sure to spreadthe load equally on both sides ofthe centerline.

Caution

Overloading the vehicle maycause damage. Repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not overload thevehicle.

{ Warning

Things inside the vehicle canstrike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in acrash.

. Put things in the cargoarea of the vehicle. In thecargo area, put them asfar forward as possible.Try to spread the weightevenly.

. Never stack heavierthings, like suitcases,inside the vehicle so thatsome of them are abovethe tops of the seats.

. Do not leave anunsecured child restraintin the vehicle.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Secure loose items in thevehicle.

. Do not leave a seatfolded down unlessneeded.

Starting andOperating

New Vehicle Break-In

Caution

The vehicle does not need anelaborate break-in. But it willperform better in the long run ifyou follow these guidelines:

. Do not drive at any oneconstant speed, fast or slow,for the first 800 km (500 mi).Do not make full-throttlestarts. Avoid downshifting tobrake or slow the vehicle.

. Avoid making hard stops forthe first 300 km (200mi) orso. During this time the newbrake linings are not yetbroken in. Hard stops withnew linings can meanpremature wear and earlierreplacement. Follow this

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

breaking-in guideline everytime you get new brakelinings.

Following break-in, engine speedand load can be graduallyincreased.

Ignition Positions

Vehicles with Keyless Access havepushbutton starting.



The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter must be in the vehicle forthe system to operate. If thepushbutton start is not working, thevehicle may be near a strong radioantenna signal causing interferenceto the Keyless Access system. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 29.

To shift out of P (Park), the enginemust be running, and the brakepedal must be applied.

Stopping the Engine/OFF (NoIndicator Lights) : When thevehicle is stopped, press ENGINESTART/STOP once to turn theengine off.

If the vehicle is in P (Park), theignition will turn off, and RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) will remainactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 207.

If the vehicle is in R (Reverse), D(Drive) or L (Low), the vehicle willshift to P (Park), the ignition will turnoff, and Retained Accessory Power(RAP) will remain active.

If the vehicle is in N (Neutral), theignition will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and display themessage SHIFT TO PARK in theDriver Information Center (DIC).When the vehicle is shifted intoP (Park), the ignition will turn off.

Do not turn the engine off when thevehicle is moving. This will cause aloss of power assist in the brakeand steering systems and disablethe airbags.

If the vehicle must be shut off in anemergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shiftingto N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle toa safe location.

3. Come to a complete stop andshift to P (Park).

4. Set the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 219.

5. Press ENGINE START/STOPto turn the vehicle off.

{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may cause loss of powerassist in the brake and steeringsystems and disable the airbags.While driving, only shut thevehicle off in an emergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,and must be shut off while driving,press and hold ENGINE START/STOP for longer than two seconds,or press twice in five seconds.

ACC/ACCESSORY (AmberIndicator Light) : This mode allowssome electrical accessories to beused when the engine is off.

With the ignition off, pressing thebutton one time without the brakepedal applied will place the ignitionsystem in ACC/ACCESSORY.



The ignition will switch from ACC/ACCESSORY to OFF afterfive minutes to prevent batteryrundown.

ON/RUN/START (Green IndicatorLight) : This mode is for driving andstarting. With the ignition off, andthe brake pedal applied, pressingthe button once will place theignition system in ON/RUN/START.Once engine cranking begins,release the button. Engine crankingwill continue until the engine starts.See Starting the Engine 0 204. Theignition will then remain on.

Service Mode

This power mode is available forservice and diagnostics, and toverify the proper operation of themalfunction indicator lamp as maybe required for emission inspectionpurposes. With the vehicle off, andthe brake pedal not applied,pressing and holding the button formore than five seconds will placethe vehicle in Service Mode. Theinstruments and audio systems willoperate as they do in ON/RUN, butthe vehicle will not be able to be

driven. The engine will not start inService Mode. Press the buttonagain to turn the vehicle off.

Starting the EnginePress the P (Park) button on theshift lever or shift the vehicle toN (Neutral). The engine will not startin any other position. To restart theengine when the vehicle is alreadymoving, use N (Neutral) only.

Caution

Do not try to shift to P (Park) if thevehicle is moving. If you do, youcould damage the transmission.Shift to P (Park) only when thevehicle is stopped.

Caution

If you add electrical parts oraccessories, you could changethe way the engine operates. Anyresulting damage would not be

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

covered by the vehicle warranty.See Add-On Electrical Equipment0 266.

Starting Procedure

1. With the Keyless Accesssystem, the RKE transmittermust be in the vehicle. PressENGINE START/STOP with thebrake pedal applied. When theengine begins cranking, let goof the button.

The idle speed will go down asthe engine gets warm. Do notrace the engine immediatelyafter starting it.

If the RKE transmitter is not inthe vehicle, if there isinterference, or if the RKEbattery is low, the DriverInformation Center (DIC) willdisplay a message.



Caution

Cranking the engine for longperiods of time, by returning theignition to the START positionimmediately after cranking hasended, can overheat and damagethe cranking motor, and drain thebattery. Wait at least 15 secondsbetween each try, to let thecranking motor cool down.

2. If the engine does not startafter five to 10 seconds,especially in very cold weather(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it couldbe flooded with too muchgasoline. Try pushing theaccelerator pedal all the way tothe floor and holding it there asyou press ENGINE START/STOP, for up to a maximum of15 seconds. Wait at least15 seconds between each try,to allow the cranking motor tocool down. When the enginestarts, let go of the button andthe accelerator. If the vehicle

starts briefly but then stopsagain, do the same thing. Thisclears the extra gasoline fromthe engine. Do not race theengine immediately afterstarting it. Operate the engineand transmission gently untilthe oil warms up and lubricatesall moving parts.

Stop/Start SystemThe Stop/Start system will shut offthe engine to help conserve fuel.It has components designed for theincreased number of starts.

{ Warning

The automatic engine Stop/Startfeature causes the engine to shutoff while the vehicle is still on. Donot exit the vehicle before shiftingto P (Park). The vehicle mayrestart and move unexpectedly.Always shift to P (Park), and thenturn the ignition off before exitingthe vehicle.

Auto Engine Stop/Start

When the brakes are applied andthe vehicle is at a complete stop,the engine may turn off. Whenstopped, the tachometer displaysAUTO STOP. See Tachometer0 135. When the brake pedal isreleased or the accelerator pedal ispressed, the engine will restart.

To maintain vehicle performance,other conditions may cause theengine to automatically restartbefore the brake pedal is released.

Auto Stops may not occur and/orauto restarts may occur because:

. The climate control settingsrequire the engine to be runningto cool or heat the vehicleinterior.

. The vehicle battery chargeis low.

. The vehicle battery has recentlybeen disconnected.

. Minimum vehicle speed has notbeen reached since the lastAuto Stop.


206 Driving and Operating. The accelerator pedal is

pressed.

. The engine or transmission isnot at the required operatingtemperature.

. The outside temperature is notin the required operating range.

. The vehicle is in any gear otherthan D (Drive).

. Tow/Haul Mode or other drivermodes have been selected.

. The vehicle is on a steep hill orgrade.

. The driver door has beenopened or driver seat belt hasbeen unbuckled.

. The hood has been opened.

. The Auto Stop has reached themaximum allowed time.

Engine HeaterThe engine heater can provideeasier starting and better fueleconomy during engine warm-up incold weather conditions at or below0 °F (−18 °C). Vehicles with an

engine heater should be plugged inat least four hours before starting.Some models may have an internalthermostat in the cord which willprevent engine heater operation attemperatures above 0 °F (−18 °C).

To Use the Engine Heater

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Open the hood and unwrap theelectrical cord. The bundledcord is on the driver side of theengine compartment, in front ofthe battery. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 271.

Check the heater cord fordamage. If it is damaged, donot use it. See your dealer fora replacement. Inspect thecord for damage yearly.

3. Plug the cord into a normal,grounded 110-volt AC outlet.

{ Warning

Improper use of the heater cordor an extension cord can damagethe cord and may result inoverheating and fire.

. Plug the cord into athree-prong electrical utilityreceptacle that is protectedby a ground fault detectionfunction. An ungroundedoutlet could cause anelectric shock.

. Use a weatherproof,heavy-duty, 15 amp-ratedextension cord if needed.Failure to use therecommended extensioncord in good operating

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

condition, or using adamaged heater orextension cord, could makeit overheat and cause a fire,property damage, electricshock, and injury.

. Do not operate the vehiclewith the heater cordpermanently attached to thevehicle. Possible heatercord and thermostatdamage could occur.

. While in use, do not let theheater cord touch vehicleparts or sharp edges. Neverclose the hood on theheater cord.

. Before starting the vehicle,unplug the cord, reattachthe cover to the plug, andsecurely fasten the cord.Keep the cord away fromany moving parts.

4. Before starting the engine, besure to unplug and store thecord as it was before to keep itaway from moving engineparts. If you do not, it could bedamaged.

The length of time the heater shouldremain plugged in depends onseveral factors. Ask a dealer in thearea where you will be parking thevehicle for the best advice on this.

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)Some vehicle accessories may beused after the ignition is turned off.

The power windows and sunroof,if equipped, will continue to work forup to 10 minutes or until any door isopened.

The infotainment system willcontinue to work for 10 minutes,until the driver door is opened,or until the ignition is turned on orplaced in ACC/ACCESSORY.

Shifting Into ParkTo shift into P (Park):

1. Press the brake pedal andcome to complete stop.

2. Press the button on top of theshift lever to shift into P (Park).See Automatic Transmission0 212.

3. The P indicator on the shiftlever will turn red when thevehicle is in P (Park).

Leaving the Vehicle with theEngine Running

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the engine running.It could overheat and catch fire.

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the vehicle is not inP (Park) with the parking brakeset. The vehicle can roll.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andshift to P (Park). See Shifting IntoPark 0 207. If you are towing atrailer, see Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips 0 254.

If you have to leave the vehicle withthe engine running, be sure thevehicle is in P (Park) and theparking brake is set before youleave it. After you have pressed theP (Park) button, hold down thebrake pedal. If you cannot see theP (Park) indicator in the instrumentcluster, it means that the vehicle isnot in P (Park).

If you are towing a trailer andparking on a hill, see DrivingCharacteristics and Towing Tips0 254.

Shifting out of ParkThis vehicle is equipped with anelectronic transmission. The shiftlock release button is designed toprevent inadvertent shifting out ofP (Park) unless the ignition is in on,the brake pedal is applied, and theshift lock release button is pressed.

The shift lock control is alwaysfunctional except in the case of anuncharged or low voltage (less than9-volt) battery.

If the vehicle has an unchargedbattery or a battery with low voltage,try charging or jump starting thebattery. See Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 328.

To shift out of P (Park):

1. Ensure the engine is running.

2. Apply the brake pedal.

3. Press and hold the shift lockrelease button.

4. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

5. The P indicator will turn whiteand the gear indicator on theshift lever will turn red whenthe vehicle is no longer inP (Park).

6. After releasing the shift lever, itwill return to the centerposition.



If the vehicle cannot shift fromP (Park), a Driver InformationCenter (DIC) message will bedisplayed. See your dealer forservice.

Manual Park Release

{ Warning

The transmission will be placed inN (Neutral) when the manual parkrelease is pulled. The vehicle canroll and you or others could beinjured. Ensure the vehicle is onlevel ground.

Caution

The manual park release is notintended to be used for towing.Damage may result from usingthe manual park release in thisway. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

This vehicle includes a manual parkrelease that can be used to shift thevehicle into N (Neutral) when theengine is not running.

Pulling the manual park releasewhile the vehicle is on or turning theignition on while the manual parkrelease is pulled, will result in aService Transmission messagebeing displayed.

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)using the manual park release:

1. Ensure the vehicle is on levelground and set the parkingbrake. Release the brakepedal.


3. Use a flat-bladed tool toremove the fastener located inthe lower front corner of theinterior trim panel on the centerconsole to the right of theaccelerator pedal.

4. Use a flat-bladed tool to pry offthe panel.

5. Ensure more than one minutehas elapsed since Step 2.Apply the brake pedal.



6. Pull the manual park releaselever 90° to its latchingposition.

7. With the brake pedal released,place the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY. Then apply thebrake pedal and release theparking brake.

8. Ensure there are no looseobjects in the area that couldbump the manual park releaselever.

To return the vehicle to P (Park)using the manual park release:

1. Bring the vehicle to acomplete stop.

2. Rotate the manual park release90° back to its original position.

3. Apply the parking brake.

4. Confirm that the vehicle is inP (Park) by turning the ignitionon or placing the vehicle inACC/ACCESSORY, thenensure that the indicatordisplays P.

5. Reinstall the access panel andfastener.

Parking over ThingsThat Burn

{ Warning

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under thevehicle and ignite. Do not parkover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.

Extended ParkingIt is best not to park with the vehiclerunning. If the vehicle is left running,be sure it will not move and there isadequate ventilation.

See Shifting Into Park 0 207 andEngine Exhaust 0 211.

If the vehicle is left parked andrunning with the RKE transmitteroutside the vehicle, it will continueto run for up to half an hour.



If the vehicle is left parked andrunning with the RKE transmitterinside the vehicle, it will continue torun for up to an hour.

The vehicle could turn off sooner if itis parked on a hill, due to lack ofavailable fuel.

The timer will reset if the vehicle istaken out of P (Park) while it isrunning.

Engine Exhaust

{ Warning

Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO), which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness andeven death.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:

. The vehicle idles in areaswith poor ventilation(parking garages, tunnels,deep snow that may blockunderbody airflow or tailpipes).

. The exhaust smells orsounds strange or different.

. The exhaust system leaksdue to corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust systemhas been modified,damaged, or improperlyrepaired.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. There are holes or openingsin the vehicle body fromdamage or aftermarketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected orif it is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with thewindows completely down.

. Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park the vehicle with theengine running in an enclosedarea such as a garage or abuilding that has no fresh airventilation.



Running the VehicleWhile ParkedIt is better not to park with theengine running.

If the vehicle is left with the enginerunning, follow the proper steps tobe sure the vehicle will not move.See Shifting Into Park 0 207 andEngine Exhaust 0 211.

If parking on a hill and pulling atrailer, see Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips 0 254.

AutomaticTransmission

The shift pattern is displayed in thetop of the shift lever. The selectedgear position will illuminate red onthe shift lever, while all others willbe displayed in white. If the shift isnot immediate, as in very coldconditions, the indicator on the shiftlever may flash until it is fullyengaged.

The shift lever always starts from acenter position, represented by anamber dot on the shift pattern. Afterreleasing the shift lever, it will returnto the center position.

The transmission does not operatewhen the vehicle is off.

If the vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY, the transmission canbe shifted into P (Park).

If the ignition is turned off while at arelatively high vehicle speed, thetransmission will automatically shiftto N (Neutral). Once the vehicle isstopped, P (Park) can be selected.



P : This position locks the drivewheels. Use P (Park) when startingthe engine because the vehiclecannot move easily.

{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the transmission is notin P (Park) with the parking brakeset. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If the enginehas been left running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenon fairly level ground, always setthe parking brake and place thetransmission into P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 207 andDriving Characteristics andTowing Tips 0 254.

This vehicle is equipped with anelectronic transmission. The shiftlock release button is designed toprevent inadvertent shifting out ofP (Park) unless the ignition is on,the brake pedal is applied, and theshift lock release button is pressed.

When the vehicle is stopped, pressENGINE START/STOP to turn offthe vehicle. The transmission willshift to P (Park) automatically unlessthe vehicle is in N (Neutral). See“Car Wash Mode” later in thissection.

The vehicle will not shift intoP (Park) if it is moving too fast. Stopthe vehicle and shift into P (Park).

To shift in and out of P (Park), seeShifting Into Park 0 207 and Shiftingout of Park 0 208.

SERVICE SHIFTER SEE OWNER’SMANUAL Message

When this message displays in theDriver Information Center (DIC), theshift lever needs service. Have thevehicle serviced as soon aspossible. If the vehicle isautomatically shifting into P (Park),check to see if the P (Park) buttonon top of the shift lever is stuck. Tooperate the vehicle, hold the shiftlever in the desired gear,R (Reverse) or D (Drive), untilvehicle speed exceeds15 km/h (10 mph), then release theshift lever.

R : Use this gear to back up.

If the vehicle is shifted fromD (Drive) to R (Reverse) while thespeed is too high, the vehicle willshift to N (Neutral). Reduce thevehicle speed and try the shiftagain.



Shifting into R (Reverse) requiresthe shift lock release button to bepressed and held.

To shift into R (Reverse):


2. Press and hold the shift lockrelease button on the side ofthe shift lever.

3. From the center position, movethe shift lever forward, andthen to the left. R will illuminatein red.


To shift out of R (Reverse):


2. Shift to the desired gear.


At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse)can be used to rock the vehicleback and forth to get out of snow,

ice, or sand without damaging thetransmission. See If the Vehicle IsStuck 0 198.

N : In this position, the engine doesnot connect with the wheels. Torestart the engine when the vehicleis already moving, useN (Neutral) only.

{ Warning

Shifting into a drive gear while theengine is running at high speed isdangerous. Unless your foot isfirmly on the brake pedal, thevehicle could move very rapidly.You could lose control and hitpeople or objects. Do not shiftinto a drive gear while the engineis running at high speed.

Caution

Shifting out of P (Park) orN (Neutral) with the enginerunning at high speed may

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

damage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Be sure theengine is not running at highspeed when shifting the vehicle.

The vehicle is not designed to stayin N (Neutral) for extended periodsof time. It will automatically shift intoP (Park).

To shift into N (Neutral):

1. From the center position, movethe shift lever forward. If thevehicle is in P (Park), pressand hold the shift lock releasebutton, continue holding it, andmove the shift lever forward. Nwill illuminate in red.


To shift out of N (Neutral):




2. Shift to the desired gear.If selecting R (Reverse), pressand hold the shift lock releasebutton.


Car Wash Mode

This vehicle includes a Car WashMode that allows the vehicle toremain in N (Neutral) for use inautomatic car washes.

The vehicle is not designed to stayin N (Neutral) for more thanfive minutes. It may automaticallyshift into P (Park). N (Neutral) is notintended for towing. If the vehicleneeds to be towed, see Towing theVehicle 0 331.

Car Wash Mode (Engine Off –Driver in Vehicle)

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)with the engine off and the vehicleoccupied:

1. Drive to the entrance of thecar wash.


3. Shift to N (Neutral).

4. Turn off the engine and releasethe brake pedal.

5. The indicator should continueto show N. If it does not, startthe engine and repeatSteps 2–4.

6. The vehicle is now ready forthe car wash.

Car Wash Mode (Engine Off –Driver out of Vehicle)

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)with the engine off and the vehicleunoccupied:



3. Open the door.


5. Turn off the engine and releasethe brake pedal.

6. The indicator should continueto show N. If it does not, startthe engine and repeatSteps 2–5.

7. Exit the vehicle and close thedoor. The vehicle is now readyfor the car wash.

8. The vehicle may automaticallyshift to P (Park) upon re-entry.

Car Wash Mode (Engine On –Driver in Vehicle)

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)with the engine on and the vehicleoccupied:




4. Release the brake pedal. Thevehicle is now ready for thecar wash.



Car Wash Mode (Engine On –Driver out of Vehicle)

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)with the engine on and the vehicleunoccupied:



3. Open the door.

4. Shift to N (Neutral), thenrelease the brake pedal.

5. The indicator should continueto show N. If it does not, repeatSteps 2–4.

6. Exit the vehicle and close thedoor. The vehicle is now readyfor the car wash.

7. The vehicle may automaticallyshift to P (Park) upon re-entry.

D : This position is for normaldriving. If more power is needed forpassing, press the acceleratorpedal down.

To shift into D (Drive):


2. From the center position, movethe shift lever back. If thevehicle is in P (Park) press andhold the shift lock releasebutton, continue holding it, andmove the shift lever back. Dwill illuminate in red.


To shift out of D (Drive):


2. Shift to the desired gear.


Downshifting the transmission inslippery road conditions could resultin skidding. See “Skidding” underLoss of Control 0 190.

Caution

A transmission hot message maydisplay if the automatictransmission fluid is too hot.Driving under this condition candamage the vehicle. Stop and idlethe engine to cool the automatictransmission fluid. This messageclears when the transmission fluidhas cooled sufficiently.

Caution

Spinning the tires or holding thevehicle in one place on a hillusing only the accelerator pedalmay damage the transmission.The repair will not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. If the vehicleis stuck, do not spin the tires.When stopping on a hill, use thebrakes to hold the vehicle inplace.



Manual Mode

Electronic Range Select (ERS)

Caution

Driving with the engine at a highrpm without upshifting while usingManual Mode, could damage thevehicle. Always upshift whennecessary while usingManual Mode.

Electronic Range Select (ERS),or Manual Mode, allows for theselection of the range of gear

positions. Use this mode whendriving downhill or towing a trailer tolimit the top gear and vehicle speed.The shift position indicator within theDriver Information Center (DIC) willdisplay a number next to the Lindicating the highest available gear.

To enter Electronic Range Select orManual Mode:

1. With the vehicle in D (Drive),pull back on the shift lever toactivate L (Low). The L in theshift pattern will illuminate inred, and the D will switch towhite.

2. Tap the left steering wheelcontrol to reduce the highestgear available, or the rightcontrol to increase the highestgear available.

3. To exit, pull back on the shiftlever a second time. The D inthe shift pattern will illuminatein red, and the L will switch towhite.

When shifting to L (Low), thetransmission will shift to a presetlower gear range. For this preset

range, the highest gear availablewill be displayed next to the L in theDIC. All gears below that numberare available to use. For example,when 4 (Fourth) is shown next tothe L, 1 (First) through 4 (Fourth)gears are shifted automatically. Toshift to 5 (Fifth) gear, tap the rightsteering wheel control or shift into D(Drive).

L (Low) will prevent shifting to alower gear range if the enginespeed is too high. If the vehiclespeed is not reduced within the timeallowed, the lower gear range shiftwill not be completed. Slow thevehicle, then tap the left steeringwheel control to the desired lowergear range.

Cruise control can be used whilein ERS.

Tow/Haul ModeThis feature can assist when towingor hauling a heavy load. To activateTow/Haul Mode, see Driver ModeControl 0 223.



Drive Systems

All-Wheel DriveVehicles with this feature canoperate in AWD Mode.

Press the button to select All-WheelDrive (AWD).

The AWD Mode will stay selecteduntil the mode is changed. If thevehicle is placed in Sport Mode, seeDriver Mode Control 0 223.

Sport Mode is canceled with eachignition cycle. See Driver ModeControl 0 223.

When operated in FWD, the vehiclewill deliver power to the front wheelsonly and may provide better fueleconomy.

When using a compact spare tire onan AWD vehicle, the systemautomatically detects the compactspare and reduces AWDperformance to protect the system.To restore full AWD operation andprevent excessive wear on thesystem, replace the compact sparewith a full-size tire as soon aspossible. See Compact Spare Tire0 327.

Brakes

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)This vehicle has an Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS), an advancedelectronic braking system that helpsprevent a braking skid.

When the vehicle begins to driveaway, ABS checks itself.A momentary motor or clicking noisemay be heard while this test is goingon, and it may even be noticed thatthe brake pedal moves a little. Thisis normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) Warning Light0 144.



If driving safely on a wet road and itbecomes necessary to slam on thebrakes and continue braking toavoid a sudden obstacle, acomputer senses the wheels areslowing down. If one of the wheelsis about to stop rolling, the computerwill separately work the brakes ateach wheel.

ABS can change the brake pressureto each wheel, as required, fasterthan any driver could. This can helpyou steer around the obstacle whilebraking hard.

As the brakes are applied, thecomputer keeps receiving updateson wheel speed and controlsbraking pressure accordingly.

Remember: ABS does not changethe time needed to get a foot up tothe brake pedal or always decreasestopping distance. If you get tooclose to the vehicle in front of you,there will not be enough time toapply the brakes if that vehiclesuddenly slows or stops. Alwaysleave enough room up ahead tostop, even with ABS.

Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down firmly and letABS work. You may hear the ABSpump or motor operating and feelthe brake pedal pulsate. This isnormal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows you to steer and brakeat the same time. In manyemergencies, steering can helpmore than even the very bestbraking.

Electric Parking Brake

The vehicle has an Electric ParkingBrake (EPB). The EPB can alwaysbe activated, even if the ignition isoff. To prevent draining the battery,avoid repeated cycles of the EPBsystem when the engine is notrunning.

The system has aY or PARK

Electric Parking Brake light, and a 8Service Parking Brake light.See Electric Parking Brake Light0 144 and Service Electric ParkingBrake Light 0 144.

Before leaving the vehicle, check fortheY or PARK light to ensure thatthe parking brake is applied.

EPB Apply

To apply the EPB:

1. Be sure the vehicle is at acomplete stop.

2. Press the EPB switchmomentarily.

TheY or PARK light will flash andthen stay on once the EPB is fullyapplied. If theY or PARK light



flashes continuously, then the EPBis only partially applied or there is aproblem with the EPB. A DICmessage will display. Release theEPB and try to apply it again. If thelight does not come on, or keepsflashing, have the vehicle serviced.Do not drive the vehicle if theY orPARK light is flashing. See yourdealer. See Electric Parking BrakeLight 0 144.

If the 8 light is on, press the EPBswitch and hold it. Continue to holdthe switch until theY or PARK

light remains on. If the 8 lightremains on, see your dealer.

If the EPB is applied while thevehicle is moving, the vehicle willdecelerate as long as the switch ispressed. If the switch is presseduntil the vehicle comes to a stop,the EPB will remain applied.

The vehicle may automatically applythe EPB in some situations whenthe vehicle is not moving. This isnormal, and is done to periodicallycheck the correct operation of theEPB system.

If the EPB fails to apply, block therear wheels to prevent vehiclemovement.

EPB Release

To release the EPB:


2. Apply and hold the brakepedal.

3. Press the EPB switchmomentarily.

The EPB is released when theYor PARK light is off.

If the 8 light is on, release the EPBby pressing and holding the EPBswitch. Continue to hold the switchuntil theY or PARK light is off.If either light stays on after releaseis attempted, see your dealer.

Caution

Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the brake systemand cause premature wear ordamage to brake system parts.Make sure that the parking brakeis fully released and the brakewarning light is off before driving.

Automatic EPB Release

The EPB will automatically release ifthe vehicle is running, placed intogear, and an attempt is made todrive away. Avoid rapid accelerationwhen the EPB is applied, topreserve parking brake lining life.

If parking on a hill, or if the vehicleis pulling a trailer, see DrivingCharacteristics and Towing Tips0 254.

Brake AssistThe Brake Assist feature isdesigned to assist the driver instopping or decreasing vehiclespeed in emergency driving



conditions. This feature uses thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module to supplement thepower brake system underconditions where the driver hasquickly and forcefully applied thebrake pedal in an attempt to quicklystop or slow down the vehicle. Thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module increases brakepressure at each corner of thevehicle until the ABS activates.Minor brake pedal pulsation orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the driver shouldcontinue to apply the brake pedal asthe driving situation dictates. TheBrake Assist feature willautomatically disengage when thebrake pedal is released or brakepedal pressure is quicklydecreased.

Hill Start Assist (HSA)Hill Start Assist (HSA) will activatewhen the vehicle is stopped on amoderate to steep grade to helpprevent it from rolling in anunintended direction. After the brake

pedal has been released and beforethe accelerator pedal has beenpressed, HSA uses brakingpressure to hold the vehiclestationary. If HSA is holding thevehicle, a DIC message displays.HSA will not activate in a forwarddrive gear when facing downhill,or in R (Reverse) when facing uphill.

Select the duration of the HSAfeature through vehiclepersonalization. See ”Extended HillStart Assist” under “Comfort andConvenience” in VehiclePersonalization 0 156. WhenStandard Hold is selected, thevehicle is held stationary for up totwo seconds after the brake pedal isreleased. When Extended Hold isselected, the vehicle is heldstationary for up to five minutesafter the brake pedal is released. Ineither case, override the holdfeature by pressing the acceleratorpedal and attempting to drive away.

If Standard Hold is selected, it willhold the vehicle for two secondsunless the driver door is opened orthe driver seat belt is unbuckled

after releasing the brake pedal.If Extended Hold is selected, it willhold the vehicle for five minutesunless the driver door is openedand the driver seat belt is unbuckledprior to releasing the brake pedal.When deactivated after five minutes,or if it is deactivated when the driverseat belt is unlatched or the driverdoor is opened, the Electric ParkingBrake will engage to prevent vehiclemovement.



Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControl

System Operation

The vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC),an electronic stability controlsystem. These systems help limitwheel slip and assist the driver inmaintaining control, especially onslippery road conditions.

TCS activates if it senses that anyof the drive wheels are spinning orbeginning to lose traction. When thishappens, TCS applies the brakes tothe spinning wheels and reducesengine power to limit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak/ESC activates when thevehicle senses a difference betweenthe intended path and the directionthe vehicle is actually traveling.StabiliTrak/ESC selectively appliesbraking pressure to any one of the

vehicle wheel brakes to assist thedriver in keeping the vehicle on theintended path.

If cruise control is being used andTCS or StabiliTrak/ESC begins tolimit wheel spin, cruise control willdisengage. Cruise control may beturned back on when roadconditions allow. TCS andStabiliTrak/ESC will automaticallyturn on when cruise control is set.

Both systems come onautomatically when the vehicle isstarted and begins to move. Thesystems may be heard or felt whilethey are operating or whileperforming diagnostic checks. Thisis normal and does not mean thereis a problem with the vehicle.

It is recommended to leave bothsystems on for normal drivingconditions, but it may be necessaryto turn TCS off if the vehicle getsstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 198and “Turning the Systems Off andOn” later in this section.

The indicator light for both systemsis in the instrument cluster. Thislight will:

. Flash when TCS is limitingwheel spin.

. Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC isactivated.

. Turn on and stay on when eithersystem is not working.

If either system fails to turn on or toactivate, a message displays in theDriver Information Center (DIC), andd comes on and stays on toindicate that the system is inactiveand is not assisting the driver inmaintaining control. The vehicle issafe to drive, but driving should beadjusted accordingly.

If d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.



2. Turn the engine off and wait15 seconds.

3. Start the engine.

4. Drive the vehicle.

If d comes on and stays on, seeyour dealer.

Turning the Systems Offand On

Caution

Do not repeatedly brake oraccelerate heavily when TCS isoff. The vehicle driveline could bedamaged.

To turn off only TCS, press andrelease g. The Traction Off light idisplays in the instrument clusterand the appropriate DIC messagedisplays.

To turn TCS on again, press andrelease g. The Traction Off light idisplayed in the instrument clusterwill turn off.

If TCS is limiting wheel spin when gis pressed, the system will not turnoff until the wheels stop spinning.

To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC, press and hold g until the

Traction Off light i and StabiliTrak/

ESC OFF light g come on and stayon in the instrument cluster. Theappropriate DIC message displays.

To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC onagain, press and release g. TheTraction Off light i and StabiliTrak/

ESC OFF light g in the instrumentcluster turn off.

Adding accessories can affect thevehicle performance. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 269.

Driver Mode ControlDriver Mode Control attempts to adda sportier feel, provide a morecomfortable ride, or assist indifferent weather conditions orterrain. This system simultaneouslychanges the software calibration ofvarious sub-systems. Depending onthe option package, availablefeatures, and mode selected, thesuspension, steering, andpowertrain will change calibrationsto achieve the desired modecharacteristics.

If equipped, the vehicle may havethe following modes: All-WheelDrive (AWD), Tour, Sport, and/orTow/Haul. When not in AWD, the



vehicle is in Front-Wheel Drive(FWD) which will provide better fueleconomy. All drive modes maydisplay indicator or mode onmessage in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC) except FWD.

AWD Mode

AWD Mode is intended forconditions which demand moretraction. In AWD Mode, the AWDsystem delivers power to all fourwheels and the system adjusts asneeded to improve traction.Pressing the AWD Mode switch willselect AWD Mode. The AWD lightwill flash briefly while the system is

engaging and stay on to indicateAWD is active. The AWD light willstay off when AWD is inactive. AWDMode can be turned on and offindependently of other modes. SeeAll-Wheel Drive 0 218.

MODE

To select the Sport Mode or Tow/Haul Mode, press the MODE switchon the center stack. Pressing theMODE switch will display options ofall available ride modes in the DICand change to the next mode.Subsequent presses will scrollthrough the available modes.

Sport Mode

If equipped, Sport Mode is usedwhen road conditions or personalpreference demand a morecontrolled response. When in SportMode, the steering and suspensionwill change to provide more precisecontrol and better corneringperformance. Sport Mode is onlyavailable on vehicles equipped withReal Time Damping. Sport Modealso changes the StabiliTrak andAWD settings to allow morewheel slip.

Tow/Haul Mode

If equipped, Tow/Haul Mode canassist when towing or hauling aheavy load. It changes transmissionshift patterns, and increases trailersway control assistance. SeeDriving Characteristics and TowingTips 0 254. Tow/Haul Mode isavailable on vehicles with the TrailerTowing Package.



Cruise ControlWith cruise control the vehicle canmaintain a speed of about 40 km/h(25 mph) or more without keepingyour foot on the accelerator. Cruisecontrol does not work at speedsbelow 40 km/h (25 mph).

{ Warning

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely ata steady speed. Do not usecruise control on winding roads orin heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerouson slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip, andyou could lose control. Do not usecruise control on slippery roads.

If equipped with the Traction ControlSystem (TCS), the system maybegin to limit wheel spin while youare using cruise control. If thishappens, the cruise control willautomatically disengage. See

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 222. If a collision alertoccurs when cruise control isactivated, cruise control isdisengaged. See Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) System 0 240. Whenroad conditions allow you to safelyuse it again, cruise control can beturned back on.

Cruise control will disengage ifeither TCS or StabiliTrak/ElectronicStability Control (ESC) is turned off.

If the brakes are applied, cruisecontrol disengages.

5 : Press to turn cruise control onor off. A white indicator comes on inthe instrument cluster.

RES+ : If there is a set speed inmemory, press the control up brieflyto resume to that speed or pressand hold to accelerate. If cruisecontrol is already engaged, use toincrease vehicle speed.

SET− : Press the control downbriefly to set the speed and activatecruise control. If cruise control isalready engaged, use to decreasevehicle speed.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Instrument Cluster 0 132.The increment value used dependson the units displayed.



Setting Cruise Control

If5 is on when not in use, SET− orRES+ could get pressed and go intocruise when not desired. Keep 5off when cruise is not being used.

1. Press5 to turn the cruisesystem on.

2. Get to the speed desired.

3. Press and release SET− . Thedesired set speed brieflyappears in the instrumentcluster.

4. Take your foot off theaccelerator pedal.

The cruise control indicator on theinstrument cluster turns green afterthe cruise control has been set tothe desired speed. See InstrumentCluster 0 132.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at adesired speed and then the brakesare applied or* is pressed, thecruise control is disengaged withouterasing the set speed from memory.

Once the vehicle reaches about40 km/h (25 mph) or more, pressRES+ up briefly. The vehicle returnsto the previously set speed.

Increasing Speed While UsingCruise Control

Do one of the following:

. Press and hold RES+ up untilthe vehicle accelerates to thedesired speed, then release it.

. To increase vehicle speed insmall increments, press RES+up briefly. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1 km/h(1 mph) faster.

Reducing Speed While UsingCruise Control


. Press and hold SET− down untilthe desired lower speed isreached, then release it.

. To slow down in smallincrements, press SET− downbriefly. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1 km/h(1 mph) slower.

Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal toincrease the vehicle speed. Whenyou take your foot off the pedal, thevehicle will slow down to thepreviously set cruise speed. Whilepressing the accelerator pedal orshortly following the release tooverride cruise control, brieflypressing SET− will result in cruiseset to the current vehicle speed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well the cruise control will workon hills depends upon the vehiclespeed, load, and the steepness ofthe hills. When going up steep hills,you might have to step on theaccelerator pedal to maintain yourspeed. When going downhill, youmight have to brake or shift to alower gear to keep your speeddown. If the brake pedal is applied,cruise control will disengage.



Ending Cruise Control

There are four ways to end cruisecontrol:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. Shift the transmission toN (Neutral).

. To turn off cruise control,press5.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory if 5 is pressedor the ignition is turned off.

Adaptive Cruise ControlIf equipped with Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), it allows for selectingthe cruise control set speed andfollowing gap. Read this entiresection before using this system.ACC uses a radar sensor to detectother vehicles. See RadioFrequency Statement 0 370. Thefollowing gap is the following time(or distance) between your vehicle

and a vehicle detected directlyahead in your path, moving in thesame direction. If no vehicle isdetected in your path, ACC workslike regular cruise control.

If a vehicle is detected in your path,ACC can speed up the vehicle orapply limited, moderate braking tomaintain the selected following gap.To disengage ACC, apply the brake.If the Traction Control System (TCS)or StabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) system activateswhile ACC is engaged, ACC mayautomatically disengage. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 222. When roadconditions allow ACC to be safelyused, ACC can be turned back on.ACC will not engage if the TCS orStabiliTrak/ESC electronic stabilitycontrol system is disabled.

{ Warning

ACC has limited braking abilityand may not have time to slowthe vehicle down enough to avoid

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

a collision with another vehicleyou are following. This can occurwhen vehicles suddenly slow orstop ahead, or enter your lane.Also see “Alerting the Driver” inthis section. Complete attention isalways required while driving andyou should be ready to takeaction and apply the brakes. SeeDefensive Driving 0 188.

{ Warning

ACC will not detect or brake forchildren, pedestrians, animals,or other objects.

Do not use ACC when:

. On winding and hilly roadsor when the sensors areblocked by snow, ice, or dirt.The system may not detect

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

a vehicle ahead. Keep theentire front of the vehicleclean.

. Visibility is low, such as infog, rain, or snowconditions. ACCperformance is limited underthese conditions.

. On slippery roads wherefast changes in tire tractioncan cause excessivewheel slip.

5 : Press to turn the system on oroff. The indicator turns white on theinstrument cluster when ACC isturned on.

RES+ : Press the control up brieflyto make the vehicle resume to apreviously set speed, or holdupward to accelerate. If cruisecontrol is already engaged, use toincrease vehicle speed.

SET– : Press the control downbriefly to set the speed and activatecruise control. If cruise control isalready engaged, use to decreasevehicle speed.

* : Press to disengage ACCwithout erasing the selected setspeed.

[ : Press to select a following gaptime (or distance) setting for ACC ofFar, Medium, or Near.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Instrument Cluster 0 132.The increment value used dependson the units displayed.

Switching Between ACC andRegular Cruise Control

To switch between ACC and regularcruise control, press and hold*.A Driver Information Center (DIC)message displays.

ACC Indicator Regular CruiseControl Indicator

When ACC is engaged, a greenoindicator will be lit on the instrumentcluster and the following gap will bedisplayed. When the regular cruisecontrol is engaged, a greenJindicator will be lit on the instrumentcluster; the following gap will notdisplay.

When the vehicle is turned on, thecruise control mode will be set tothe last mode used before thevehicle was turned off.



{ Warning

Always check the cruise controlindicator on the instrument clusterto determine which mode cruisecontrol is in before using thefeature. If ACC is not active, thevehicle will not automaticallybrake for other vehicles, whichcould cause a crash if the brakesare not applied manually. You andothers could be seriously injuredor killed.

Setting Adaptive Cruise Control

If5 is on when not in use, it couldget pressed and go into ACC whennot desired. Keep 5 off whencruise is not being used.

Select the set speed desired forACC. This is the vehicle speedwhen no vehicle is detected inits path.

ACC will not set at a speed lessthan 25 km/h (15 mph), although itcan be resumed when driving atlower speeds.

To set ACC while moving:

1. Press5.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release SET–.

4. Remove your foot from theaccelerator.

After ACC is set, it may immediatelyapply the brakes if a vehicle aheadis detected closer than the selectedfollowing gap.

ACC can also be set while thevehicle is stopped if ACC is on andthe brake pedal is applied.

The ACC indicator displays on theinstrument cluster. When ACC isturned on, the indicator will be litwhite. When ACC is engaged, theindicator will turn green.

Be mindful of speed limits,surrounding traffic speeds, andweather conditions when selectingthe set speed.

Resuming a Set Speed

If ACC is set at a desired speed andthen the brakes are applied, ACC isdisengaged without erasing the setspeed from memory.

To begin using ACC again, pressRES+ up briefly.

. If the vehicle is moving, it returnsto the previous set speed.

. If the vehicle is stopped with thebrake pedal applied, press RES+ and release the brake pedal.ACC will hold the vehicle untilRES+ or the accelerator pedal ispressed.

A green ACC indicator and the setspeed display on the instrumentcluster. The vehicle ahead indicatormay be flashing if a vehicle aheadwas present and moved. See“Approaching and Following aVehicle” later in this section.



Once ACC has resumed, if there isno vehicle ahead, if the vehicleahead is beyond the selectedfollowing gap, or if the vehicle hasexited a sharp curve, then thevehicle speed will increase to theset speed.

Increasing Speed While ACC is ata Set Speed


. Use the accelerator to get to thehigher speed. Press SET– down.Release the control and theaccelerator pedal. The vehiclewill now cruise at the higherspeed.

When the accelerator pedal ispressed, ACC will not brakebecause it is overridden. TheACC indicator turns blue on theinstrument cluster.

. Press and hold RES+ up untilthe desired set speed appearson the display, then release it.

. To increase speed in smallincrements, briefly press RES+.For each press, the vehicle

speed increases to the next5 km/h (1 mph) mark on thespeedometer.

The set speed can also beincreased while the vehicle isstopped.

. If stopped with the brakeapplied, press RES+ until thedesired set speed is displayed.

. If ACC is holding the vehicle at astop and there is another vehicledirectly ahead, pressing RES+will increase the set speed.Pressing RES+ when there is nolonger a vehicle ahead willcause ACC to resume.

Reducing Speed While ACC is at aSet Speed


. Use the brake to get to thedesired lower speed. PressSET– down and release theaccelerator pedal. The vehiclewill now cruise at the lowerspeed.

. Press and hold SET– down untilthe desired lower speed isreached, then release it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmaller increments, press SET−down briefly. For each press, thevehicle speed decreases to thenext 5 km/h (1 mph) mark on thespeedometer.

. To decrease speed while thevehicle is stopped, press SET−until the desired set speed isdisplayed.

Selecting the Follow Distance Gap

When a slower moving vehicle isdetected ahead within the selectedfollowing gap, ACC will adjust thevehicle's speed and attempt tomaintain the follow distance gapselected.

Press[ on the steering wheel toadjust the following gap. Each presscycles the gap button through threesettings: Far, Medium, or Near.



When pressed, the current gapsetting displays briefly on theinstrument cluster. The gap settingwill be maintained until it ischanged.

Since each gap setting correspondsto a following time (Far, Medium,or Near), the following distance willvary based on vehicle speed. Thefaster the vehicle speed, the furtherback your vehicle will follow avehicle detected ahead. Considertraffic and weather conditions whenselecting the following gap. Therange of selectable gaps may not beappropriate for all drivers anddriving conditions.

Changing the gap settingautomatically changes the alerttiming sensitivity (Far, Medium,or Near) for the Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) feature. See ForwardCollision Alert (FCA) System 0 240.

Alerting the Driver

If ACC is engaged, driver actionmay be required when ACC cannotapply sufficient braking because ofapproaching a vehicle too rapidly.

When this condition occurs, a seriesof red lights will flash on thewindshield. Either eight beeps willsound from the front, or both sidesof the Safety Alert Seat will pulsefive times. See “Collision/DetectionSystems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 156.

See Defensive Driving 0 188.

Approaching and Following aVehicle

The vehicle ahead indicator is in theinstrument cluster.

The vehicle ahead indicator onlydisplays when a vehicle is detectedin your vehicle’s path moving in thesame direction.

If this indicator is not displaying,ACC will not respond to or brake tovehicles ahead.

ACC automatically slows the vehicledown and adjusts vehicle speed tofollow the vehicle in front at theselected following gap. The vehiclespeed increases or decreases tofollow the vehicle in front of you, butwill not exceed the set speed. It mayapply limited braking, if necessary.When braking is active, the brakelamps will come on. The automatic



braking may feel or sound differentthan if the brakes were appliedmanually. This is normal.

Stationary or Very Slow-MovingObjects

{ Warning

ACC may not detect and react tostopped or slow-moving vehiclesahead of you. For example, thesystem may not brake for avehicle it has never detectedmoving. This can occur instop-and-go traffic or when avehicle suddenly appears due toa vehicle ahead changing lanes.Your vehicle may not stop andcould cause a crash. Use cautionwhen using ACC. Your completeattention is always required whiledriving and you should be readyto take action and apply thebrakes.

ACC Automatically Disengages

ACC may automatically disengageand you will need to manually applythe brakes to slow the vehicle if:

. The sensors are blocked.

. The Traction Control System(TCS) or StabiliTrak/ESC systemhas activated or been disabled.

. There is a fault in the system.

. The radar falsely reportsblockage when driving in adesert or remote area with noother vehicles or roadsideobjects. A DIC message maydisplay to indicate that ACC istemporarily unavailable.

A message will appear on the DICindicating that cruise is disengaging.

The ACC active symbol will turnwhite when ACC is no longer active.

In some cases, when ACC will notactivate, regular cruise control maybe used. See “Switching BetweenACC and Regular Cruise Control”previously in this section. Alwaysconsider driving conditions beforeusing either cruise control system.

Notification to Resume ACC

ACC will maintain a following gapbehind a detected vehicle and slowyour vehicle to a stop behind thatvehicle.

If the stopped vehicle ahead hasdriven away and ACC has notresumed, the vehicle aheadindicator will flash as a reminder tocheck traffic ahead beforeproceeding. In addition, the left andright sides of the Safety Alert Seatwill pulse three times, or threebeeps will sound. See “Alert Type”and “Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier” in“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 156.

When the vehicle ahead drivesaway, press RES+ or theaccelerator pedal to resume cruisecontrol. If stopped for more thantwo minutes or if the driver door isopened and the driver seat belt isunbuckled, ACC automaticallyapplies the Electric Parking Brake(EPB) and the vehicle will shift toP (Park) to hold the vehicle. TheEPB status light will turn on. See



Electric Parking Brake 0 219. Toresume ACC and release the EPB,press the accelerator pedal.

A DIC warning message maydisplay indicating to shift to P (Park)before exiting the vehicle.

{ Warning

If ACC has stopped the vehicle,and if ACC is disengaged, turnedoff, or canceled, the vehicle willno longer be held at a stop. Thevehicle can move. When ACC isholding the vehicle at a stop,always be prepared to manuallyapply the brakes.

{ Warning

Leaving the vehicle withoutplacing it in P (Park) can bedangerous. Do not leave thevehicle while it is being held at astop by ACC. Always place the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

vehicle in P (Park) and turn offthe ignition before leaving thevehicle.

ACC Override

If using the accelerator pedal whileACC is active, the ACC indicatorturns blue on the instrument cluster.ACC will resume operation when theaccelerator pedal is not beingpressed.

{ Warning

The ACC will not automaticallyapply the brakes if your foot isresting on the accelerator pedal.You could crash into a vehicleahead of you.

Curves in the Road

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may not detect avehicle ahead in your lane. Youcould be startled if the vehicleaccelerates up to the set speed,especially when following avehicle exiting or entering exitramps. You could lose control ofthe vehicle or crash. Do not useACC while driving on an entranceor exit ramp. Always be ready touse the brakes if necessary.

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may respond toa vehicle in another lane, or maynot have time to react to a vehiclein your lane. You could crash intoa vehicle ahead of you, or losecontrol of your vehicle. Give extraattention in curves and be ready

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

to use the brakes if necessary.Select an appropriate speed whiledriving in curves.

ACC may operate differently in asharp curve. It may reduce thevehicle speed if the curve is toosharp.

When following a vehicle andentering a curve, ACC may notdetect the vehicle ahead andaccelerate to the set speed. Whenthis happens, the vehicle aheadindicator will not appear.

ACC may detect a vehicle that isnot in your lane and apply thebrakes.

ACC may occasionally provide analert and/or braking that isconsidered unnecessary. It couldrespond to vehicles in differentlanes, signs, guardrails, and otherstationary objects when entering orexiting a curve. This is normaloperation. The vehicle does notneed service.

Other Vehicle Lane Changes

ACC will not detect a vehicle aheaduntil it is completely in the lane. Thebrakes may need to be manuallyapplied.

Do Not Use ACC on Hills andWhen Towing a Trailer



Do not use ACC when driving onsteep hills or when towing a trailer.ACC will not detect a vehicle in thelane while driving on steep hills. Thedriver will often need to take overacceleration and braking on steephills, especially when towing atrailer. If the brakes are applied, theACC disengages.

Disengaging ACC

There are three ways todisengage ACC:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. Press5.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory if 5 is pressedor if the ignition is turned off.

Cleaning the Sensing System

The radar sensor on the front of thevehicle can become blocked bysnow, ice, dirt, or mud. This areaneeds to be cleaned for ACC tooperate properly.

If ACC will not operate, regularcruise control may be available. See“Switching Between ACC andRegular Cruise Control” previouslyin this section. Always considerdriving conditions before usingeither cruise control system.

For cleaning instructions, see“Washing the Vehicle” underExterior Care 0 334.

System operation may also belimited under snow, heavy rain,or road spray conditions.

Driver AssistanceSystemsThis vehicle may have features thatwork together to help avoid crashesor reduce crash damage whiledriving, backing, and parking. Readthis entire section before usingthese systems.

{ Warning

Do not rely on the DriverAssistance Systems. Thesesystems do not replace the needfor paying attention and drivingsafely. You may not hear or feelalerts or warnings provided bythese systems. Failure to useproper care when driving mayresult in injury, death, or vehicledamage. See Defensive Driving0 188.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Under many conditions, thesesystems will not:

. Detect children,pedestrians, bicyclists,or animals.

. Detect vehicles or objectsoutside the area monitoredby the system.

. Work at all driving speeds.

. Warn you or provide youwith enough time to avoid acrash.

. Work under poor visibility orbad weather conditions.

. Work if the detection sensoris not cleaned or is coveredby ice, snow, mud, or dirt.

. Work if the detection sensoris covered up, such as witha sticker, magnet, or metalplate.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Work if the area surroundingthe detection sensor isdamaged or not properlyrepaired.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

Audible or Safety Alert Seat

Some driver assistance featuresalert the driver of obstacles bybeeping. To change the volume ofthe warning chime, see “Comfortand Convenience” under VehiclePersonalization 0 156.

If equipped with the Safety AlertSeat, the driver seat cushion mayprovide a vibrating pulse alertinstead of beeping. To change this,see “Collision/Detection Systems”under Vehicle Personalization0 156.

Cleaning

Depending on vehicle options, keepthese areas of the vehicle clean toensure the best driver assistancefeature performance. DriverInformation Center (DIC) messagesmay display when the systems areunavailable or blocked.



. Front and rear bumpers and thearea below the bumpers

. Front grille and headlamps

. Front camera lens in the frontgrille or near the front emblem

. Front side and rear side panels

. Outside of the windshield in frontof the rearview mirror

. Side camera lens on the bottomof the outside mirrors

. Rear side corner bumpers

. Rear Vision Camera above thelicense plate

Assistance Systems forParking or BackingIf equipped, the Rear Vision Camera(RVC), Rear Park Assist (RPA),Front Park Assist (FPA), SurroundVision, Front Vision Camera, andRear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) mayhelp the driver park or avoid objects.Always check around the vehiclewhen parking or backing.

Rear Vision Camera (RVC)

When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse), the RVC displays animage of the area behind the vehiclein the infotainment display. Theprevious screen displays when thevehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)after a short delay. To return to theprevious screen sooner, press anybutton on the infotainment display,shift into P (Park), or reach a vehiclespeed of approximately 12 km/h(8 mph). Select Front or RearCamera to view the front or rearcamera views. Select GuidanceLines on the camera screen toenable or disable the guidancelines.

1. View Displayed by the RearVision Camera

1. View Displayed by the RearVision Camera

2. Corners of the Rear Bumper



Displayed images may be farther orcloser than they appear. The areadisplayed is limited and objects thatare close to either corner of thebumper or under the bumper do notdisplay.

A warning triangle may display toshow that Rear Park Assist (RPA)has detected an object. This trianglechanges from amber to red andincreases in size the closer theobject.

Surround Vision

If equipped, Surround Visiondisplays an image of the areasurrounding the vehicle, along withthe front or rear camera views in theinfotainment display. The frontcamera is in the grille or near thefront emblem, the side cameras areon the bottom of the outside mirrors,and the rear camera is above thelicense plate.

{ Warning

The Surround Vision camerashave blind spots and will notdisplay all objects near thecorners of the vehicle. Foldingoutside mirrors that are out ofposition may not display surroundview correctly. Always checkaround the vehicle when parkingor backing.

1. Views Displayed by theSurround Vision Cameras

2. Area Not Shown

1. Views Displayed by theSurround Vision Cameras

2. Area Not Shown

Front Vision Camera

If equipped, a view of the area infront of the vehicle displays. Theview displays after shifting from



R (Reverse) to a forward gear, or bytouching CAMERA in theinfotainment display, and when thevehicle is moving forward slowerthan 8 km/h (5 mph). If equipped,the Front Vision Camera alsodisplays when the Park Assistsystem detects an object within30 cm (12 in).

{ Warning

The camera(s) do not displaychildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,crossing traffic, animals, or anyother object outside of thecameras’ field of view, below thebumper, or under the vehicle.Shown distances may be differentfrom actual distances. Do notdrive or park the vehicle usingonly these camera(s). Alwayscheck behind and around thevehicle before driving. Failure touse proper care may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.

Park Assist

With RPA, and if equipped with FPA,as the vehicle moves at speeds ofless than 8 km/h (5 mph) thesensors on the bumpers may detectobjects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind thevehicle and 1.2 m (4 ft) in front of thevehicle within a zone 25 cm (10 in)high off the ground and belowbumper level. These detectiondistances may be shorter duringwarmer or humid weather. Blockedsensors will not detect objects andcan also cause false detections.Keep the sensors clean of mud, dirt,snow, ice, and slush; and cleansensors after a car wash in freezingtemperatures.

{ Warning

The Park Assist system does notdetect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objectslocated below the bumper or thatare too close or too far from thevehicle. It is not available at

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

speeds greater than 8 km/h(5 mph). To prevent injury, death,or vehicle damage, even withPark Assist, always check thearea around the vehicle andcheck all mirrors before movingforward or backing.

The instrument cluster may have aPark Assist display with bars thatshow “distance to object” and objectlocation information for the ParkAssist system. As the object getscloser, more bars light up and thebars change color from yellow toamber to red.



When an object is first detected inthe rear, one beep will be heardfrom the rear, or both sides of theSafety Alert Seat will pulse twotimes. When an object is very close(<0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle rear,or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front),five beeps will sound from the frontor rear depending on objectlocation, or both sides of the SafetyAlert Seat will pulse five times.Beeps for FPA are higher pitchedthan for RPA.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

If equipped, when the vehicle isshifted into R (Reverse), RCTAdisplays a red warning triangle witha left or right pointing arrow on theinfotainment display to warn oftraffic coming from the left or right.This system detects objects comingfrom up to 20 m (65 ft) from the leftor right side of the vehicle. When anobject is detected, either threebeeps sound from the left or right,or three Safety Alert Seat pulsesoccur on the left or right side,depending on the direction of thedetected vehicle.

Use caution while backing up whentowing a trailer, as the RCTAdetection zones that extend outfrom the back of the vehicle do notmove further back when a trailer istowed.

Turning the Features On or Off

PressX on the center stack toturn on or off the Front and RearPark Assist and the Rear CrossTraffic Alert (RCTA). The indicatorlight in the button comes on whenthe features are on and turns offwhen the features have beendisabled.

Turn off Park Assist and RCTAwhen towing a trailer.

To turn off the RPA symbols orguidance lines (on some models)see “Rear Camera” under VehiclePersonalization 0 156.

RCTA can be turned off through“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 156

Assistance Systems forDrivingIf equipped, when driving thevehicle in a forward gear, ForwardCollision Alert (FCA), LaneDeparture Warning (LDW), LaneKeep Assist (LKA), Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert(LCA), Forward Automatic Braking(FAB), and/or the Front PedestrianBraking (FPB) System can help toavoid a crash or reduce crashdamage.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, the FCA system mayhelp to avoid or reduce the harmcaused by front-end crashes. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a red flashingalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps or pulses the driver seat.FCA also lights an amber visualalert if following another vehiclemuch too closely.



FCA detects vehicles within adistance of approximately 60 m(197 ft) and operates at speedsabove 8 km/h (5 mph). If the vehiclehas Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),it can detect vehicles to distances ofapproximately 110 m (360 ft) andoperates at all speeds. SeeAdaptive Cruise Control 0 227.

{ Warning

FCA is a warning system anddoes not apply the brakes. Whenapproaching a slower-moving orstopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,or when following a vehicle tooclosely, FCA may not provide awarning with enough time to helpavoid a crash. It also may notprovide any warning at all. FCAdoes not warn of pedestrians,animals, signs, guardrails,bridges, construction barrels,or other objects. Be ready to takeaction and apply the brakes. SeeDefensive Driving 0 188.

FCA can be disabled throughvehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 156.

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

FCA warnings will not occur unlessthe FCA system detects a vehicleahead. When a vehicle is detected,the vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay green. Vehicles may not bedetected on curves, highway exitramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;or if a vehicle ahead is partiallyblocked by pedestrians or otherobjects. FCA will not detect anothervehicle ahead until it is completelyin the driving lane.

{ Warning

FCA does not provide a warningto help avoid a crash, unless itdetects a vehicle. FCA may notdetect a vehicle ahead if the FCAsensor is blocked by dirt, snow,or ice, or if the windshield isdamaged. It may also not detect avehicle on winding or hilly roads,or in conditions that can limitvisibility such as fog, rain,or snow, or if the headlamps orwindshield are not cleaned or inproper condition. Keep thewindshield, headlamps, and FCAsensors clean and in good repair.

Collision Alert



When your vehicle approachesanother detected vehicle too rapidly,the red FCA display will flash on thewindshield. Also, eight rapidhigh-pitched beeps will sound fromthe front, or both sides of the SafetyAlert Seat will pulse five times.When this Collision Alert occurs, thebrake system may prepare for driverbraking to occur more rapidly whichcan cause a brief, mild deceleration.Continue to apply the brake pedalas needed. Cruise control may bedisengaged when the Collision Alertoccurs.

Tailgating Alert

The vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay amber when you arefollowing a vehicle ahead tooclosely.

Selecting the Alert Timing

The Collision Alert control is on thesteering wheel. Press[ to set theFCA timing to Far, Medium, or Near.The first button press shows thecurrent setting on the DIC.Additional button presses willchange this setting. The chosensetting will remain until it is changedand will affect the timing of both theCollision Alert and the TailgatingAlert features. The timing of bothalerts will vary based on vehiclespeed. The faster the vehicle speed,the farther away the alert will occur.Consider traffic and weatherconditions when selecting the alerttiming. The range of selectable alerttimings may not be appropriate forall drivers and driving conditions.

If your vehicle is equipped withAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC),changing the FCA timing settingautomatically changes the followinggap setting (Far, Medium, or Near).

Following Distance Indicator

The following distance to a movingvehicle ahead in your path isindicated in following time inseconds on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC).See Driver Information Center (DIC)(Base Level) 0 149 or DriverInformation Center (DIC) (Uplevel)0 152. The minimum following timeis 0.5 seconds away. If there is novehicle detected ahead, or thevehicle ahead is out of sensorrange, dashes will be displayed.

Unnecessary Alerts

FCA may provide unnecessaryalerts for turning vehicles, vehiclesin other lanes, objects that are notvehicles, or shadows. These alertsare normal operation and thevehicle does not need service.



Cleaning the System

If the FCA system does not seem tooperate properly, this may correctthe issue:

. Clean the outside of thewindshield in front of therearview mirror.

. Clean the entire front of thevehicle.

. Clean the headlamps.

Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB)If the vehicle has Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), it also has FAB, whichincludes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA). When the systemdetects a vehicle ahead in your paththat is traveling in the samedirection that you may be about tocrash into, it can provide a boost tobraking or automatically brake thevehicle. This can help avoid orlessen the severity of crashes whendriving in a forward gear. Dependingon the situation, the vehicle mayautomatically brake moderately or

hard. This forward automaticbraking can only occur if a vehicle isdetected. This is shown by the FCAvehicle ahead indicator being lit.See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 240.

The system works when driving in aforward gear between 8 km/h(5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph),or on vehicles with Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), above 4 km/h(2 mph). It can detect vehicles up toapproximately 60 m (197 ft).

{ Warning

FAB is an emergency crashpreparation feature and is notdesigned to avoid crashes. Donot rely on FAB to brake thevehicle. FAB will not brakeoutside of its operating speedrange and only responds todetected vehicles.

FAB may not:

. Detect a vehicle ahead onwinding or hilly roads.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Detect all vehicles,especially vehicles with atrailer, tractors, muddyvehicles, etc.

. Detect a vehicle whenweather limits visibility, suchas in fog, rain, or snow.

. Detect a vehicle ahead if itis partially blocked bypedestrians or other objects.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

FAB may slow the vehicle to acomplete stop to try to avoid apotential crash. If this happens, FABmay engage the Electric ParkingBrake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at astop. Release the EPB or firmlypress the accelerator pedal.



{ Warning

FAB may automatically brake thevehicle suddenly in situationswhere it is unexpected andundesired. It could respond to aturning vehicle ahead, guardrails,signs, and other non-movingobjects. To override FAB, firmlypress the accelerator pedal, if it issafe to do so.

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)

IBA may activate when the brakepedal is applied quickly by providinga boost to braking based on thespeed of approach and distance toa vehicle ahead.

Minor brake pedal pulsations orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the brake pedal shouldcontinue to be applied as needed.IBA will automatically disengageonly when the brake pedal isreleased.

{ Warning

IBA may increase vehicle brakingin situations when it may not benecessary. You could block theflow of traffic. If this occurs, takeyour foot off the brake pedal andthen apply the brakes as needed.

FAB and IBA can be disabledthrough vehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 156.

{ Warning

Using FAB or IBA while towing atrailer could cause you to losecontrol of the vehicle and crash.Turn the system to Alert, or if thevehicle has ACC to Off, whentowing a trailer.

A system unavailable message maydisplay if:

. The front of the vehicle orwindshield is not clean.

. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith object detection.

. There is a problem with theStabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) system.

The FAB system does not needservice.

Front Pedestrian Braking(FPB) SystemIf equipped, the FPB system mayhelp avoid or reduce the harmcaused by front-end crashes withnearby pedestrians when driving ina forward gear. FPB displays anamber indicator, ~, when a nearbypedestrian is detected directlyahead. When approaching adetected pedestrian too quickly,FPB provides a red flashing alert onthe windshield and rapidly beeps orpulses the driver seat. FPB canprovide a boost to braking orautomatically brake the vehicle. Thissystem includes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA), and the ForwardAutomatic Braking (FAB) system



may also respond to pedestrians.See Forward Automatic Braking(FAB) 0 243.

The FPB system can detect andalert to pedestrians in a forwardgear at speeds between 8 km/h(5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph).During daytime driving, the systemdetects pedestrians up to a distanceof approximately 40 m (131 ft).During nighttime driving, systemperformance is very limited.

{ Warning

FPB does not provide an alert orautomatically brake the vehicle,unless it detects a pedestrian.FPB may not detect pedestrians,including children:

. When the pedestrian is notdirectly ahead, fully visible,or standing upright, or whenpart of a group.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Due to poor visibility,including nighttimeconditions, fog, rain,or snow.

. If the FPB sensor is blockedby dirt, snow, or ice.

. If the headlamps orwindshield are not cleanedor in proper condition.

Be ready to take action and applythe brakes. For more information,see Defensive Driving 0 188.Keep the windshield, headlamps,and FPB sensor clean and ingood repair.

FPB can be set to Off, Alert, or Alertand Brake through vehiclepersonalization. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 156.

Detecting the PedestrianAhead

FPB alerts and automatic brakingwill not occur unless the FPBsystem detects a pedestrian. Whena nearby pedestrian is detecteddirectly in front of the vehicle, thepedestrian ahead indicator willdisplay amber.

Front Pedestrian Alert

When the vehicle approaches apedestrian ahead too rapidly, thered FPB alert display will flash onthe windshield. Eight rapid



high-pitched beeps will sound fromthe front, or both sides of the SafetyAlert Seat will pulse five times.When this Pedestrian Alert occurs,the brake system may prepare fordriver braking to occur more rapidlywhich can cause a brief, milddeceleration. Continue to apply thebrake pedal as needed. Cruisecontrol may be disengaged whenthe Front Pedestrian Alert occurs.

Automatic Braking

If FPB detects it is about to crashinto a pedestrian directly ahead, andthe brakes have not been applied,FPB may automatically brakemoderately or brake hard. This canhelp to avoid some very low speedpedestrian crashes or reducepedestrian injury. FPB canautomatically brake to detectedpedestrians between 8 km/h (5 mph)and 80 km/h (50 mph). Automaticbraking levels may be reducedunder certain conditions, such ashigher speeds.

If this happens, Automatic Brakingmay engage the Electric ParkingBrake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at astop. Release the EPB. A firm pressof the accelerator pedal will alsorelease Automatic Braking andthe EPB.

{ Warning

FPB may alert or automaticallybrake the vehicle suddenly insituations where it is unexpectedand undesired. It could falselyalert or brake for objects similar inshape or size to pedestrians,including shadows. This is normaloperation and the vehicle doesnot need service. To overrideAutomatic Braking, firmly pressthe accelerator pedal, if it is safeto do so.

Automatic Braking can be disabledthrough vehicle personalization. See“Front Pedestrian Detection” in“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 156.

{ Warning

Using the Front PedestrianBraking system while towing atrailer could cause you to losecontrol of the vehicle and crash.Turn the system to Alert or Offwhen towing a trailer.

Cleaning the System

If FPB does not seem to operateproperly, cleaning the outside of thewindshield in front of the rearviewmirror may correct the issue.

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA)If equipped, the SBZA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding crashes thatoccur with moving vehicles in theside blind zone (or spot) areas.When the vehicle is in a forwardgear, the left or right side mirrordisplay will light up if a movingvehicle is detected in that blindzone. If the turn signal is activated



and a vehicle is also detected onthe same side, the display will flashas an extra warning not to changelanes. Since this system is part ofthe Lane Change Alert (LCA)system, read the entire LCA sectionbefore using this feature.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding lane changecrashes that occur with movingvehicles in the side blind zone (orspot) areas or with vehicles rapidlyapproaching these areas frombehind. The LCA warning displaywill light up in the correspondingoutside mirror and will flash if theturn signal is on.

{ Warning

LCA does not alert the driver tovehicles outside of the systemdetection zones, pedestrians,bicyclists, or animals. It may not

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

provide alerts when changinglanes under all driving conditions.Failure to use proper care whenchanging lanes may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.Before making a lane change,always check mirrors, glance overyour shoulder, and use the turnsignals.

LCA Detection Zones

1. SBZA Detection Zone2. LCA Detection Zone

The LCA sensor covers a zone ofapproximately one lane over fromboth sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m

(11 ft). The height of the zone isapproximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. TheSide Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)warning area starts at approximatelythe middle of the vehicle and goesback 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are alsowarned of vehicles rapidlyapproaching from up to 70 m (230 ft)behind the vehicle.

How the System Works

The LCA symbol lights up in theoutside mirrors when the systemdetects a moving vehicle in the nextlane over that is in the side blindzone or rapidly approaching thatzone from behind. A lit LCA symbolindicates it may be unsafe tochange lanes. Before making a lanechange, check the LCA display,check mirrors, glance over yourshoulder, and use the turn signals.



Left OutsideMirror Display

Right OutsideMirror Display

When the vehicle is started, bothoutside mirror LCA displays willbriefly come on to indicate thesystem is operating. When thevehicle is in a forward gear, the leftor right outside mirror display willlight up if a moving vehicle isdetected in the next lane over in thatblind zone or rapidly approachingthat zone. If the turn signal isactivated in the same direction as adetected vehicle, this display willflash as an extra warning not tochange lanes.

LCA can be disabled. When youdisable LCA, Side Blind Zone Alertis also disabled. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 156. If LCA isdisabled by the driver, the LCAmirror displays will not light up.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The LCA system requires somedriving for the system to calibrate tomaximum performance. Thiscalibration may occur more quickly ifthe vehicle is driving on a straighthighway road with traffic androadside objects (e.g., guardrails,barriers).

LCA displays may not come onwhen passing a vehicle quickly, fora stopped vehicle, or when towing atrailer. The LCA detection zonesthat extend back from the side ofthe vehicle do not move further backwhen a trailer is towed. Use cautionwhile changing lanes when towing atrailer. LCA may alert to objectsattached to the vehicle, such as atrailer, bicycle, or object extendingout to either side of the vehicle.Attached objects may also interferewith the detection of vehicles. Thisis normal system operation; thevehicle does not need service.

LCA may not always alert the driverto vehicles in the next lane over,especially in wet conditions or when

driving on sharp curves. The systemdoes not need to be serviced. Thesystem may light up due toguardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, andother non-moving objects. This isnormal system operation; thevehicle does not need service.

LCA may not operate when the LCAsensors in the left or right corners ofthe rear bumper are covered withmud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or inheavy rainstorms. For cleaninginstructions, see "Washing theVehicle" under Exterior Care 0 334.If the DIC still displays the systemunavailable message after cleaningboth sides of the vehicle toward therear corners of the vehicle, see yourdealer.

If the LCA displays do not light upwhen moving vehicles are in theside blind zone or are rapidlyapproaching this zone and thesystem is clean, the system mayneed service. Take the vehicle toyour dealer.



Radio Frequency Information

See Radio Frequency Statement0 370.

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)If equipped, LDW may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may provide awarning if the vehicle is crossing adetected lane marking without usinga turn signal in the lane departuredirection. Since this system is partof the Lane Keep Assist (LKA)system, read the entire LKA sectionbefore using this feature.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)If equipped, LKA may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel if thevehicle approaches a detected lanemarking without using a turn signalin that direction. It may also providea Lane Departure Warning (LDW)system alert as the lane marking iscrossed. The LKA system will not

assist or provide an LDW alert if itdetects that you are activelysteering. Override LKA by turningthe steering wheel. LKA uses acamera to detect lane markingsbetween 60 km/h (37 mph) and180 km/h (112 mph).

{ Warning

The LKA system does notcontinuously steer the vehicle.It may not keep the vehicle in thelane or give a Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) alert, even if alane marking is detected.

The LKA and LDW systemsmay not:

. Provide an alert or enoughsteering assist to avoid alane departure or crash.

. Detect lane markings underpoor weather or visibilityconditions. This can occur ifthe windshield orheadlamps are blocked bydirt, snow, or ice, if they are

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

not in proper condition, or ifthe sun shines directly intothe camera.

. Detect road edges.

. Detect lanes on winding orhilly roads.

If LKA only detects lane markingson one side of the road, it willonly assist or provide an LDWalert when approaching the laneon the side where it has detecteda lane marking. Even with LKAand LDW, you must steer thevehicle. Always keep yourattention on the road andmaintain proper vehicle positionwithin the lane, or vehicledamage, injury, or death couldoccur. Always keep thewindshield, headlamps, andcamera sensors clean and ingood repair. Do not use LKA inbad weather conditions.



{ Warning

Using LKA while towing a traileror on slippery roads could causeloss of control of the vehicle anda crash. Turn the system off.

How the System Works

The LKA camera sensor is on thewindshield ahead of the rearviewmirror.

To turn LKA on and off, pressAon the center stack.

When on,A is green if LKA isavailable to assist and provide LDWalerts. It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel anddisplayA as amber if the vehicleapproaches a detected lane markingwithout using a turn signal in thatdirection. It may also provide anLDW alert by flashingA amberas the lane marking is crossed.Additionally, there may be threebeeps, or the driver seat may pulse

three times, on the right or left,depending on the lane departuredirection.

Take Steering

The LKA system does notcontinuously steer the vehicle.If LKA does not detect active driversteering, an alert, chime, or DICmessage may be provided. Movethe steering wheel to dismiss.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The system performance may beaffected by:

. Close vehicles ahead.

. Sudden lighting changes, suchas when driving through tunnels.

. Banked roads.

. Roads with poor lane markings,such as two-lane roads.

If the LKA system is not functioningproperly when lane markings areclearly visible, cleaning thewindshield may help.

A camera blocked message maydisplay if the camera is blocked.Cleaning the outside of thewindshield behind the rearviewmirror may correct the issue. Somedriver assistance systems may havereduced performance or not work atall. An LKA or LDW unavailablemessage may display if the systemsare temporarily unavailable. Thismessage could be due to a blockedcamera. The LKA system does notneed service. Clean the outside ofthe windshield behind the rearviewmirror.

LKA assistance and/or LDW alertsmay occur due to tar marks,shadows, cracks in the road,temporary or construction lanemarkings, or other roadimperfections. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice. Turn LKA off if theseconditions continue.



Fuel

Top Tier FuelGM recommends the use of TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline to keepthe engine clean, reduce enginedeposits, and maintain optimalvehicle performance. Look for theTOP TIER Logo or seewww.toptiergas.com for a list of TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline marketersand applicable countries.

Recommended FuelDo not use any fuel labeled E85 orFlexFuel. Do not use gasoline withethanol levels greater than 15% byvolume.

Use regular unleaded gasolinemeeting ASTM specification D4814with a posted octane rating of 87 orhigher. Do not use gasoline with aposted octane rating of less than 87,as this may cause engine knock andwill lower fuel economy.

Prohibited Fuels

Caution

Do not use fuels with any of thefollowing conditions; doing somay damage the vehicle and voidits warranty:

. For vehicles that are notFlexFuel, fuel labeledgreater than 15% ethanol by

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

volume, such as mid-levelethanol blends (16–50%ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.

. Fuel with any amount ofmethanol, methylal,ferrocene, and aniline.These fuels can corrodemetal fuel system parts ordamage plastic and rubberparts.

. Fuel containing metals suchas methylcyclopentadienylmanganese tricarbonyl(MMT), which can damagethe emissions controlsystem and spark plugs.

. Fuel with a posted octanerating of less than therecommended fuel. Usingthis fuel will lower fueleconomy and performance,and may decrease the life ofthe emissions catalyst.



Fuels in ForeignCountriesThe U.S., Canada, and Mexico postfuel octane ratings in anti-knockindex (AKI). For fuel not to use in aforeign country, see ProhibitedFuels 0 251.

Fuel AdditivesTOP TIER Detergent Gasoline ishighly recommended for use withyour vehicle. If your country doesnot have TOP TIER DetergentGasoline, add ACDelco FuelSystem Treatment Plus−Gasoline tothe vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank atevery oil change or 15,000 km(9,000 mi), whichever occurs first.TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline andACDelco Fuel System TreatmentPlus−Gasoline will help keep yourvehicle’s engine fuel deposit freeand performing optimally.

Filling the Tank

{ Warning

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

Follow these guidelines:

. To help avoid injuries to youand others, read and followall the instructions on thefuel pump island.

. Turn off the engine whenrefueling.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

. Avoid using electronicdevices while refueling.

. Do not reenter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Keep children away fromthe fuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

. Fuel can spray out if therefueling nozzle is insertedtoo quickly. This spray canhappen if the tank is nearlyfull, and is more likely in hotweather. Insert the refuelingnozzle slowly and wait forany hiss noise to stop priorto beginning to flow fuel.



To open the fuel door, push andrelease the rearward center edge ofthe door.

The vehicle has a capless refuelingsystem and does not have a fuelcap. The filling nozzle must be fullyinserted and latched prior to startingfuel flow.

{ Warning

Overfilling the fuel tank by morethan three clicks of a standard fillnozzle may cause:

. Vehicle performance issues,including engine stalling anddamage to the fuel system.

. Fuel spills.

. Potential fuel fires.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait afew seconds after you have finishedpumping before removing thenozzle. Clean fuel from paintedsurfaces as soon as possible. SeeExterior Care 0 334.

{ Warning

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove thenozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel byshutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.

Filling the Tank with a PortableGas Can

If the vehicle runs out of fuel andmust be filled from a portablegas can:

1. Locate the capless funneladapter from the rear cargoarea under the load floor tray.

2. Insert and latch the funnel intothe capless fuel system.

{ Warning

Attempting to refuel without usingthe funnel adapter may cause fuelspillage and damage the caplessfuel system. This could cause afire and you or others could bebadly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged.

3. Remove and clean the funneladapter and return it to thestorage location.

Filling a Portable FuelContainer

{ Warning

Never fill a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle. Staticelectricity discharge from thecontainer can ignite the fuelvapor. You can be badly burned

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

and the vehicle damaged if thisoccurs. To help avoid injury to youand others:

. Dispense fuel only intoapproved containers.

. Do not fill a container whileit is inside a vehicle, in avehicle's trunk, pickup bed,or on any surface other thanthe ground.

. Bring the fill nozzle incontact with the inside ofthe fill opening beforeoperating the nozzle.Contact should bemaintained until the filling iscomplete.

. Do not smoke whilepumping fuel.

. Avoid using electronicdevices.

Trailer Towing

General TowingInformationOnly use towing equipment that hasbeen designed for the vehicle.Contact your dealer or traileringdealer for assistance with preparingthe vehicle to tow a trailer. Read theentire section before towing a trailer.

To tow a disabled vehicle, seeTowing the Vehicle 0 331. To towthe vehicle behind another vehiclesuch as a motor home, seeRecreational Vehicle Towing 0 332.

Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips

{ Warning

You can lose control when towinga trailer if the correct equipment isnot used or the vehicle is notdriven properly. For example,if the trailer is too heavy or the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

trailer brakes are inadequate forthe load, the vehicle may not stopas expected. You and otherscould be seriously injured. Thevehicle may also be damaged,and the repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Pull a trailer only if all the steps inthis section have been followed.Ask your dealer for advice andinformation about towing a trailerwith the vehicle.

Driving with a Trailer

Trailering is different than justdriving the vehicle by itself.Trailering means changes inhandling, acceleration, braking,durability, and fuel economy.Successful, safe trailering takescorrect equipment, and it has to beused properly.

The following information has manytime-tested, important trailering tipsand safety rules. Many of these are



important for your safety and that ofyour passengers. Read this sectioncarefully before pulling a trailer.

When towing a trailer:

. Become familiar with and followall state and local laws thatapply to trailer towing. Theserequirements vary from state tostate.

. State laws may require the useof extended side view mirrors.Even if not required, you shouldinstall extended side viewmirrors if your visibility is limitedor restricted while towing.

. Do not tow a trailer during thefirst 800 km (500 mi) of vehicleuse to prevent damage to theengine, axle, or other parts.

. It is recommended to performthe first oil change before heavytowing.

. During the first 800 km (500 mi)of trailer towing, do not driveover 80 km/h (50 mph) and donot make starts at full throttle.

. Vehicles can tow in D (Drive).Tow/Haul Mode is recommendedfor heavier trailers. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 217. If thetransmission downshifts toooften, a lower gear may beselected using Manual ModeSee Manual Mode 0 217.

If equipped, Driver Assistancesystems must be turned off whentowing a trailer See DriverAssistance Systems 0 235.

{ Warning

To prevent serious injury or deathfrom carbon monoxide (CO),when towing a trailer:

. Do not drive with theliftgate, trunk/hatch,or rear-most window open.


(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside air.See “Climate ControlSystems” in the Index.

For more information aboutcarbon monoxide, see EngineExhaust 0 211.

Towing a trailer requires experience.The combination of the vehicle andtrailer is longer and not asresponsive as the vehicle itself. Getused to the handling and braking ofthe combination by driving on alevel road surface before driving onpublic roads.

The trailer structure, the tires, andthe brakes must be all be rated tocarry the intended cargo.Inadequate trailer equipment cancause the combination to operate inan unexpected or unsafe manner.Before driving, inspect all trailerhitch parts and attachments, safetychains, electrical connectors, lamps,



tires, and mirrors. See TowingEquipment 0 261. If the trailer haselectric brakes, start thecombination moving and thenmanually apply the trailer brakecontroller to check the trailer brakeswork. During the trip, occasionallycheck that the cargo and trailer aresecure and that the lamps and anytrailer brakes are working.

Towing with a Stability ControlSystem

When towing, the stability controlsystem might be heard. The systemreacts to vehicle movement causedby the trailer, which mainly occursduring cornering. This is normalwhen towing heavier trailers.

Following Distance

Stay at least twice as far behind thevehicle ahead as you would whendriving without a trailer. This canhelp to avoid heavy braking andsudden turns.

Passing

More passing distance is neededwhen towing a trailer. Thecombination will not accelerate asquickly and is much longer so it isnecessary to go much fartherbeyond the passed vehicle beforereturning to the lane. Pass on levelroadways. Avoid passing on hills ifpossible.

Backing Up

Hold the bottom of the steeringwheel with one hand. To move thetrailer to the left, move that hand tothe left. To move the trailer to theright, move that hand to the right.Always back up slowly and,if possible, have someoneguide you.

Making Turns

Caution

Turn more slowly and make widerarcs when towing a trailer toprevent damage to your vehicle.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

Making very sharp turns couldcause the trailer to contact thevehicle.

Make wider turns than normal whentowing, so trailer will not go over softshoulders, over curbs, or strike roadsigns, trees, or other objects.Always signal turns well in advance.Do not steer or brake suddenly.

Driving on Grades

Reduce speed and shift to a lowergear before starting down a long orsteep downhill grade. If thetransmission is not shifted down, thebrakes may overheat and result inreduced braking efficiency.

The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).Shift the transmission to a lowergear if the transmission shifts toooften under heavy loads and/or hillyconditions.

When towing at higher altitudes,engine coolant will boil at a lowertemperature than at lower altitudes.



If the engine is turned offimmediately after towing at highaltitude on steep uphill grades, thevehicle could show signs similar toengine overheating. To avoid this,let the engine run, preferably onlevel ground, with the transmissionin P (Park) for a few minutes beforeturning the engine off. If theoverheat warning comes on, seeEngine Overheating 0 280.

Parking on Hills

{ Warning

To prevent serious injury or death,always park your vehicle andtrailer on a level surface whenpossible.

When parking your vehicle and yourtrailer on a hill:

1. Press the brake pedal, but donot shift into P (Park) yet. Turnthe wheels into the curb iffacing downhill or into traffic iffacing uphill.

2. Have someone place chocksunder the trailer wheels.

3. When the wheel chocks are inplace, gradually release thebrake pedal to allow the chocksto absorb the load of the trailer.

4. Reapply the brake pedal. Thenapply the parking brake andshift into P (Park).

5. Release the brake pedal.

Leaving After Parking on a Hill

1. Apply and hold the brakepedal.

. Start the engine.

. Shift into a gear.

. Release the parking brake.

2. Let up on the brake pedal.

3. Drive slowly until the trailer isclear of the chocks.

4. Stop and have someone pickup and store the chocks.

Maintenance When TrailerTowing

The vehicle needs service moreoften when used to tow trailers. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 346. It isespecially important to check theautomatic transmission fluid, engineoil, axle lubricant, belts, coolingsystem, and brake system beforeand during each trip.

Check periodically that all nuts andbolts on the trailer hitch are tight.

Engine Cooling When TrailerTowing

The cooling system may temporarilyoverheat during severe operatingconditions. See Engine Overheating0 280.



Trailer Towing

Caution

Towing a trailer improperly candamage the vehicle and result incostly repairs not covered by thevehicle warranty. To tow a trailercorrectly, follow the directions inthis section and see your dealerfor important information abouttowing a trailer with the vehicle.

Trailer Weight

{ Warning

Never exceed the towing capacityfor your vehicle.

Safe trailering requires monitoringthe weight, speed, altitude, roadgrades, outside temperature,dimensions of the front of the trailer,and how frequently the vehicle isused to tow a trailer.

Trailer Weight Ratings

When towing a trailer, the weight ofthe loaded vehicle and trailer mustbe within the weight ratings for thevehicle.

. GCWR: Gross Combined WeightRating

. GVWR: Gross Vehicle WeightRating

. Maximum Trailer Weight Rating

. Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight

The only way to be sure the weightis not exceeding any of theseratings is to weigh the tow vehicleand trailer combination, fully loadedfor the trip, getting individualweights for each of these items.

{ Warning

You and others could be seriouslyinjured or killed if the trailer is tooheavy or the trailer brakes areinadequate for the load. The

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

vehicle may be damaged, and therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Only tow a trailer if all the steps inthis section have been followed.Ask your dealer for advice andinformation about towing a trailer.

Gross Combined WeightRating (GCWR)

GCWR is the total allowable weightof the completely loaded vehicleand trailer including any fuel,passengers, cargo, equipment, andaccessories. Do not exceed theGCWR for your vehicle. The GCWRfor the vehicle is on the Tow RatingChart following.



Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR)

For information about the vehicle'smaximum load capacity, see VehicleLoad Limits 0 198. When calculatingthe GVWR with a trailer attached,the trailer tongue weight must beincluded as part of the weight thevehicle is carrying.

Maximum Trailer WeightRating

The maximum trailer weight rating iscalculated assuming the tow vehiclehas a driver, a front seat passenger,and all required traileringequipment. Weight of additionaloptional equipment, passengers,and cargo in the tow vehicle mustbe subtracted from the trailer weightrating.

Use the tow rating chart todetermine how much the trailer canweigh, based on the vehicle model,powertrain and trailering options.



Vehicle Maximum Trailer Weight *GCWR

Front-Wheel Drive 680 kg (1,500 lb) 3 050 kg (6,725 lb)

Front-Wheel Drive, V92 Trailer Towing Package 2 268 kg (5,000 lb) 4 650 kg (10,250 lb)

All-Wheel Drive 680 kg (1,500 lb) 3 200 kg (7,055 lb)

All-Wheel Drive, V92 Trailer Towing Package 2 268 kg (5,000 lb) 4 750 kg (10,470 lb)

*The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle andtrailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not beexceeded.

Maximum Trailer TongueWeight Rating

The Maximum Trailer TongueWeight Rating is the allowabletrailer tongue weight that the vehiclecan support. Do not exceed amaximum trailer tongue weight of500 lbs. The trailer tongue weightcontributes to the Gross VehicleWeight (GVW). GVW includes theCURB WEIGHT of your vehicle, anypassengers, cargo, equipment andthe trailer tongue weight. Vehicleoptions, passengers, cargo, andequipment reduce the maximum

allowable tongue weight the vehiclecan carry, which also reduces themaximum allowable trailer weight.

Trailer Load Balance

The correct trailer load balancemust be maintained to ensure trailerstability. Incorrect load balance is aleading cause of trailer sway.

The trailer tongue weight (1) shouldbe 10–15% of the loaded trailerweight (2). Some specific trailertypes, such as boat trailers, fall



outside of this range. Always referto the trailer owner’s manual for therecommended trailer tongue weightfor each trailer. Never exceed themaximum loads for your vehicle,hitch and trailer.

After loading the trailer, separatelyweigh the trailer and then thetongue to see if the weights areproper. If the trailer tongue weight istoo high or too low, adjustmentsmight be made by moving someitems around in the trailer.

If a cargo carrier is used in thetrailer hitch receiver, choose acarrier that positions the load asclose to the vehicle as possible.Make sure the total weight,including the carrier, is no more thanhalf of the maximum allowabletongue weight for the vehicle or227 kg (500 lb), whichever is less.

Ask your dealer for traileringinformation or assistance.

Towing Equipment

Hitches

Always use the correct hitchequipment for your vehicle.Crosswinds, large trucks going by,and rough roads can affect thetrailer and the hitch.

Never attach rental hitches or otherbumper-type hitches. Only useframe-mounted hitches that do notattach to the bumper.

Always seal any holes in yourvehicle if the trailer hitch isremoved. If not sealed, dirt, water,and carbon monoxide (CO) from theexhaust may enter your vehicle.See Engine Exhaust 0 211.

Hitch Cover

To remove hitch cover, if equipped:

1. Remove the two fasteners onthe lower tabs.

2. Pull the lower edge of thecover to about a 45 degreeangle.

3. Pull the cover downward todisengage the upperattachments.



To reinstall hitch cover:

1. Hold cover at a 45 degreeangle to the vehicle and pushthe upper tabs into the slots inthe bumper.

2. Push the bottom of the coverforward until the lower tabs lineup with the lower slots.

3. Snap the hitch cover into placeby pushing the upper cornersforward.

4. Reinstall the two fasteners onthe lower tabs.

Consider using mechanical swaycontrols with any trailer. Ask atrailering professional about swaycontrols or refer to the trailermanufacturer's recommendationsand instructions.

Weight-Distributing HitchAdjustment

1. Front of Vehicle

2. Body to Ground Distance

When using a weight-distributinghitch, measure the front fenderheight distance (2) beforeconnecting the trailer. Adjust thespring bars until the front fenderheight distance (2) is the sameheight before the trailer wasconnected. Do not reduce the frontfender height below the initialdistance (2).

Tires. Do not tow a trailer while using a

compact spare tire on thevehicle.

. Tires must be properly inflated tosupport loads while towing atrailer. See Tires 0 299 forinstructions on proper tireinflation.

Safety Chains

Always attach chains between thevehicle and the trailer, and attachthe chains to the holes on the trailerhitch platform. Instructions aboutsafety chains may be provided bythe hitch manufacturer or by thetrailer manufacturer.

Cross the safety chains under thetongue of the trailer to help preventthe tongue from contacting the roadif it becomes separated from thehitch. Always leave just enoughslack so the combination can turn.Never allow safety chains to drag onthe ground.



Trailer Brakes

Loaded trailers over 450 kg(1,000 lb) must be equipped withbrake systems and with brakes foreach axle. Trailer braking equipmentconforming to Canadian StandardsAssociation (CSA) requirementCAN3-D313, or its equivalent, isrecommended.

State or local regulations mayrequire trailers to have their ownbraking system if the loaded weightof the trailer exceeds certainrequirements that can vary fromstate to state.

Read and follow the instructions forthe trailer brakes so they areinstalled, adjusted, and maintainedproperly.

Never attempt to tap into yourvehicle's hydraulic brake system.If you do, both the vehicle anti-lockbrakes and the trailer brakes maynot function and could result in acrash.

Trailer Wiring

The trailer wiring harness (ifequipped), with a 7-pin connector islocated at the rear of the vehicle,and it is tied to the vehicle's frame.

If the vehicle is not equipped with a7-pin trailer connector, the bodyharness has provisions to connect atrailer harness and a 7-pin trailerconnector which is available throughyour dealer.

Use only a round, seven-wireconnector with flat blade terminalsmeeting SAE J2863 specificationsfor proper electrical connectivity.

The seven-wire harness containsthe following trailer circuits:

Stop/TurnSignal Left

Yellow/Blue

Stop/TurnSignal Right

Green/Brown

Tail/ParkingLamps

Gray/Brown

Reverse Lamps White/Green

Battery Feed Red/Green

Ground Black

Electric TrailerBrake* Blue

* Circuit powered by electric trailerbrake control wiring provisions.



Electric Trailer Brake ControlWiring Provisions

Wiring provisions for an aftermarketelectric trailer brake controller areincluded with the vehicle as part ofthe trailer wiring package. Theharness contains the followingcircuits:

Electric TrailerBrakes

Blue

Battery FeedRed/Green orRed/Blue

Brake ApplySignal

White/Blue

Ground Black

Refer to the aftermarket electrictrailer brake controller owner'smanual to determine wire colorcoding of the electric trailer brakecontroller. The wire colors on thebrake controller may be differentfrom the vehicle. The electric trailerbrake controller should be installedby your dealer or a qualified servicecenter.

If equipped, there are four blunt cutwires inside the front driver sideinstrument panel. It will benecessary to have a technicianconnect the 12-volt power to theengine compartment fuse block.

Trailer Lamps

Always check all trailer lamps areworking at the beginning of eachtrip, and periodically on longer trips.

Turn Signals When Towing aTrailer

When properly connected, the trailerturn signals will illuminate to indicatethe vehicle is turning, changinglanes, or stopping. When towing atrailer, the arrows on the instrumentcluster will illuminate even if thetrailer is not properly connected orthe bulbs are burned out.

Always check all trailer lamps areworking at the beginning of eachtrip, and periodically on longer trips.

Tow/Haul Mode

For instructions on how to enterTow/Haul mode, see Driver ModeControl 0 223.

Tow/Haul assists when pulling aheavy trailer or a large or heavyload. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 217.

Tow/Haul Mode is designed to bemost effective when the vehicle andtrailer combined weight is at least75% of the vehicle's GrossCombined Weight Rating (GCWR).See “Weight of the Trailer” underTrailer Towing 0 258.

Tow/Haul Mode is most useful whenpulling a heavy trailer or a large orheavy load:

. through rolling terrain

. in stop-and-go traffic

. in busy parking lots

Operating the vehicle in Tow/HaulMode when lightly loaded or nottowing will not cause damage. It isnot recommended and may result in



unpleasant engine and transmissiondriving characteristics and reducedfuel economy.

Trailer SwayControl (TSC)Vehicles with StabiliTrak/ElectronicStability Control (ESC) have aTrailer Sway Control (TSC) feature.Trailer sway is unintendedside-to-side motion of a trailer whiletowing. If the vehicle is towing atrailer and the TSC detects thatsway is increasing, the vehiclebrakes are selectively applied ateach wheel, to help reduceexcessive trailer sway. If equippedwith the Integrated Trailer BrakeControl (ITBC) system, and thetrailer has an electric brake system,StabiliTrak/ESC may also apply thetrailer brakes.

If TSC is enabled, the TractionControl System (TCS)/StabiliTrak/ESC warning light will flash on theinstrument cluster. Reduce vehiclespeed by gradually removing yourfoot from the accelerator. If trailersway continues, StabiliTrak/ESCcan reduce engine torque to helpslow the vehicle. TSC will notfunction if StabiliTrak/ESC is turnedoff. See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 222.

{ Warning

Trailer sway can result in a crashand in serious injury or death,even if the vehicle is equippedwith TSC.

If the trailer begins to sway,reduce vehicle speed bygradually removing your foot fromthe accelerator. Then pull over tocheck the trailer and vehicle tohelp correct possible causes,including an improperly oroverloaded trailer, unrestrained

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

cargo, improper trailer hitchconfiguration, or improperlyinflated or incorrect vehicle ortrailer tires. See TowingEquipment 0 261 for trailer ratingsand hitch setuprecommendations.

Trailer Tires

Special Trailer (ST) tires differ fromvehicle tires. Trailer tires aredesigned with stiff sidewalls to helpprevent sway and to support heavyloads. These features can make itdifficult to determine if the trailer tirepressures are low only based on avisual inspection.

Always check all trailer tirepressures before each trip when thetires are cool. Low trailer tirepressure is a leading cause of trailertire blow-outs.

Trailer tires deteriorate over time.The trailer tire sidewall will show theweek and year the tire was



manufactured. Many trailer tiremanufacturers recommendreplacing tires more than sixyears old.

Overloading is another leadingcause of trailer tire blow-outs. Neverload your trailer with more weightthan the tires are designed tosupport. The load rating is locatedon the trailer tire sidewall.

Always know the maximum speedrating for the trailer tires beforedriving. This may be significantlylower than the vehicle tire speedrating. The speed rating may be onthe trailer tire sidewall. If the speedrating is not shown, the defaulttrailer tire speed rating is 105 km/h(65 mph).

Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipment

{ Warning

The Data Link Connector (DLC) isused for vehicle service andEmission Inspection/Maintenancetesting. See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 141. A device connectedto the DLC — such as anaftermarket fleet ordriver-behavior tracking device —may interfere with vehiclesystems. This could affect vehicleoperation and cause a crash.Such devices may also accessinformation stored in the vehicle’ssystems.

Caution

Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle or causecomponents to not work andwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always checkwith your dealer before addingelectrical equipment.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12-volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to add anythingelectrical to the vehicle, seeServicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle 0 94 and Adding Equipmentto the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle0 94.


Vehicle Care 267

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 268California Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

California PerchlorateMaterials Requirements . . . . . 269

Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your OwnService Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Engine CompartmentOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 274Automatic TransmissionFluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 276Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 280Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Battery - North America . . . . . . 284All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 285Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 285

Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 286Windshield Replacement . . . . . 287Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 289LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 289

Electrical SystemElectrical System Overload . . . 290Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 291Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 301Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

Tire Terminology andDefinitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306Tire Pressure for High-SpeedOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

Tire Pressure MonitorSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

Tire Pressure MonitorOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315Different Size Tires andWheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 318Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 320Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 327

Jump StartingJump Starting - NorthAmerica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328


268 Vehicle Care

Towing the VehicleTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 331Recreational VehicleTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342

General InformationFor service and parts needs, visityour dealer. You will receivegenuine GM parts and GM-trainedand supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have one ofthese marks:

California Proposition65 Warning

{ Warning

Most motor vehicles, includingthis one, as well as many of itsservice parts and fluids, containand/or emit chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Engineexhaust, many parts andsystems, many fluids, and somecomponent wear by-productscontain and/or emit thesechemicals. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See Battery - North America 0 284and Jump Starting - North America0 328 and the back cover.


Vehicle Care 269

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbaginitiators, seat belt pretensioners,and lithium batteries contained inRemote Keyless Entry transmitters,may contain perchlorate materials.Special handling may be necessary.For additional information, seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Accessories andModificationsAdding non-dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance andsafety, including such things asairbags, braking, stability, ride andhandling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories ormodifications could even causemalfunction or damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Damage to suspension componentscaused by modifying vehicle heightoutside of factory settings will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non-GMcertified parts, including controlmodule or software modifications, isnot covered under the terms of thevehicle warranty and may affectremaining warranty coverage foraffected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorize the vehicleusing genuine GM Accessoriesinstalled by a dealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 94.

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to work onyour vehicle if you do not havethe proper knowledge, servicemanual, tools, or parts. Alwaysfollow owner’s manual proceduresand consult the service manualfor your vehicle before doing anyservice work.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper servicemanual. It tells you much moreabout how to service the vehiclethan this manual can. To order theproper service manual, seePublication Ordering Information0 369.

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Servicing theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 94.


270 Vehicle Care

If equipped with remote vehiclestart, open the hood beforeperforming any service work toprevent remote starting the vehicleaccidentally. See Remote VehicleStart 0 36.

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date ofany service work performed. SeeMaintenance Records 0 356.

Caution

Even small amounts ofcontamination can cause damageto vehicle systems. Do not allowcontaminants to contact the fluids,reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

HoodTo open the hood:

1. Pull the hood release handlewith this symbol on it. It isunder the instrument panel onthe driver side of the vehicle.

2. At the front of the vehicle, pullup on the center of the hood,and push the secondary hoodrelease to the right.

3. After you have partially liftedthe hood, gas struts willautomatically take over to liftand hold the hood in the fullyopen position.

To close the hood:

1. Before closing the hood, besure all filler caps are properlyinstalled.

2. Pull the hood down to close.Lower the hood until the liftingpressure of the strut isreduced. Then allow the hoodto fall and latch into placeunder its own weight

3. Check to make sure the hoodis closed. If the hood does notfully latch, gently push thehood down at the front andcenter of the hood until it iscompletely latched.


Vehicle Care 271

Engine Compartment Overview


272 Vehicle Care

1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 276.

2. Engine Oil Fill Cap. SeeEngine Oil 0 272.

3. Engine Oil Dipstick. SeeEngine Oil 0 272.

4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out ofView). See Cooling System0 277.

5. Brake Fluid Reservoir. SeeBrake Fluid 0 283.

6. Battery - North America 0 284.

7. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap. SeeCooling System 0 277.

8. Positive (+) Battery Terminal.See Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 328.

9. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See Washer Fluid0 281.

10. Engine Compartment FuseBlock 0 291.

11. Remote Negative (-) BatteryTerminal. See Jump Starting -North America 0 328.

Engine OilTo ensure proper engineperformance and long life, carefulattention must be paid to engine oil.Following these simple, butimportant steps will help protectyour investment:

. Use engine oil approved to theproper specification and of theproper viscosity grade. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”in this section.

. Check the engine oil levelregularly and maintain theproper oil level. See “CheckingEngine Oil” and “When to AddEngine Oil” in this section.

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See Engine OilLife System 0 274.

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil” in this section.

Checking Engine Oil

Check the engine oil level regularly,every 650 km (400 mi), especiallyprior to a long trip. The engine oildipstick handle is a loop. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 271 for the location.

{ Warning

The engine oil dipstick handlemay be hot; it could burn you.Use a towel or glove to touch thedipstick handle.

If a low oil Driver Information Center(DIC) message displays, check theoil level.

Follow these guidelines:

. To get an accurate reading, parkthe vehicle on level ground.Check the engine oil level afterthe engine has been off for atleast two hours. Checking theengine oil level on steep gradesor too soon after engine shutoffcan result in incorrect readings.Accuracy improves when


Vehicle Care 273

checking a cold engine prior tostarting. Remove the dipstickand check the level.

. If unable to wait two hours, theengine must be off for at least15 minutes if the engine iswarm, or at least 30 minutes ifthe engine is not warm. Pull outthe dipstick, wipe it with a cleanpaper towel or cloth, then push itback in all the way. Remove itagain, keeping the tip down, andcheck the level.

When to Add Engine Oil

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick andthe engine has been off for at least15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of therecommended oil and then recheckthe level. See “Selecting the RightEngine Oil” later in this section for

an explanation of what kind of oil touse. For engine oil crankcasecapacity, see Capacities andSpecifications 0 358.

Caution

Do not add too much oil. Oillevels above or below theacceptable operating rangeshown on the dipstick are harmfulto the engine. If the oil level isabove the operating range (i.e.,the engine has so much oil thatthe oil level gets above thecross-hatched area that showsthe proper operating range), theengine could be damaged. Drainthe excess oil or limit driving ofthe vehicle, and seek a serviceprofessional to remove theexcess oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview0 271 for the location of the engineoil fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback in when through.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and viscosity grade.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 354.

Specification

Ask for and use full synthetic engineoils that meet the dexos1specification. Engine oils that havebeen approved by GM as meetingthe dexos1 specification are markedwith the dexos1 approved logo. Seewww.gmdexos.com.


274 Vehicle Care

Caution

Failure to use the recommendedengine oil or equivalent can resultin engine damage not covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Viscosity Grade

Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity gradeengine oil. Cold TemperatureOperation: In an area of extremecold, where the temperature fallsbelow −29 °C (−20 °F), an SAE0W-30 oil may be used. An oil ofthis viscosity grade will provideeasier cold starting for the engine atextremely low temperatures.

When selecting an oil of theappropriate viscosity grade, it isrecommended to select an oil of thecorrect specification. See“Specification” earlier in this section.

Engine Oil Additives/EngineOil Flushes

Do not add anything to the oil. Therecommended oils meeting thedexos1 specification are all that isneeded for good performance andengine protection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could causeengine damage not covered by thevehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even causecancer. Do not let used oil stay onyour skin for very long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and water,or a good hand cleaner. Wash orproperly dispose of clothing or ragscontaining used engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change yourown oil, be sure to drain all the oilfrom the filter before disposal. Neverdispose of oil by putting it in thetrash or pouring it on the ground,into sewers, or into streams orbodies of water. Recycle it by takingit to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer systemthat indicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is basedon a combination of factors whichinclude engine revolutions, enginetemperature, and miles driven.Based on driving conditions, themileage at which an oil change isindicated can vary considerably. Forthe oil life system to work properly,the system must be reset every timethe oil is changed.


Vehicle Care 275

When the system has calculatedthat oil life has been diminished, itindicates that an oil change isnecessary. A CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message comes on.Change the oil as soon as possiblewithin the next 1 000 km (600 mi).It is possible that, if driving underthe best conditions, the oil lifesystem might indicate that an oilchange is not necessary for up to ayear. The engine oil and filter mustbe changed at least once a yearand, at this time, the system mustbe reset. Your dealer has trainedservice people who will perform thiswork and reset the system. It is alsoimportant to check the oil regularlyover the course of an oil draininterval and keep it at the properlevel.

If the system is ever resetaccidentally, the oil must bechanged at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil lifesystem whenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine OilLife System

Reset the system whenever theengine oil is changed so that thesystem can calculate the nextengine oil change. To reset thesystem:

1. Display the REMAINING OILLIFE on the DIC.See Driver Information Center(DIC) (Base Level) 0 149 orDriver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 152.

2. Press and hold V on the DICwhile the Oil Life display isactive. The oil life will changeto 100%.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage comes back on when thevehicle is started, the engine oil lifesystem has not been reset. Repeatthe procedure.

Automatic TransmissionFluidIt is not necessary to check thetransmission fluid level.A transmission fluid leak is the onlyreason for fluid loss. If a leakoccurs, take the vehicle to thedealer and have it repaired as soonas possible.

Change the fluid at the intervalslisted in Maintenance Schedule0 346, and be sure to use thetransmission fluid listed inRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 354.

Caution

Use of the incorrect automatictransmission fluid may damagethe vehicle, and the damage maynot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Always use the correctautomatic transmission fluid. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 354.


276 Vehicle Care

The transmission fluid will not reachthe end of the dipstick unless thetransmission is at operatingtemperature. If you need to checkthe transmission fluid level, take thevehicle to your dealer.

Engine Air Cleaner/FilterThe engine air cleaner/filter is in theengine compartment on thepassenger side of the vehicle. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 271 for location.

When to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

For intervals on changing andinspecting the engine air cleaner/filter, see Maintenance Schedule0 346.

How to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

Do not start the engine or have theengine running with the engine aircleaner/filter housing open. Beforeremoving the engine air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine aircleaner/filter housing and nearby

components are free of dirt anddebris. Remove the engine aircleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shakethe engine air cleaner/filter (awayfrom the vehicle), to release loosedust and dirt. Inspect the engine aircleaner/filter for damage, andreplace if damaged. Do not cleanthe engine air cleaner/filter orcomponents with water orcompressed air.

To inspect or replace the air cleaner/filter:

1. Remove the five screws and liftthe cover off the air cleaner/filter housing.

2. Inspect or replace the engineair cleaner/filter.

3. Lower the cover on the aircleaner/filter housing andsecure with the five screws.

{ Warning

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause you orothers to be burned. Use cautionwhen working on the engine. Donot start the engine or drive thevehicle with the air cleaner/filteroff, as flames may be present ifthe engine backfires.

Caution

If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirtcan easily get into the engine,which could damage it. Alwayshave the air cleaner/filter in placewhen driving.


Vehicle Care 277

Cooling SystemThe cooling system allows theengine to maintain the correctworking temperature.

1. Engine Cooling Fan (Outof View)

2. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap

{ Warning

An underhood electric fan canstart up even when the engine isnot running and can cause injury.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Keep hands, clothing, and toolsaway from any underhoodelectric fan.

{ Warning

Do not touch heater or radiatorhoses, or other engine parts.They can be very hot and canburn you. Do not run the engine ifthere is a leak; all coolant couldleak out. That could cause anengine fire and can burn you. Fixany leak before driving thevehicle.

Engine Coolant

The cooling system in the vehicle isfilled with DEX-COOL enginecoolant. This coolant needs to bechecked and replaced atappropriate intervals. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 346.

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating,see Engine Overheating 0 280.

What to Use

{ Warning

Plain water, or other liquids suchas alcohol, can boil before theproper coolant mixture will. Withplain water or the wrong mixture,the engine could get too hot butthere would not be an overheatwarning. The engine could catchfire and you or others could beburned.

Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,drinkable water and DEX-COOLcoolant. If using this mixture,nothing else needs to be added.This mixture:

. Gives freezing protection downto −37 °C (−34 °F), outsidetemperature.


278 Vehicle Care. Gives boiling protection up to

129 °C (265 °F), enginetemperature

. Protects against rust andcorrosion.

. Will not damage aluminum parts.

. Helps keep the proper enginetemperature.

Caution

Do not use anything other than amix of DEX-COOL coolant thatmeets GM StandardGMW3420 and clean, drinkablewater. Anything else can causedamage to the engine coolingsystem and the vehicle, whichwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Never dispose of engine coolant byputting it in the trash, pouring it onthe ground, or into sewers, streams,or bodies of water. Have the coolantchanged by an authorized servicecenter, familiar with legalrequirements regarding used

coolant disposal. This will helpprotect the environment and yourhealth.

Checking Coolant

The vehicle must be on a levelsurface when checking the coolantlevel.

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe coolant surge tank. If the coolantinside the coolant surge tank isboiling, do not do anything else untilit cools down. If coolant is visiblebut the coolant level mark is notvisible, add a 50/50 mixture ofclean, drinkable water and

DEX-COOL coolant at the coolantsurge tank to the top rib on themiddle of the tank, but be sure thecooling system is cool before this isdone. See Engine Overheating0 280.

The coolant surge tank is located inthe engine compartment on thedriver side of the vehicle. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 271.

How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Surge Tank

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system are underpressure. Turning the pressurecap, even a little, can cause themto come out at high speed andyou could be burned. Never turnthe cap when the cooling system,including the pressure cap, is hot.Wait for the cooling system andpressure cap to cool.


Vehicle Care 279

{ Warning

Plain water, or other liquids suchas alcohol, can boil before theproper coolant mixture will. Withplain water or the wrong mixture,the engine could get too hot butthere would not be an overheatwarning. The engine could catchfire and you or others could beburned.

{ Warning

Spilling coolant on hot engineparts can burn you. Coolantcontains ethylene glycol and it willburn if the engine parts are hotenough.

Caution

Failure to follow the specificcoolant fill procedure could causethe engine to overheat and couldcause system damage. If coolantis not visible in the surge tank,contact your dealer.

If no problem is found, check to seeif coolant is visible in the coolantsurge tank. If coolant is visible butthe coolant level is not at theindicated level mark, add a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable waterand DEX-COOL coolant at thecoolant surge tank, but be sure thecooling system, including thecoolant surge tank pressure cap, iscool before you do it.

1. Remove the coolant surge tankpressure cap when the coolingsystem, including the coolantsurge tank pressure cap andupper radiator hose, is nolonger hot.

Turn the pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise aboutone-quarter of a turn. If youhear a hiss, wait for that tostop. This will allow anypressure still left to be ventedout the discharge hose.

2. Keep turning the pressure capslowly and remove it.


280 Vehicle Care

3. Fill the coolant surge tank withthe proper mixture to theindicated level mark.

4. With the coolant surge tankpressure cap off, start theengine and let it run until youcan feel the upper radiatorhose getting hot. Watch out forthe engine cooling fan.

By this time, the coolant levelinside the coolant surge tankmay be lower. If the level islower, add more of the propermixture to the coolant surgetank until the level reaches theindicated level mark.

5. Replace the pressure captightly.

6. Verify coolant level after theengine is shut off and thecoolant is cold. If necessary,repeat coolant fill procedureSteps 1–6.

If the coolant still is not at theproper level when the systemcools down again, see yourdealer.

Caution

If the pressure cap is not tightlyinstalled, coolant loss and enginedamage may occur. Be sure thecap is properly and tightlysecured.

Engine OverheatingThe vehicle has several indicatorsto warn of the engine overheating.

There is an engine coolanttemperature gauge on theinstrument cluster. See EngineCoolant Temperature Gauge 0 138.The vehicle may also display amessage on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC).

If the decision is made not to lift thehood when this warning appears,get service help right away. SeeRoadside Assistance Program0 364.

If the decision is made to lift thehood, make sure the vehicle isparked on a level surface. Thencheck to see if the engine cooling

fan is running. If the engine isoverheating, the fan should berunning. If it is not, do not continueto run the engine. Have the vehicleserviced.

Caution

Do not run the engine if there is aleak in the engine cooling system.This can cause a loss of allcoolant and can damage thesystem and vehicle. Have anyleaks fixed right away.

If Steam Is Coming from theEngine Compartment

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system are underpressure. Turning the pressurecap, even a little, can cause themto come out at high speed andyou could be burned. Never turnthe cap when the cooling system,

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 281

Warning (Continued)

including the pressure cap, is hot.Wait for the cooling system andpressure cap to cool.

If No Steam Is Coming fromthe Engine Compartment

If an engine overheat warning isdisplayed but no steam can be seenor heard, the problem may not betoo serious. Sometimes the enginecan get a little too hot when thevehicle:

. Climbs a long hill on a hot day.

. Stops after high-speed driving.

. Idles for long periods in traffic.

If the overheat warning is displayedwith no sign of steam:

1. Turn the air conditioning off.

2. Turn the heater on to thehighest temperature and to thehighest fan speed. Open thewindows as necessary.

3. When it is safe to do so, pull offthe road, shift to P (Park) orN (Neutral), and let theengine idle.

If the engine coolant temperaturegauge is no longer in theoverheated area, the vehicle can bedriven. Continue to drive the vehicleslowly for about 10 minutes. Keep asafe distance from the vehicle infront. If the warning does not comeback on, continue to drive normallyand have the cooling systemchecked for proper fill and function.

If the warning continues, pull over,stop, and park the vehicleright away.

If there is no sign of steam, idle theengine for three minutes whileparked. If the warning is stilldisplayed, turn off the engine until itcools down.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When windshield washer fluid isneeded, be sure to read themanufacturer's instructions beforeuse. If operating the vehicle in anarea where the temperature may fallbelow freezing, use a fluid that hassufficient protection againstfreezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

Open the cap with the washersymbol on it. Add washer fluid untilthe tank is full. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 271 forreservoir location.


282 Vehicle Care

Caution

. Do not use washer fluid thatcontains any type of waterrepellent coating. This cancause the wiper blades tochatter or skip.

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in thewindshield washer. It candamage the windshieldwasher system and paint.

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause thesolution to freeze anddamage the washer fluidtank and other parts of thewasher system.

. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer instructions foradding water.

. Fill the washer fluid tankonly three-quarters full whenit is very cold. This allows

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

for fluid expansion iffreezing occurs, which coulddamage the tank if it iscompletely full.

BrakesDisc brake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or canbe heard all the time when thevehicle is moving, except whenapplying the brake pedal firmly.

{ Warning

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes willnot work well. That could lead toa crash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Continuing to drive with worn-outbrake pads could result in costlybrake repair.

Some driving conditions or climatescan cause a brake squeal when thebrakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not meansomething is wrong with the brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts arenecessary to help prevent brakepulsation. When tires are rotated,inspect brake pads for wear andevenly tighten wheel nuts in theproper sequence to torquespecifications. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 358.

Brake pads should be replaced ascomplete sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedaldoes not return to normal height,or if there is a rapid increase inpedal travel. This could be a signthat brake service may be required.


Vehicle Care 283

Replacing Brake System Parts

Always replace brake system partswith new, approved replacementparts. If this is not done, the brakesmay not work properly. The brakingperformance expected can changein many other ways if the wrongreplacement brake parts areinstalled or if parts are improperlyinstalled.

Brake Fluid

The brake master cylinder reservoiris filled with GM approved DOT 3brake fluid as indicated on thereservoir cap. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 271 forthe location of the reservoir.

Checking Brake Fluid

With the vehicle in P (Park) on alevel surface, the brake fluid levelshould be between the minimumand maximum marks on the brakefluid reservoir.

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoir maygo down:

. Normal brake lining wear. Whennew linings are installed, thefluid level goes back up.

. A fluid leak in the brakehydraulic system. Have thebrake hydraulic system fixed.With a leak, the brakes will notwork well.

Always clean the brake fluidreservoir cap and the area aroundthe cap before removing it.

Do not top off the brake fluid.Adding fluid does not correct a leak.If fluid is added when the linings areworn, there will be too much fluidwhen new brake linings are

installed. Add or remove fluid, asnecessary, only when work is doneon the brake hydraulic system.

{ Warning

If too much brake fluid is added, itcan spill on the engine and burn,if the engine is hot enough. Youor others could be burned, andthe vehicle could be damaged.Add brake fluid only when work isdone on the brake hydraulicsystem.

When the brake fluid falls to a lowlevel, the brake warning light comeson. See Brake System WarningLight 0 143.

Brake fluid absorbs water over timewhich degrades the effectiveness ofthe brake fluid. Replace brake fluidat the specified intervals to preventincreased stopping distance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 346.


284 Vehicle Care

What to Add

Use only GM approved DOT 3brake fluid from a clean, sealedcontainer. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 354.

{ Warning

The wrong or contaminated brakefluid could result in damage to thebrake system. This could result inthe loss of braking leading to apossible injury. Always use theproper GM approved brake fluid.

Caution

If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces, thepaint finish can be damaged.Immediately wash off any paintedsurface.

Battery - North AmericaThe original equipment battery ismaintenance free. Do not removethe cap and do not add fluid.

Refer to the replacement number onthe original battery label when anew battery is needed. Forreplacement of the battery, see yourdealer.

Stop/Start System

The vehicle has a Stop/Start systemto shut off the engine to helpconserve fuel. See Starting theEngine 0 204.

It has an Absorbed Glass Mat(AGM) 12-volt battery. Installation ofa standard 12-volt battery will resultin reduced 12-volt battery life.

When using a 12-volt batterycharger on the 12-volt AGM battery,some chargers have an AGMbattery setting on the charger.If available, use the AGM setting onthe charger, to limit charge voltageto 14.8 volts.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 268 and the backcover.

Vehicle Storage

{ Warning

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode.You can be badly hurt if you are

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 285

Warning (Continued)

not careful. See Jump Starting -North America 0 328 for tips onworking around a battery withoutgetting hurt.

Infrequent Usage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery to keep the battery fromrunning down.

Extended Storage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery or use a battery tricklecharger.

All-Wheel Drive

Transfer Case

Under normal driving conditions,transfer case fluid does not requiremaintenance unless there is a fluidleak or unusual noise. If required,have the transfer case serviced byyour dealer.

Starter Switch Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle.

2. Apply both the parking brakeand the regular brake.

Do not use the acceleratorpedal, and be ready to turn offthe engine immediately if itstarts.

3. Try to start the engine in eachgear. The vehicle should startonly in P (Park) or N (Neutral).If the vehicle starts in any otherposition, contact your dealer forservice.

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this check,the vehicle could begin to move.You or others could be injuredand property could be damaged.Make sure there is room in frontof the vehicle in case it begins toroll. Be ready to apply the regularbrake at once should the vehiclebegin to move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keepingyour foot on the regular brake, setthe parking brake.

. To check the parking brake'sholding ability: With the enginerunning and the transmission inN (Neutral), slowly remove footpressure from the regular brakepedal. Do this until the vehicle isheld by the parking brake only.


286 Vehicle Care. To check the P (Park)

mechanism's holding ability:With the engine running, shift toP (Park). Then release theparking brake followed by theregular brake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Wiper Blade ReplacementWindshield wiper blades should beinspected for wear and cracking.See Maintenance Schedule 0 346.

Replacement blades come indifferent types and are removed indifferent ways. For proper type andlength, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts 0 355.

Caution

Allowing the wiper arm to touchthe windshield when no wiperblade is installed could damagethe windshield. Any damage thatoccurs would not be covered by

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

the vehicle warranty. Do not allowthe wiper arm to touch thewindshield.

Front Wiper BladeReplacement

To replace the front wiper blades:

1. Pull the windshield wiperassembly away from thewindshield.

2. Lift up on the latch in themiddle of the wiper bladewhere the wiper arm attaches.

3. With the latch open, pull thewiper blade down toward thewindshield far enough torelease it from the J-hookedend of the wiper arm.

4. Remove the wiper blade.

5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiperblade replacement.

Caution

Damage may occur if the wiperblades are not in contact with thewindshield before turning on thewiper system.


Vehicle Care 287

Rear Wiper Blade Replacement

To replace the rear wiper blade:

1. Slide a plastic tool under thecover and push upward tounsnap.

2. Slide the cover toward thewiper blade tip to unhook itfrom the blade assembly.

3. Remove the cover.

4. Lift the wiper arm away fromthe windshield.

5. Push the release lever (2) todisengage the hook and pushthe wiper arm (1) out of theblade assembly (3).

6. Push the new blade assemblysecurely on the wiper arm untilthe release lever clicks intoplace.

7. To reinstall the cover, ensurethat the cover hook slides intothe slot in the blade assembly.

8. Snap the cover down tosecure.

Windshield Replacement

Driver Assistance Systems

If the windshield needs to bereplaced and the vehicle isequipped with a front camera sensorfor the Driver Assistance Systems, aGM replacement windshield isrecommended. The replacementwindshield must be installedaccording to GM specifications forproper alignment. If it is not, thesesystems may not work properly, they

may display messages, or they maynot work at all. See your dealer forproper windshield replacement.

Acoustic Windshield

The vehicle is equipped with anacoustic windshield. If thewindshield needs to be replaced, besure to get an acoustic windshieldso you will continue to have thebenefits an acoustic windshield canprovide.

Gas Strut(s)This vehicle is equipped with gasstrut(s) to provide assistance inlifting and holding open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full openposition.

{ Warning

If the gas struts that hold openthe hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail,you or others could be seriouslyinjured. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service immediately.

(Continued)


288 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

Visually inspect the gas struts forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage periodically. Check tomake sure the hood/trunk/liftgateis held open with enough force.If struts are failing to hold thehood/trunk/liftgate, do notoperate. Have the vehicleserviced.

Caution

Do not apply tape or hang anyobjects from gas struts. Also donot push down or pull on gasstruts. This may cause damage tothe vehicle.

See Maintenance Schedule 0 346.

Hood

Trunk

Liftgate


Vehicle Care 289

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset andshould need no further adjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,the headlamp aim may be affected.If adjustment to the headlamps isnecessary, see your dealer.

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, or any bulb changingprocedure not listed in this section,contact your dealer.

Caution

Do not replace incandescentbulbs with aftermarket LEDreplacement bulbs. This cancause damage to the vehicleelectrical system.

LED LightingThis vehicle has several LED lamps.For replacement of any LED lightingassembly, contact your dealer.

License Plate LampThis section is for vehicles without aRear Camera Mirror (RCM).Vehicles with an RCM have an LEDlicense plate lamp.

Lamp Assembly

Bulb Assembly


290 Vehicle Care

To replace one of these bulbs:

1. Push the left end of the lampassembly toward the right.

2. Turn the lamp assembly downto remove it.

3. Turn the bulb socket (1)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the lamp assembly (3).

4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out ofthe bulb socket (1).

5. Push the replacement bulbstraight into the bulb socketand turn the bulb socketclockwise to install it into thelamp assembly.

6. Turn the lamp assembly intothe lamp assembly openingengaging the clip side first.

7. Push on the lamp side oppositethe clip until the lamp assemblysnaps into place.

Electrical System

Electrical SystemOverloadThe vehicle has fuses and circuitbreakers to protect against anelectrical system overload.

When the current electrical load istoo heavy, the circuit breaker opensand closes, protecting the circuituntil the current load returns tonormal or the problem is fixed. Thisgreatly reduces the chance of circuitoverload and fire caused byelectrical problems.

Fuses and circuit breakers protectpower devices in the vehicle.

Replace a bad fuse with a new oneof the identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the road anda fuse needs to be replaced, thesame amperage fuse can beborrowed. Choose some feature ofthe vehicle that is not needed to useand replace it as soon as possible.

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may causethe lamps to go on and off, or insome cases to remain off. Have theheadlamp wiring checked right awayif the lamps go on and off orremain off.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windshieldwipers will stop until the motor coolsand will then restart.

Although the circuit is protectedfrom electrical overload, overloaddue to heavy snow or ice maycause wiper linkage damage.Always clear ice and heavy snowfrom the windshield before using thewindshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snow orice, be sure to get it fixed.


Vehicle Care 291

Fuses and CircuitBreakersThe wiring circuits in the vehicle areprotected from short circuits by acombination of fuses and circuitbreakers. This greatly reduces thechance of damage caused byelectrical problems.

{ Danger

Fuses and circuit breakers aremarked with their ampere rating.Do not exceed thespecified amperage rating whenreplacing fuses and circuitbreakers. Use of an oversizedfuse or circuit breaker can resultin a vehicle fire. You and otherscould be seriously injured orkilled.

To check a fuse, look at thesilver-colored band inside the fuse.If the band is broken or melted,replace the fuse. Be sure to replacea bad fuse with a new one of theidentical size and rating.

Fuses of the same amperage canbe temporarily borrowed fromanother fuse location, if a fuse goesout. Replace the fuse as soon aspossible.

Engine CompartmentFuse Block

Caution

Do not pull the enginecompartment fuse block lever,since it is intended only forservice purposes. If pulled,vehicle malfunction may occur.

To remove the fuse block cover,press the clips on the cover and liftit straight up.

Caution

Spilling liquid on any electricalcomponent on the vehicle maydamage it. Always keep thecovers on any electricalcomponent.

To remove fuses, use the fuse pullerand pull straight out.


292 Vehicle Care

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Fuses Usage

F1 Antilock brakesystem pump

Fuses Usage

F2 Starter 1

F3 DC DCtransformer 1

F4 –

F5 DC DCtransformer 2

F6 –

F7 –

F8 –

F9 Vacuum pump

F10 Front wiper

F11 –

F12 –

F13 Starter 2

F14 –

F15 Rear wiper

F16 –

F17 –

F18 –

F19 –


Vehicle Care 293

Fuses Usage

F20 –

F21 –

F22 Electronic brakecontrol module

F23 Parking/Trailerlamps

F24 Right trailerstoplamp/Turnsignal lamp

F25 Steeringcolumn lock

F26 –

F27 Left trailerstoplamp/Turnsignal lamp

F28 –

F29 –

F30 Washer pump

F31 –

F32 Left low-beamheadlamp

F33 Front fog lamps

Fuses Usage

F34 Horn

F35 –

F36 –

F37 Right low-beamheadlamp

F38 Automaticheadlamp levelingmotor

F39 Transmissioncontrol module

F40 Left rear buselectrical center/Ignition

F41 Instrument cluster

F42 Heating,ventilation, and airconditioning

F43 Head-up display

F44 Communicationgateway module/Run/Crank

F45 –

F46 –

Fuses Usage

F47 –

F48 –

F49 Interior rearviewmirror

F50 Fuel system controlmodule

F51 Heated steeringwheel

F52 Folding seatsswitch

F53 –

F54 Coolant pump

F55 Air conditioningclutch

F56 Integrated chassiscontrol module

F57 Engine controlmodule/Ignition

F58 Transmissioncontrol module/Ignition

F59 Engine controlmodule battery


294 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage

F60 Engine controlmodule – even

F61 O2 sensor 1/MAF

F62 –

F63 O2 sensor 2/Canister/Engine oil/Turbo

F64 Aeroshutter

F65 Engine controlmodulepowertrain 1

F66 Engine controlmodulepowertrain 2

F67 Engine controlmodule – odd

F68 –

F69 –

F70 –

F71 –

F72 –

F73 –

Fuses Usage

F74 –

F75 –

F76 –

F77 –

Relays Usage

K1 Starter 1

K2 Run/Crank

K3 Vacuum pump

K4 –

K5 Air conditioning

K6 Coolant pump

K7 Engine controlmodule

K8 Folding seats

K9 –

K10 Starter 2

Instrument Panel FuseBlock

The instrument panel fuse block isinside the center console on thepassenger side of the vehicle.

Remove the fuse access door bypulling the door at the opening.

To remove a fuse, use the fusepuller in the engine compartmentfuse block.


Vehicle Care 295

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Fuses Usage

F1 Body controlmodule 6

F2 Diagnostic link

F3 Electric steeringcolumn lock

F4 Rear USB port

F5 –

F6 Heating,ventilation, and airconditioning


F8 –

F9 Right frontheated seat

F10 Airbag

F11 Electronic precisionshift

F12 Amplifier


Fuses Usage

F14 Left frontheated seat

F15 –

F16 Sunroof

F17 Communicationgateway module

F18 Instrument cluster


F20 Wireless chargermodule


F22 Infotainment


F24 –

F25 Park assist

F26 Communicationsintegration module

F27 Video


296 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage

F28 Radio/Heating,ventilation, and airconditioningdisplay

F29 Radio

F30 Steering wheelcontrols

F31 Front blower

F32 DC AC inverter

F33 Driver power seat

F34 Passengerpower seat

F35 Feed/Body controlmodule 4

F36 Electric powersteering

F37 Power outlet/Wireless charger/Accessory


Fuses Usage

F39 Steering wheelcontrolsbacklighting

CircuitBreakers

Usage

F40 –

F41 –

F42 Auxiliary poweroutlet/Lighter

Rear Compartment FuseBlock

The rear compartment fuse block isbehind a trim panel on the driverside of the rear storagecompartment.


Vehicle Care 297

The trim panel is removed by pryingalong the top edge of the trim panelat two notched locations. Removethe trim panel to access the fuseblock.

To remove a fuse, use the fusepuller in the engine compartmentfuse block.

The fuse block label is on the backof the access door in the driver siderear trim panel.

Fuses Usage

F1 –

Fuses Usage

F2 Trailer

F3 Folding seats


298 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage

F4 Rear blower

F5 Rear drive control

F6 –

F7 Right window

F8 Rear defogger

F9 Left window

F10 –

F11 Trailer reverse

F12 USB port/Third rowseats

F13 –

F14 –

F15 –

F16 –

F17 Camera

F18 –

F19 Ventilated seats

F20 –

F21 –

F22 –

Fuses Usage

F23 –

F24 Lumbar

F25 –

F26 Trailer brake lamps

F27 –

F28 Passive entry/Passive start

F29 –

F30 Canister vent

F31 –

F32 Heated mirrors

F33 USB port/Secondrow seats

F34 Liftgate module

F35 Fuel system controlmodule

F36 –

F37 –

F38 Window module

F39 Rear closure

Fuses Usage

F40 Memory seatmodule

F41 Automaticoccupancy sensor

F42 –

F43 –

F44 –

F45 Liftgate motor

F46 Rear heated seats

F47 –

F48 –

F49 –

F50 –

F51 –

F52 Semi-activedampening systemmodule

F53 –

F54 External objectcalculating remotesystem/Side blindzone alert


Vehicle Care 299

Fuses Usage

F55 –

F56 Universal remotesystem/Overheadconsole

F57 Hands free closurerelease

CircuitBreakers

Usage

CB1 –

CB2 –

CB3 Rear auxiliarypower outlet

Relays Usage

K1 –

K2 –

Wheels and Tires

TiresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made by aleading tire manufacturer. Seethe warranty manual forinformation regarding the tirewarranty and where to getservice. For additionalinformation refer to the tiremanufacturer.

{ Warning

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as aresult of too muchflexing. There could be ablowout and a seriouscrash. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 198.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Underinflated tires posethe same danger asoverloaded tires. Theresulting crash couldcause serious injury.Check all tires frequentlyto maintain therecommended pressure.Tire pressure should bechecked when the tiresare cold.

. Overinflated tires aremore likely to be cut,punctured, or broken bya sudden impact — suchas when hitting a pothole.Keep tires at therecommended pressure.

. Worn or old tires cancause a crash. If thetread is badly worn,replace them.

(Continued)


300 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

. Replace any tires thathave been damaged byimpacts with potholes,curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tirescan cause a crash. Onlythe dealer or anauthorized tire servicecenter should repair,replace, dismount, andmount the tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 56 km/h(35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. Excessivespinning may cause thetires to explode.

See Tire Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation 0 307 forinflation pressure adjustment forhigh-speed driving.

All-Season TiresThis vehicle may come withall-season tires. These tires aredesigned to provide good overallperformance on most road surfacesand weather conditions. Originalequipment tires designed to GM'sspecific tire performance criteriahave a TPC specification codemolded onto the sidewall. Originalequipment all-season tires can beidentified by the last two charactersof this TPC code, which willbe “MS.”

Consider installing winter tires onthe vehicle if frequent driving onsnow or ice-covered roads isexpected. All-season tires provideadequate performance for mostwinter driving conditions, but theymay not offer the same level oftraction or performance as wintertires on snow or ice-covered roads.See Winter Tires 0 300.

Winter TiresThis vehicle was not originallyequipped with winter tires. Wintertires are designed for increasedtraction on snow and ice-coveredroads. Consider installing wintertires on the vehicle if frequentdriving on ice or snow coveredroads is expected. See your dealerfor details regarding winter tireavailability and proper tire selection.Also, see Buying New Tires 0 315.

With winter tires, there may bedecreased dry road traction,increased road noise, and shortertread life. After changing to wintertires, be alert for changes in vehiclehandling and braking.

If using winter tires:

. Use tires of the same brand andtread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tires of thesame size, load range, andspeed rating as the originalequipment tires.


Vehicle Care 301

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipment tiresmay not be available for H, V, W, Y,and ZR speed rated tires. If wintertires with a lower speed rating arechosen, never exceed the tire'smaximum speed capability.

Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about a tire ismolded into its sidewall. Theexamples show a typicalpassenger vehicle tire and acompact spare tire sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size : The tire size is acombination of letters andnumbers used to define aparticular tire's width, height,aspect ratio, construction type,and service description. See the“Tire Size” illustration later in thissection.

(2) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specification

code molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

(3) DOT (Department ofTransportation) : TheDepartment of Transportation(DOT) code indicates that thetire is in compliance with theU.S. Department ofTransportation Motor VehicleSafety Standards.

DOT Tire Date ofManufacture : The last fourdigits of the TIN indicate the tiremanufactured date. The first twodigits represent the week (01–52) and the last two digits, theyear. For example, the thirdweek of the year 2010 wouldhave a four-digit DOT dateof 0310.

(4) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code are the


302 Vehicle Care

Tire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(5) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(6) Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG) : Tiremanufacturers are required tograde tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,traction, and temperatureresistance. For more informationsee Uniform Tire QualityGrading 0 317.

(7) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

Compact Spare Tire Example

(1) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(2) Temporary Use Only : Thecompact spare tire or temporaryuse tire should not be driven atspeeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).The compact spare tire is foremergency use when a regularroad tire has lost air and goneflat. If the vehicle has a compactspare tire, see Compact SpareTire 0 327 and If a Tire GoesFlat 0 320.

(3) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(4) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

(5) Tire Inflation : Thetemporary use tire or compactspare tire should be inflated to420 kPa (60 psi). For moreinformation on tire pressure andinflation see Tire Pressure0 306.


Vehicle Care 303

(6) Tire Size : A combination ofletters and numbers define atire's width, height, aspect ratio,construction type, and servicedescription. The letter T as thefirst character in the tire sizemeans the tire is for temporaryuse only.

(7) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The following is an example of atypical passenger vehicletire size.

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :The United States version of ametric tire sizing system. Theletter P as the first character inthe tire size means a passengervehicle tire engineered tostandards set by the U.S. Tireand Rim Association.

(2) Tire Width : The three-digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters fromsidewall to sidewall.

(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digitnumber that indicates the tireheight-to-width measurements.For example, if the tire sizeaspect ratio is 60, as shown initem 3 of the illustration, it wouldmean that the tire's sidewall is60 percent as high as it is wide.

(4) Construction Code : A lettercode is used to indicate the typeof ply construction in the tire.The letter R means radial plyconstruction; the letter D meansdiagonal or bias plyconstruction; and the letter Bmeans belted-bias plyconstruction.

(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter ofthe wheel in inches.

(6) Service Description : Thesecharacters represent the loadindex and speed rating of thetire. The load index representsthe load carrying capacity a tireis certified to carry. The speedrating is the maximum speed atire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure : The amount ofair inside the tire pressingoutward on each square inch of


304 Vehicle Care

the tire. Air pressure isexpressed in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch).

Accessory Weight : Thecombined weight of optionalaccessories. Some examples ofoptional accessories areautomatic transmission, powerwindows, power seats, and airconditioning.

Aspect Ratio : The relationshipof a tire's height to its width.

Belt : A rubber coated layer ofcords between the plies and thetread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcingmaterials.

Bead : The tire bead containssteel wires wrapped by steelcords that hold the tire ontothe rim.

Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tirein which the plies are laid atalternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Cold Tire Pressure : Theamount of air pressure in a tire,measured in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch)before a tire has built up heatfrom driving. See Tire Pressure0 306.

Curb Weight : The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil,and coolant, but withoutpassengers and cargo.

DOT Markings : A code moldedinto the sidewall of a tiresignifying that the tire is incompliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. The DOT codeincludes the Tire Identification

Number (TIN), an alphanumericdesignator which can alsoidentify the tire manufacturer,production plant, brand, anddate of production.

GVWR : Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle Load Limits0 198.

GAWR FRT : Gross Axle WeightRating for the front axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 198.

GAWR RR : Gross Axle WeightRating for the rear axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 198.

Intended Outboard Sidewall :The side of an asymmetrical tirethat must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) : The metricunit for air pressure.

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : Atire used on light duty trucks andsome multipurpose passengervehicles.


Vehicle Care 305

Load Index : An assignednumber ranging from 1 to 279that corresponds to the loadcarrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure :The maximum air pressure towhich a cold tire can be inflated.The maximum air pressure ismolded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating : Theload rating for a tire at themaximum permissible inflationpressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight : The sum of curbweight, accessory weight,vehicle capacity weight, andproduction options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight : Thenumber of occupants a vehicleis designed to seat multiplied by68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 198.

Occupant Distribution :Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall : Theside of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that facesoutward when mounted on avehicle. The side of the tire thatcontains a whitewall, bearswhite lettering, or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that ishigher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewallof the tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : Atire used on passenger cars andsome light duty trucks andmultipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure : Vehiclemanufacturer's recommendedtire inflation pressure as shownon the tire placard.See Tire Pressure 0 306 andVehicle Load Limits 0 198.

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatictire in which the ply cords thatextend to the beads are laid at90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Rim : A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beadsare seated.

Sidewall : The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating : Analphanumeric code assigned toa tire indicating the maximumspeed at which a tire canoperate.

Traction : The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface.The amount of grip provided.

Tread : The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact withthe road.

Treadwear Indicators : Narrowbands, sometimes called wearbars, that show across the treadof a tire when only 1.6 mm


306 Vehicle Care

(1/16 in) of tread remains. SeeWhen It Is Time for New Tires0 314.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards) : A tireinformation system that providesconsumers with ratings for atire's traction, temperature, andtreadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tiremanufacturers usinggovernment testing procedures.The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire. See UniformTire Quality Grading 0 317.

Vehicle Capacity Weight : Thenumber of designated seatingpositions multiplied by68 kg (150 lb) plus the ratedcargo load. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 198.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire : Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.

Vehicle Placard : A labelpermanently attached to avehicle showing the vehiclecapacity weight and the originalequipment tire size andrecommended inflation pressure.See “Tire and LoadingInformation Label” under VehicleLoad Limits 0 198.

Tire PressureTires need the correct amount ofair pressure to operateeffectively.

{ Warning

Neither tire underinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tires, or tiresthat do not have enough air,can result in:

. Tire overloading andoverheating which couldlead to a blowout.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Premature orirregular wear.

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tires thathave too much air, canresult in:

. Unusual wear.

. Poor handling.

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage fromroad hazards.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label on the vehicleindicates the original equipmenttires and the correct cold tireinflation pressures. Therecommended pressure is theminimum air pressure needed to


Vehicle Care 307

support the vehicle's maximumload carrying capacity. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 198.

How the vehicle is loadedaffects vehicle handling and ridecomfort. Never load the vehiclewith more weight than it wasdesigned to carry.

When to Check

Check the pressure of the tiresonce a month or more. Do notforget the compact spare, if thevehicle has one. The coldcompact spare tire pressureshould be at 420 kPa (60 psi).See Compact Spare Tire 0 327.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check tire pressure.Proper tire inflation cannot bedetermined by looking at the tire.Check the tire inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold, meaning

the vehicle has not been drivenfor at least three hours or nomore than 1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from thetire valve stem. Press the tiregauge firmly onto the valve toget a pressure measurement.If the cold tire inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label, nofurther adjustment is necessary.If the inflation pressure is low,add air until the recommendedpressure is reached. If theinflation pressure is high, presson the metal stem in the centerof the tire valve to release air.

Recheck the tire pressure withthe tire gauge.

Put the valve caps back on thevalve stems to keep out dirt andmoisture and prevent leaks. Useonly valve caps designed for thevehicle by GM. TPMS sensors

could be damaged and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Tire Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation

{ Warning

Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h(100mph) or higher, putsadditional strain on tires.Sustained high-speed drivingcauses excessive heat buildupand can cause sudden tire failure.This could cause a crash, andyou or others could be killed.Some high-speed rated tiresrequire inflation pressureadjustment for high-speedoperation. When speed limits androad conditions allow the vehicleto be driven at high speeds, makesure the tires are rated forhigh-speed operation, are inexcellent condition, and are set tothe correct cold tire inflationpressure for the vehicle load.


308 Vehicle Care

Vehicles with 255/65R18 or 255/55R20 size tires require inflationpressure adjustment when drivingthe vehicle at speeds of160 km/h (100 mph) or higher. Setthe cold inflation pressure to themaximum inflation pressure shownon the tire sidewall, or 280 kPa(41 psi), whichever is lower. Returnthe tires to the recommended coldtire inflation pressure whenhigh-speed driving has ended.See Vehicle Load Limits 0 198 andTire Pressure 0 306.

The maximum load and inflationpressure is molded on the tiresidewall, in small letters, near therim flange. It will read something likethis: Maximum load690 kg (1,521 lbs) 300 kPa (44 psi)Max. Press.

Tire Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitor

the air pressure in your tires andtransmit tire pressure readings to areceiver located in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard ortire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with atire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or moreof your tires is significantlyunder-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and can

lead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tiretread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stoppingability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if under-inflation hasnot reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with a TPMS malfunctionindicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the low tire pressuretelltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated.This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tire


Vehicle Care 309

pressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 309.


Tire Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).The TPMS is designed to warn thedriver when a low tire pressurecondition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tire and wheelassembly, excluding the spare tireand wheel assembly. The TPMS

sensors monitor the air pressure inthe tires and transmit the tirepressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure conditionis detected, the TPMS illuminatesthe low tire pressure warning lightlocated on the instrument cluster.If the warning light comes on, stopas soon as possible and inflate thetires to the recommended pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 198.

A message to check the pressure ina specific tire displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). The lowtire pressure warning light and theDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle until the tires areinflated to the correct inflationpressure. Using the DIC, tire

pressure levels can be viewed. Foradditional information and detailsabout the DIC operation anddisplays see Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Base Level) 0 149 orDriver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 152.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that theair pressure is getting low andneeds to be inflated to the properpressure.

A Tire and Loading Informationlabel, attached to your vehicle,shows the size of the originalequipment tires and the correctinflation pressure for the tires whenthey are cold. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 198, for an example of theTire and Loading Information labeland its location. Also see TirePressure 0 306.

The TPMS can warn about a lowtire pressure condition but it doesnot replace normal tire


310 Vehicle Care

maintenance. See Tire Inspection0 313, Tire Rotation 0 313 and Tires0 299.

Caution

Tire sealant materials are not allthe same. A non-approved tiresealant could damage the TPMSsensors. TPMS sensor damagecaused by using an incorrect tiresealant is not covered by thevehicle warranty. Always use onlythe GM approved tire sealantavailable through your dealer orincluded in the vehicle.

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessage

The TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, thelow tire pressure warning lightflashes for about one minute andthen stays on for the remainder ofthe ignition cycle. A DIC warningmessage also displays. The

malfunction light and DIC warningmessage come on at each ignitioncycle until the problem is corrected.Some of the conditions that cancause these to come on are:

. One of the road tires has beenreplaced with the spare tire. Thespare tire does not have aTPMS sensor. The malfunctionlight and DIC message shouldgo off after the road tire isreplaced and the sensormatching process is performedsuccessfully. See “TPMS SensorMatching Process” later in thissection.

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done or notcompleted successfully afterrotating the tires. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off aftersuccessfully completing thesensor matching process. See"TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess" later in this section.

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. Themalfunction light and the DIC

message should go off when theTPMS sensors are installed andthe sensor matching process isperformed successfully. Seeyour dealer for service.

. Replacement tires or wheels donot match the original equipmenttires or wheels. Tires and wheelsother than those recommendedcould prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires 0 315.

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly it cannot detect or signal alow tire pressure condition. Seeyour dealer for service if the TPMSmalfunction light and DIC messagecome on and stay on.


Vehicle Care 311

Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped)

This feature provides visual andaudible alerts outside the vehicle tohelp when inflating an underinflatedtire to the recommended cold tirepressure.

When the low tire pressure warninglight comes on:

1. Park the vehicle in a safe, levelplace.

2. Set the parking brake firmly.

3. Place the vehicle in P (Park).

4. Add air to the tire that isunderinflated. The turn signallamp will flash.

When the recommendedpressure is reached, the hornsounds once and the turnsignal lamp will stop flashingand briefly turn solid.

Repeat these steps for allunderinflated tires that haveilluminated the low tire pressurewarning light.

{ Warning

Overinflating a tire could causethe tire to rupture and you orothers could be injured. Do notexceed the maximum pressurelisted on the tire sidewall.See Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 301and Vehicle Load Limits 0 198.

If the tire is overinflated by morethan 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn willsound multiple times and the turnsignal lamp will continue to flash forseveral seconds after filling stops.To release and correct the pressure,while the turn signal lamp is stillflashing, briefly press the center ofthe valve stem. When therecommended pressure is reached,the horn sounds once.

If the turn signal lamp does not flashwithin 15 seconds after starting toinflate the tire, the tire fill alert hasnot been activated or is not working.

If the hazard warning flashers areon, the tire fill alert visual feedbackwill not work properly.

The TPMS will not activate the tirefill alert properly under the followingconditions:

. There is interference from anexternal device or transmitter.

. The air pressure from theinflation device is not sufficientto inflate the tire.

. There is a malfunction inthe TPMS.

. There is a malfunction in thehorn or turn signal lamps.

. The identification code of theTPMS sensor is not registered tothe system.

. The battery of the TPMS sensoris low.

If the tire fill alert does not operatedue to TPMS interference, move thevehicle about 1 m (3 ft) back orforward and try again. If the tire fillalert feature is not working, use atire pressure gauge.


312 Vehicle Care

TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtire/wheel position after rotating thevehicle’s tires or replacing one ormore of the TPMS sensors. TheTPMS sensor matching processshould also be performed afterreplacing a spare tire with a roadtire containing the TPMS sensor.The malfunction light and the DICmessage should go off at the nextignition cycle. The sensors arematched to the tire/wheel positions,using a TPMS relearn tool, in thefollowing order: driver side front tire,passenger side front tire, passengerside rear tire, and driver side rear.See your dealer for service or topurchase a relearn tool. A TPMSrelearn tool can also be purchased.See Tire Pressure Monitor SensorActivation Tool atwww.gmtoolsandequipment.com orcall 1-800-GM TOOLS(1-800-468-6657).

There are two minutes to match thefirst tire/wheel position, andfive minutes overall to match all fourtire/wheel positions. If it takeslonger, the matching process stopsand must be restarted.

The TPMS sensor matchingprocess is:

1. Set the parking brake.

2. Place the vehicle in ServiceMode. See Ignition Positions0 202.

3. Make sure the Tire Pressureinfo page option is turned on.The info pages on the DIC canbe turned on and off throughthe Options menu.See Driver Information Center(DIC) (Base Level) 0 149 orDriver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 152.

4. Use the DIC controls on theright side of the steering wheelto scroll to the Tire Pressurescreen under the DICinfo page.

5. Press and hold V in the centerof the DIC controls.

The horn sounds twice tosignal the receiver is in relearnmode and the TIRELEARNING ACTIVE messagedisplays on the DIC screen.

6. Start with the driver sidefront tire.

7. Place the relearn tool againstthe tire sidewall, near the valvestem. Then press the button toactivate the TPMS sensor.A horn chirp confirms that thesensor identification code hasbeen matched to this tire andwheel position.

8. Proceed to the passenger sidefront tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 7.

9. Proceed to the passenger siderear tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 7.

10. Proceed to the driver side reartire, and repeat the procedurein Step 7. The horn sounds twotimes to indicate the sensor


Vehicle Care 313

identification code has beenmatched to the driver side reartire, and the TPMS sensormatching process is no longeractive. The TIRE LEARNINGACTIVE message on the DICdisplay screen goes off.


12. Set all four tires to therecommended air pressurelevel as indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.

Tire InspectionWe recommend that the tires,including the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, be inspectedfor signs of wear or damage atleast once a month.

Replace the tire if:

. The indicators at three ormore places around the tirecan be seen.

. There is cord or fabricshowing through the tire'srubber.

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snaggeddeep enough to show cord orfabric.

. The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.

. The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because ofthe size or location of thedamage.

Tire RotationTires should be rotated every12 000 km (7,500 mi). SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 346.

Tires are rotated to achieve auniform wear for all tires. Thefirst rotation is the mostimportant.

Anytime unusual wear isnoticed, rotate the tires as soonas possible, check for proper tireinflation pressure, and check fordamaged tires or wheels. If the

unusual wear continues after therotation, check the wheelalignment.See When It Is Time for NewTires 0 314 and WheelReplacement 0 318.

Use this rotation pattern whenrotating the tires.

If the vehicle has a compactspare tire, do not include it in thetire rotation.

Adjust the front and rear tires tothe recommended inflationpressure on the Tire and


314 Vehicle Care

Loading Information label afterthe tires have been rotated.See Tire Pressure 0 306 andVehicle Load Limits 0 198.

Reset the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tire PressureMonitor Operation 0 309.

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacitiesand Specifications 0 358.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause a crash. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a papertowel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

Lightly coat the center of thewheel hub with wheel bearinggrease after a wheel change ortire rotation to prevent corrosionor rust build-up. Do not getgrease on the flat wheelmounting surface or on thewheel nuts or bolts.

When It Is Time for NewTiresFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds,vehicle loading, and road conditionsaffect the wear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are one way totell when it is time for new tires.Treadwear indicators appear whenthe tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)or less of tread remaining.See Tire Inspection 0 313 and TireRotation 0 313.

The rubber in tires ages over time.This also applies to the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple factorsincluding temperatures, loadingconditions, and inflation pressuremaintenance affect how fast agingtakes place. GM recommends thattires, including the spare ifequipped, be replaced after sixyears, regardless of tread wear. Thetire manufacture date is the last fourdigits of the DOT Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN) which is molded intoone side of the tire sidewall. Thefirst two digits represent the week(01–52) and the last two digits, theyear. For example, the third week ofthe year 2010 would have afour-digit DOT date of 0310.


Vehicle Care 315

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Parka vehicle that will be stored for atleast a month in a cool, dry, cleanarea away from direct sunlight toslow aging. This area should be freeof grease, gasoline, or othersubstances that can deterioraterubber.

Parking for an extended period cancause flat spots on the tires thatmay result in vibrations whiledriving. When storing a vehicle forat least a month, remove the tires orraise the vehicle to reduce theweight from the tires.

Buying New TiresGM has developed and matchedspecific tires for the vehicle. Theoriginal equipment tires installedwere designed to meet GeneralMotors Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec)system rating. Whenreplacement tires are needed,

GM strongly recommendsbuying tires with the same TPCSpec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Specsystem considers over a dozencritical specifications that impactthe overall performance of thevehicle, including brake systemperformance, ride and handling,traction control, and tirepressure monitoringperformance. GM's TPC Specnumber is molded onto the tire'ssidewall near the tire size. If thetires have an all-season treaddesign, the TPC Spec numberwill be followed by MS for mudand snow. See Tire SidewallLabeling 0 301.

GM recommends replacing worntires in complete sets of four.Uniform tread depth on all tireswill help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.Braking and handlingperformance may be adversely

affected if all the tires are notreplaced at the same time.If proper rotation andmaintenance have been done,all four tires should wear out atabout the same time. See TireRotation 0 313. However, if it isnecessary to replace only oneaxle set of worn tires, place thenew tires on the rear axle.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipmenttires may not be available for H,V, W, Y and ZR speed ratedtires. Never exceed the wintertires’ maximum speed capabilitywhen using winter tires with alower speed rating.

{ Warning

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attemptingto mount or dismount a tirecould cause injury or death.

(Continued)


316 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

Only your dealer or authorizedtire service center shouldmount or dismount the tires.

{ Warning

Mixing tires of different sizes,brands, or types may causeloss of control of the vehicle,resulting in a crash or othervehicle damage. Use thecorrect size, brand, and typeof tires on all wheels.

{ Warning

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheelrim flanges to develop cracksafter many miles of driving.A tire and/or wheel could fail

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

suddenly and cause a crash.Use only radial-ply tires withthe wheels on the vehicle.

If the vehicle tires must bereplaced with a tire that does nothave a TPC Spec number, makesure they are the same size,load range, speed rating, andconstruction (radial) as theoriginal tires.

Vehicles that have a tirepressure monitoring systemcould give an inaccuratelow-pressure warning if non-TPCSpec rated tires are installed.See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem 0 308.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label indicates theoriginal equipment tires on thevehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits0 198.

Different Size Tires andWheelsIf wheels or tires are installed thatare a different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, tractioncontrol, electronic stability control,or All-Wheel Drive, the performanceof these systems can also beaffected.

{ Warning

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safety iftires not recommended for thosewheels are selected. Thisincreases the chance of a crashand serious injury. Only use GMspecific wheel and tire systems

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 317

Warning (Continued)

developed for the vehicle, andhave them properly installed by aGM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires 0 315 andAccessories and Modifications0 269.

Uniform Tire QualityGradingThe following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tires bytreadwear, traction, andtemperature performance. Thisapplies only to vehicles sold inthe United States. The gradesare molded on the sidewalls ofmost passenger car tires. TheUniform Tire Quality Grading(UTQG) system does not applyto deep tread, winter tires,

compact spare tires, tires withnominal rim diameters of10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),or to some limited-productiontires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passenger carsand light trucks may vary withrespect to these grades, theymust also conform to federalsafety requirements andadditional General Motors TirePerformance Criteria (TPC)standards.

Quality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tiresidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

All Passenger Car Tires MustConform to Federal SafetyRequirements In Addition ToThese Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified government testcourse. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one andone-half (1½) times as well onthe government course as a tiregraded 100. The relativeperformance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and maydepart significantly from thenorm due to variations in drivinghabits, service practices anddifferences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction

The traction grades, fromhighest to lowest, are AA, A, B,and C. Those grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wetpavement as measured undercontrolled conditions on


318 Vehicle Care

specified government testsurfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is based onstraight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature

The temperature grades are A(the highest), B, and C,representing the tire's resistanceto the generation of heat and itsability to dissipate heat whentested under controlledconditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause thematerial of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can leadto sudden tire failure. The gradeC corresponds to a level of

performance which allpassenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B andA represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimumrequired by law. Warning: Thetemperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that isproperly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe tires and wheels were alignedand balanced at the factory toprovide the longest tire life and bestoverall performance. Adjustments towheel alignment and tire balancingare not necessary on a regularbasis. Consider an alignment checkif there is unusual tire wear or the

vehicle is significantly pulling to oneside or the other. Some slight pull tothe left or right, depending on thecrown of the road and/or other roadsurface variations such as troughsor ruts, is normal. If the vehicle isvibrating when driving on a smoothroad, the tires and wheels may needto be rebalanced. See your dealerfor proper diagnosis.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted orcorroded. If wheel nuts keep comingloose, the wheel, wheel bolts, andwheel nuts should be replaced.If the wheel leaks air, replace it.Some aluminum wheels can berepaired. See your dealer if any ofthese conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have thesame load-carrying capacity,diameter, width, offset, and bemounted the same way as the one itreplaces.


Vehicle Care 319

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheelnuts, or Tire Pressure MonitorSystem (TPMS) sensors with newGM original equipment parts.

{ Warning

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheelnuts can be dangerous. It couldaffect the braking and handling ofthe vehicle. Tires can lose air,and cause loss of control, causinga crash. Always use the correctwheel, wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.

Caution

The wrong wheel can also causeproblems with bearing life, brakecooling, speedometer orodometer calibration, headlampaim, bumper height, vehicleground clearance, and tire or tirechain clearance to the body andchassis.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning

Replacing a wheel with a usedone is dangerous. How it hasbeen used or how far it has beendriven may be unknown. It couldfail suddenly and cause a crash.When replacing wheels, use anew GM original equipmentwheel.

Tire Chains

{ Warning

If the vehicle has a tire size otherthan 255/65R18, do not use tirechains. There is not enoughclearance. Tire chains used on avehicle without the proper amountof clearance can cause damageto the brakes, suspension,or other vehicle parts. The areadamaged by the tire chains could

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

cause loss of control and a crash.Use another type of tractiondevice only if its manufacturerrecommends it for the vehicle'stire size combination and roadconditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions. Toavoid vehicle damage, drive slowand readjust or remove thetraction device if it contacts thevehicle. Do not spin the wheels. Iftraction devices are used, installthem on the front tires.

Caution

If the vehicle is equipped with255/65R18 size tires, use tirechains only where legal and onlywhen necessary. Use low profilechains that add no more than12 mm thickness to the tire treadand inner sidewall. Use chains

(Continued)


320 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

that are the proper size for thetires. Install them on the tires ofthe front axle. Do not use chainson the tires of the rear axle.Tighten them as tightly aspossible with the ends securelyfastened. Drive slowly and followthe chain manufacturer'sinstructions. If the chains contactthe vehicle, stop and retightenthem. If the contact continues,slow down until it stops. Drivingtoo fast or spinning the wheelswith chains on will damage thevehicle.

If a Tire Goes FlatIt is unusual for a tire to blow outwhile driving, especially if the tiresare maintained properly. See Tires0 299. If air goes out of a tire, it ismuch more likely to leak out slowly.But if there ever is a blowout, hereare a few tips about what to expectand what to do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tirecreates a drag that pulls the vehicletoward that side. Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal and grip thesteering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and thengently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid andmay require the same correction asused in a skid. Stop pressing theaccelerator pedal and steer tostraighten the vehicle. It may bevery bumpy and noisy. Gently braketo a stop, well off the road,if possible.

{ Warning

Driving on a flat tire will causepermanent damage to the tire.Re-inflating a tire after it has beendriven on while severelyunderinflated or flat may cause ablowout and a serious crash.Never attempt to re-inflate a tire

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

that has been driven on whileseverely underinflated or flat.Have your dealer or an authorizedtire service center repair orreplace the flat tire as soon aspossible.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others couldbe badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.


Vehicle Care 321

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place, well off the road,if possible. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 172.

{ Warning

Changing a tire can bedangerous. The vehicle can slipoff the jack and roll over or fallcausing injury or death. Find alevel place to change the tire. Tohelp prevent the vehicle frommoving:

1. Set the parking brake firmly.

2. Put an automatictransmission in P (Park) or amanual transmission in1 (First) or R (Reverse).

3. Turn off the engine and donot restart while the vehicleis raised.

4. Do not allow passengers toremain in the vehicle.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

5. Place wheel blocks,if equipped, on both sides ofthe tire at the oppositecorner of the tire beingchanged.

When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),use the following example as aguide to assist in the placement ofthe wheel blocks (1), if equipped.

1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)2. Flat Tire

The following information explainshow to repair or change a tire.

Tire Changing

Removing the Spare Tire andTools

To access the spare tire and tools:

1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate0 42.

2. Lift the load floor.

3. Remove the cargomanagement system. SeeCargo Management System0 118.


322 Vehicle Care

4. Turn the wing nut (3)counterclockwise to remove thejack (1) and wheel wrench (2).Place the tool container nearthe tire being changed.

5. Remove the spare tire andplace it next to the tire beingchanged.

Removing the Flat Tire andInstalling the Spare Tire

1. Do a safety check beforeproceeding. See If a Tire GoesFlat 0 320.

2. Turn the wheel wrenchcounterclockwise to loosen allthe wheel nuts, but do notremove them yet.

3. Place the jack near the flat tire.

Caution

Make sure that the jack lift headis in the correct position or youmay damage your vehicle. Therepairs would not be covered byyour warranty.

4. Position the jack lift head at thejack location nearest theflat tire.

The jacking location isindicated by a half circle notchin the metal flange. The jackmust not be used in any otherposition.

{ Warning

Getting under a vehicle when it islifted on a jack is dangerous.If the vehicle slips off the jack,you could be badly injured or

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 323

Warning (Continued)

killed. Never get under a vehiclewhen it is supported only bya jack.

{ Warning

Raising the vehicle with the jackimproperly positioned candamage the vehicle and evenmake the vehicle fall. To helpavoid personal injury and vehicledamage, be sure to fit the jack lifthead into the proper locationbefore raising the vehicle.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided with

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others couldbe badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

Caution

Using a jack to raise the vehiclewithout positioning it correctlycould damage your vehicle. Whenraising your vehicle on a jack, besure to position it correctly underthe frame and avoid contact withthe plastic molding.

5. Turn the wheel wrenchclockwise to raise the jack lifthead until the slots in the jackhead fit into the metal flangebehind the cut out on theplastic molding. Do not raisethe vehicle yet.

6. Put the compact spare tirenear you.

7. Turn the wrench clockwise inthe jack to raise the vehicle.Raise the vehicle far enoughoff the ground so that there isenough room for the spare tireto fit under the wheel well.


324 Vehicle Care

8. Remove all of the wheel nuts.

9. Remove the flat tire.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause a crash. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a paper

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

towel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

10. Remove any rust or dirt fromthe wheel bolts, mountingsurfaces, and spare wheel.

11. Place the compact spare tireon the wheel-mounting surface.

{ Warning

Never use oil or grease on boltsor nuts because the nuts mightcome loose. The vehicle's wheelcould fall off, causing a crash.

12. Reinstall the wheel nuts.Tighten each nut by hand untilthe wheel is held againstthe hub.

13. Lower the vehicle by turningthe jack handlecounterclockwise.

{ Warning

Wheel nuts that are improperly orincorrectly tightened can causethe wheels to become loose orcome off. The wheel nuts shouldbe tightened with a torque wrenchto the proper torque specificationafter replacing. Follow the torquespecification supplied by theaftermarket manufacturer when

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 325

Warning (Continued)

using accessory locking wheelnuts. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 358 for originalequipment wheel nut torquespecifications.

Caution

Improperly tightened wheel nutscan lead to brake pulsation androtor damage. To avoid expensivebrake repairs, evenly tighten thewheel nuts in the propersequence and to the propertorque specification. SeeCapacities and Specifications0 358 for the wheel nut torquespecification.

14. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly ina crisscross sequence, asshown.

15. Lower the jack all the way andremove the jack from under thevehicle.

16. Tighten the wheel nuts firmlywith the wheel wrench.

When reinstalling the wheel cover orcenter cap on the full-size tire,tighten all six plastic caps handsnug with the aid of the wheelwrench and tighten them with thewheel wrench an additionalone-quarter of a turn.

Caution

Wheel covers will not fit on thevehicle's compact spare. If you tryto put a wheel cover on thecompact spare, the cover or thespare could be damaged.

{ Warning

Storing a jack, a tire, or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store all these inthe proper place.


326 Vehicle Care

Storing the Flat Tire

1. Liftgate Hinges2. Cable3. Center of the Wheel4. Door Striker

To store the flat tire:

1. Remove the cable packagefrom under the spare tire, jack,and tools.

2. Remove the small cap bytapping the back of the capwith the extension of the shaft,if the vehicle has aluminumwheels.

3. Put the flat tire in the rearstorage area with the valvestem facing the rear of thevehicle.

4. Pull the cable through the doorstriker and the center of thewheel.

5. Lower the liftgate enough to beable to hook the cable onto theoutside portion of the liftgatehinges.

6. Hook the other end of the cableonto the outside portion of theliftgate hinge on the other sideof the vehicle.

7. Pull on the cable to make sureit is secure.


Vehicle Care 327

8. Make sure the metal tube iscentered at the striker. Pushthe tube toward the front of thevehicle.

9. Close the liftgate and makesure it is fully latched.

The compact spare is for temporaryuse only. Replace the compactspare tire with a full-size tire assoon as you can.

Storing the Compact SpareTire and Tools

To store the spare tire and tools:

1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate0 42.

2. Lift the load floor.

3. Remove the cargomanagement system.

4. Put back the spare tire and alltools as they were stored in therear storage compartment.

5. Install the cargo managementsystem and load floor.

The compact spare is for temporaryuse only. Replace the compactspare tire with a full-size tire assoon as you can.

Compact Spare Tire

{ Warning

Driving with more than onecompact spare tire at a time couldresult in loss of braking andhandling. This could lead to acrash and you or others could beinjured. Use only one compactspare tire at a time.

If this vehicle has a compact sparetire, it was fully inflated when new;however, it can lose air over time.Check the inflation pressureregularly. It should be 420 kPa(60 psi).

Stop as soon as possible and checkthat the spare tire is correctlyinflated after being installed on thevehicle. The compact spare tire isdesigned for temporary use only.The vehicle will perform differentlywith the spare tire installed and it isrecommended that the vehiclespeed be limited to 80 km/h (50mph). To conserve the tread of thespare tire, have the standard tirerepaired or replaced as soon asconvenient and return the spare tireto the storage area.

When using a compact spare tire,the ABS and Traction Controlsystems may engage until the sparetire is recognized by the vehicle,especially on slippery roads. Adjustdriving to reduce possiblewheel slip.


328 Vehicle Care

Performance of the All-WheelDrive (AWD) system will beautomatically reduced to protect thesystem when using the compactspare. To restore the AWD andprevent excessive wear on theclutch in the AWD, replace thecompact spare tire with a full-sizetire as soon as possible.

Caution

When the compact spare isinstalled, do not take the vehiclethrough an automatic car washwith guide rails. The compactspare can get caught on the railswhich can damage the tire, wheel,and other parts of the vehicle.

Do not use the compact spare onother vehicles.

Do not mix the compact spare tire orwheel with other wheels or tires.They will not fit. Keep the spare tireand its wheel together.

Caution

Tire chains will not fit the compactspare. Using them can damagethe vehicle and the chains. Do notuse tire chains on the compactspare.

Jump Starting

Jump Starting - NorthAmericaFor more information about thevehicle battery, see Battery - NorthAmerica 0 284.

If the battery has run down, try touse another vehicle and somejumper cables to start your vehicle.Be sure to use the following steps todo it safely.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTER

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 329

Warning (Continued)

HANDLING. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 268 and the backcover.

{ Warning

Batteries can hurt you. They canbe dangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

. They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of thesethings can hurt you.

Caution

Ignoring these steps could resultin costly damage to the vehiclethat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Trying to startthe vehicle by pushing or pulling itwill not work, and it could damagethe vehicle.

1. Discharged BatteryPositive (+) Terminal

2. Discharged Battery RemoteNegative (-) Terminal

3. Good Battery Negative (-)Terminal

4. Good Battery Positive (+)Terminal

The jump start positive (+)Terminal (1) and the negativeremote negative terminal (2) for thedischarged battery are on the driverside of the vehicle.

The jump start positive (+)terminal (4) and negative (-)terminal (3) are on the battery of thevehicle providing the jump start.

The positive jump start connectionfor the discharged battery is under acover. Remove the cover to exposethe terminal.

1. Check the other vehicle.It must have a 12-volt batterywith a negative ground system.

Caution

If the other vehicle does not havea 12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can be

(Continued)


330 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

damaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.

2. Position the two vehicles sothat they are not touching.

3. Set the parking brake firmlyand put the shift lever inP (Park) with an automatictransmission, or Neutral with amanual transmission. SeeShifting Into Park 0 207.

Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Whenever possible, turnoff or unplug all accessories oneither vehicle when jump starting.

4. Turn the ignition off. Turn off alllights and accessories in bothvehicles, except the hazardwarning flashers if needed.

{ Warning

An electric fan can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can injure you. Keep hands,clothing, and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.

{ Warning

Using a match near a battery cancause battery gas to explode.People have been hurt doing this,and some have been blinded.Use a flashlight if you need morelight.

Battery fluid contains acid thatcan burn you. Do not get it onyou. If you accidentally get it inyour eyes or on your skin, flushthe place with water and getmedical help immediately.

{ Warning

Fans or other moving engineparts can injure you badly. Keepyour hands away from movingparts once the engine is running.

5. Connect one end of the redpositive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal on thedischarged battery.

6. Connect the other end of thered positive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal of the goodbattery.

7. Connect one end of the blacknegative (–) cable to thenegative (–) terminal of thegood battery.

8. Connect the other end of theblack negative (–) cable to theremote negative (–) terminal forthe discharged battery.

9. Start the engine in the vehiclewith the good battery and runthe engine at idle speed for atleast four minutes.


Vehicle Care 331

10. Try to start the vehicle that hadthe dead battery. If it will notstart after a few tries, itprobably needs service.

Caution

If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shortingmay occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correct order,making sure that the cables donot touch each other or othermetal.

Jumper Cable Removal

Reverse the sequence exactly whenremoving the jumper cables.

After starting the disabled vehicleand removing the jumper cables,allow it to idle for several minutes.

Towing the Vehicle

Caution

Incorrectly towing a disabledvehicle may cause damage. Thedamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not lashor hook to suspensioncomponents. Use the properstraps around the tires to securethe vehicle. Do not drag a lockedwheel/tire while loading thevehicle. Do not use a sling typelift to tow the vehicle. This coulddamage the vehicle.

GM recommends a flatbed tow truckto transport a disabled vehicle. Useramps to help reduce approachangles, if necessary. A towedvehicle should have its drive wheelsoff the ground. Contact RoadsideAssistance or a professional towingservice if the disabled vehicle mustbe towed.

Front Attachment Points

The vehicle is equipped withspecific attachment points to beused by the towing provider. Theseholes may be used to pull thevehicle from a flat road surface ontothe flatbed tow truck.


332 Vehicle Care

Recreational VehicleTowingRecreational vehicle towing meanstowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle, such as behind a motorhome. The two most common typesof recreational vehicle towing areknown as dinghy towing and dollytowing. Dinghy towing is towing thevehicle with all four wheels on theground. Dolly towing is towing thevehicle with two wheels on theground and two wheels up on adevice known as a dolly.

Here are some important things toconsider before recreational vehicletowing:

. Before towing the vehicle,become familiar with the locallaws that apply to recreationalvehicle towing. These laws mayvary by region.

. The towing capacity of thetowing vehicle. Be sure to readthe tow vehicle manufacturer'srecommendations.

. How far the vehicle will betowed. Some vehicles haverestrictions on how far and howlong they can be towed.

. The proper towing equipment.See your dealer or traileringprofessional for additional adviceand equipmentrecommendations.

. If the vehicle is ready to betowed. Just as preparing thevehicle for a long trip, make surethe vehicle is prepared to betowed.

Caution

Use of a shield mounted in frontof the vehicle grille could restrictairflow and cause damage to thetransmission. The repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. If using a shield, onlyuse one that attaches to thetowing vehicle.

Dinghy Towing

Caution

If the vehicle is towed with all fourwheels on the ground, thedrivetrain components could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not tow the vehiclewith all four wheels on theground.


Vehicle Care 333

The vehicle is not designed to betowed with all four wheels on theground. If the vehicle must betowed, a dolly should be used. Seethe following information on dollytowing.

Dolly Towing

Tow the vehicle with the two rearwheels on the ground and the frontwheels on a dolly.

To tow the vehicle from the frontwith two wheels on the ground:

1. Put the vehicle front wheels onthe dolly.

2. Shift the transmission toP (Park).

3. Set the parking brake.

4. If equipped, put the vehicle inAWD. See Driver Mode Control0 223.

5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.

6. Follow the dolly manufacturer'sinstructions for preparing thevehicle and dolly for towing.

7. Release the parking brake.


9. Open the hood.

10. Wait two minutes.

11. Disconnect the negative (-)terminal connector from the12-volt battery.

12. Close and latch the hood.

Towing the Vehicle fromthe Rear


334 Vehicle Care

Caution

Towing the vehicle from the rearcould damage it. Also, repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Never have thevehicle towed from the rear.

Do not tow the vehicle from the rear.

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory.Use a de-icing agent only whenabsolutely necessary, and have thelocks greased after using. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 354.

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish,wash it often and out of directsunlight.

Caution

Do not use petroleum-based,acidic, or abrasive cleaningagents as they can damage thevehicle's paint, metal, or plasticparts. If damage occurs, it wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Approved cleaningproducts can be obtained from

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

your dealer. Follow allmanufacturer directions regardingcorrect product usage, necessarysafety precautions, andappropriate disposal of anyvehicle care product.

Caution

Avoid using high-pressurewashes closer than 30 cm (12 in)to the surface of the vehicle. Useof power washers exceeding8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can resultin damage or removal of paintand decals.


Vehicle Care 335

Caution

Do not power wash anycomponent under the hood that

has thise symbol.

This could cause damage thatwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

If using an automatic car wash,follow the car wash instructions. Thewindshield wiper and rear windowwiper, if equipped, must be off.Remove any accessories that maybe damaged or interfere with the carwash equipment.

Rinse the vehicle well, beforewashing and after, to remove allcleaning agents completely. If theyare allowed to dry on the surface,they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax materials is notrecommended. If painted surfacesare damaged, see your dealer tohave the damage assessed andrepaired. Foreign materials such ascalcium chloride and other salts, icemelting agents, road oil and tar, treesap, bird droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc., candamage the vehicle's finish if theyremain on painted surfaces. Washthe vehicle as soon as possible.If necessary, use non-abrasivecleaners that are marked safe forpainted surfaces to remove foreignmatter.

Occasional hand waxing or mildpolishing should be done to removeresidue from the paint finish. Seeyour dealer for approved cleaningproducts.

Do not apply waxes or polishes touncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,decals, simulated wood, or flat paintas damage can occur.

Caution

Machine compounding oraggressive polishing on abasecoat/clearcoat paint finishmay damage it. Use onlynon-abrasive waxes and polishesthat are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on thevehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new,keep the vehicle garaged orcovered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalMoldings

Caution

Failure to clean and protect thebright metal moldings can resultin a hazy white finish or pitting.This damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.


336 Vehicle Care

The bright metal moldings on thevehicle are aluminum, chrome,or stainless steel. To preventdamage always follow thesecleaning instructions:

. Be sure the molding is cool tothe touch before applying anycleaning solution.

. Use only approved cleaningsolutions for aluminum, chrome,or stainless steel. Somecleaners are highly acidic orcontain alkaline substances andcan damage the moldings.

. Always dilute a concentratedcleaner according to themanufacturer’s instructions.

. Do not use cleaners that are notintended for automotive use.

. Use a nonabrasive wax on thevehicle after washing to protectand extend the molding finish.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Emblems, Decals, andStripes

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soapto clean exterior lamps, lenses,emblems, decals, and stripes.Follow instructions under "Washingthe Vehicle" previously in thissection.

Lamp covers are made of plastic,and some have a UV protectivecoating. Do not clean or wipe themwhen dry.

Do not use any of the following onlamp covers:

. Abrasive or caustic agents

. Washer fluids and other cleaningagents in higher concentrationsthan suggested by themanufacturer

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels,or other harsh cleaners

. Ice scrapers or other hard items

. Aftermarket appearance caps orcovers while the lamps areilluminated, due to excessiveheat generated

Caution

Failure to clean lamps properlycan cause damage to the lampcover that would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Using wax on low gloss blackfinish stripes can increase thegloss level and create anon-uniform finish. Clean lowgloss stripes with soap andwater only.

Air Intakes

Clear debris from the air intakes,between the hood and windshield,when washing the vehicle.


Vehicle Care 337

Shutter System

The vehicle may have a shuttersystem designed to help increasefuel economy. Keep the shuttersystem clean for proper operation.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using a lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindshield washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windshieldthoroughly when cleaning theblades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and

a buildup of vehicle wash/waxtreatments may cause wiperstreaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they areworn or damaged. Damage can becaused by extreme dustyconditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply weatherstrip lubricant onweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak. Lubricate weatherstrips atleast once a year. Hot, dry climatesmay require more frequentapplication. Black marks fromrubber material on painted surfacescan be removed by rubbing with aclean cloth. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 354.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.

Caution

Using petroleum-based tiredressing products on the vehiclemay damage the paint finish and/or tires. When applying a tiredressing, always wipe off anyoverspray from all paintedsurfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Wheel Trim

Use a soft, clean cloth with mildsoap and water to clean the wheels.After rinsing thoroughly with cleanwater, dry with a soft, clean towel.A wax may then be applied.

Caution

Chrome wheels and chromewheel trim may be damaged if thevehicle is not washed after drivingon roads that have been sprayedwith magnesium chloride orcalcium chloride. These are usedon roads for conditions such as

(Continued)


338 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

dust and ice. Always wash thechrome with soap and water afterexposure.

Caution

To avoid surface damage onwheels and wheel trim, do notuse strong soaps, chemicals,abrasive polishes, cleaners,or brushes. Use only GMapproved cleaners. Do not drivethe vehicle through an automaticcar wash that uses siliconecarbide tire/wheel cleaningbrushes. Damage could occurand the repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Brake System

Visually inspect brake lines andhoses for proper attachment,connections, binding, leaks, cracks,chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake

pads for wear and rotors for surfacecondition. Inspect drum brakelinings/shoes for wear or cracks.Inspect all other brake parts forcracks and leaks.

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs of wear atleast once a year.

Inspect power steering for properelectrical connections, binding,cracks, chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity jointboots and axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and thesteel fuel door hinges, unless thecomponents are plastic. Applyingsilicone grease on weatherstripswith a clean cloth will make themlast longer, seal better, and not stickor squeak.

Underbody Maintenance

At least twice a year, spring and fall,use plain water to flush anycorrosive materials from theunderbody. Take care to thoroughlyclean any areas where mud andother debris can collect.

Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure watercan overcome the seals andcontaminate the fluid. Contaminatedfluid will decrease the life of thetransfer case and/or axles andshould be replaced.

Sheet Metal Damage

If the vehicle is damaged andrequires sheet metal repair orreplacement, make sure the bodyrepair shop applies anti-corrosionmaterial to parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosionprotection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.


Vehicle Care 339

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer to avoidcorrosion. Larger areas of finishdamage can be corrected in yourdealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall uponand attack painted vehicle surfacescausing blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregulardark spots etched into the paintsurface. See “Finish Care”previously in this section.

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle's interior.Immediately remove any soils.Newspapers or dark garments cantransfer color to the vehicle’sinterior.

Use a soft bristle brush to removedust from knobs and crevices on theinstrument cluster. Using a mildsoap solution, immediately remove

hand lotions, sunscreen, and insectrepellent from all interior surfaces orpermanent damage may result.

Use cleaners specifically designedfor the surfaces being cleaned toprevent permanent damage. Applyall cleaners directly to the cleaningcloth. Do not spray cleaners on anyswitches or controls. Removecleaners quickly.

Before using cleaners, read andfollow all safety instructions on thelabel. While cleaning the interior,open the doors and windows to getproper ventilation.

To prevent damage, do not cleanthe interior using the followingcleaners or techniques:

. Never use a razor or any othersharp object to remove soil fromany interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.

. Never rub any surfaceaggressively or with too muchpressure.

. Do not use laundry detergents ordishwashing soaps withdegreasers. For liquid cleaners,use approximately 20 drops per3.8 L (1 gal) of water.A concentrated soap solution willcreate streaks and attract dirt.Do not use solutions that containstrong or caustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.If necessary, use a commercialglass cleaner after cleaning withplain water.


340 Vehicle Care

Caution

To prevent scratching, never useabrasive cleaners on automotiveglass. Abrasive cleaners oraggressive cleaning may damagethe rear window defogger.

Cleaning the windshield with waterduring the first three to six monthsof ownership will reduce tendencyto fog.

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker covergently, so that the speaker will notbe damaged. Clean spots with waterand mild soap.

Coated Moldings

Coated moldings should be cleaned.

. When lightly soiled, wipe with asponge or soft, lint-free clothdampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warmsoapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Start by vacuuming the surfaceusing a soft brush attachment. If arotating vacuum brush attachment isbeing used, only use it on the floorcarpet. Before cleaning, gentlyremove as much of the soil aspossible:

. Gently blot liquids with a papertowel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soils, remove as muchas possible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean, lint-freecolorfast cloth with water.Microfiber cloth isrecommended to prevent linttransfer to the fabric or carpet.

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Fold the cleaning cloth

to a clean area frequently toprevent forcing the soil in to thefabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any color transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only by plainwater.

If the soil is not completelyremoved, it may be necessary touse a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. Test a smallhidden area for colorfastness beforeusing a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. If ringformation occurs, clean the entirefabric or carpet.

After cleaning, use a paper towel toblot excess moisture.


Vehicle Care 341

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

Use a microfiber cloth on high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays. First,use a soft bristle brush to removedirt that can scratch the surface.Then gently clean by rubbing with amicrofiber cloth. Never use windowcleaners or solvents. Periodicallyhand wash the microfiber clothseparately, using mild soap. Do notuse bleach or fabric softener. Rinsethoroughly and air dry beforenext use.

Caution

Do not attach a device with asuction cup to the display. Thismay cause damage and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Instrument Panel, Leather,Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, andNatural Open Pore WoodSurfaces

Use a soft microfiber clothdampened with water to removedust and loose dirt. For a morethorough cleaning, use a softmicrofiber cloth dampened with amild soap solution.

Caution

Soaking or saturating leather,especially perforated leather, aswell as other interior surfaces,may cause permanent damage.Wipe excess moisture from thesesurfaces after cleaning and allowthem to dry naturally. Never useheat, steam, or spot removers. Donot use cleaners that containsilicone or wax-based products.Cleaners containing thesesolvents can permanently change

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

the appearance and feel ofleather or soft trim, and are notrecommended.

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windshieldunder certain conditions.

Caution

Use of air fresheners may causepermanent damage to plasticsand painted surfaces. If an airfreshener comes in contact withany plastic or painted surface inthe vehicle, blot immediately andclean with a soft cloth dampenedwith a mild soap solution.Damage caused by air freshenerswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.


342 Vehicle Care

Cargo Cover andConvenience Net

Wash with warm water and milddetergent. Do not use chlorinebleach. Rinse with cold water, andthen dry completely.

Care of Seat Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse seat belt webbing only withmild soap and lukewarm water.Allow the webbing to dry.

Floor Mats

{ Warning

If a floor mat is the wrong size oris not properly installed, it caninterfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals cancause unintended accelerationand/or increased stoppingdistance which can cause a crashand injury. Make sure the floormat does not interfere with thepedals.

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage.

. The original equipment floormats were designed for yourvehicle. If the floor mats needreplacing, it is recommendedthat GM certified floor mats bepurchased. Non-GM floor matsmay not fit properly and mayinterfere with the accelerator orbrake pedal. Always check thatthe floor mats do not interferewith the pedals.

. Do not use a floor mat if thevehicle is not equipped with afloor mat retainer on the driverside floor.

. Use the floor mat with thecorrect side up. Do not turnit over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat onthe driver side.

. Do not place one floor mat ontop of another.

Button Retainer


Vehicle Care 343

Some vehicles have floor mats witha button-type retainer.

Removing and Replacing theFloor Mat

1. Pull up on the rear of the matto unlock and remove.

2. Reinstall the floor mat by liningup the floor mat opening overthe carpet retainer andsnapping into position.

3. Make sure the floor mat isproperly secured. Verify thefloor mat does not interferewith the pedals.


344 Service and Maintenance

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 344

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 346

Special Application ServicesSpecial ApplicationServices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

Additional Maintenanceand CareAdditional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and PartsRecommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . . . 356

General InformationYour vehicle is an importantinvestment. This section describesthe required maintenance for thevehicle. Follow this schedule to helpprotect against major repairexpenses resulting from neglect orinadequate maintenance. It mayalso help to maintain the value ofthe vehicle if it is sold. It is theresponsibility of the owner to haveall required maintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicianswho can perform requiredmaintenance using genuinereplacement parts. They haveup-to-date tools and equipment forfast and accurate diagnostics. Manydealers have extended evening andSaturday hours, courtesytransportation, and onlinescheduling to assist with serviceneeds.

Your dealer recognizes theimportance of providingcompetitively priced maintenanceand repair services. With trainedtechnicians, the dealer is the place

for routine maintenance such as oilchanges and tire rotations andadditional maintenance items liketires, brakes, batteries, and wiperblades.

Caution

Damage caused by impropermaintenance can lead to costlyrepairs and may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.Maintenance intervals, checks,inspections, recommended fluids,and lubricants are important tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition.

Do not have chemical flushes thatare not approved by GMperformed on the vehicle. Theuse of flushes, solvents, cleaners,or lubricants that are notapproved by GM could damagethe vehicle, requiring expensiverepairs that are not covered bythe vehicle warranty.


Service and Maintenance 345

The Tire Rotation and RequiredServices are the responsibility of thevehicle owner. It is recommended tohave your dealer perform theseservices every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.Proper vehicle maintenance helps tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition, improves fuel economy,and reduces vehicle emissions.

Because of the way people usevehicles, maintenance needs vary.There may need to be morefrequent checks and services. TheAdditional Required Services -Normal are for vehicles that:

. Carry passengers and cargowithin recommended limits onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Vehicle Load Limits0 198.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal drivinglimits.

. Use the recommended fuel. SeeRecommended Fuel 0 251.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Normal chart.

The Additional Required Services -Severe are for vehicles that are:

. Mainly driven in heavy city trafficin hot weather.

. Mainly driven in hilly ormountainous terrain.

. Frequently towing a trailer.

. Used for high speed orcompetitive driving.

. Used for taxi, police, or deliveryservice.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Severe chart.

{ Warning

Performing maintenance work canbe dangerous and can causeserious injury. Performmaintenance work only if therequired information, proper tools,and equipment are available.If they are not, see your dealer to

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

have a trained technician do thework. See Doing Your OwnService Work 0 269.



MaintenanceScheduleOwner Checks and Services

At Each Fuel Stop

. Check the engine oil level. SeeEngine Oil 0 272.

Once a Month

. Check the tire inflationpressures. See Tire Pressure0 306.

. Inspect the tires for wear. SeeTire Inspection 0 313.

. Check the windshield washerfluid level. See Washer Fluid0 281.

Engine Oil Change

When the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message displays, have theengine oil and filter changed withinthe next 1 000 km/600 mi. If drivenunder the best conditions, theengine oil life system may notindicate the need for vehicle servicefor up to a year. The engine oil and

filter must be changed at least oncea year and the oil life system mustbe reset. Your trained dealertechnician can perform this work.If the engine oil life system is resetaccidentally, service the vehiclewithin 5 000 km/3,000 mi since thelast service. Reset the oil lifesystem when the oil is changed.See Engine Oil Life System 0 274.

Air Conditioning Desiccant(Replace Every Seven Years)

The air conditioning system requiresmaintenance every seven years.This service requires replacement ofthe desiccant to help the longevityand efficient operation of the airconditioning system. This servicecan be complex. See your dealer.

Tire Rotation and RequiredServices Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi

Rotate the tires, if recommended forthe vehicle, and perform thefollowing services. See TireRotation 0 313.

. Check engine oil level and oillife percentage. If needed,change engine oil and filter, andreset oil life system.See Engine Oil 0 272 andEngine Oil Life System 0 274.

. Check engine coolant level. SeeCooling System 0 277.

. Check windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid 0 281.

. Check tire inflation pressures.See Tire Pressure 0 306.

. Inspect tire wear. See TireInspection 0 313.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.

. Inspect engine air cleaner filter.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter0 276.

. Inspect brake system. SeeExterior Care 0 334.

. Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damage,including cracks or tears in therubber boots, loose or missing



parts, or signs of wear at leastonce a year. See Exterior Care0 334.

. Inspect power steering forproper attachment, connections,binding, leaks, cracks,chafing, etc.

. Visually inspect halfshafts anddrive shafts for excessive wear,lubricant leaks, and/or damageincluding: tube dents or cracks,constant velocity joint oruniversal joint looseness,cracked or missing boots, looseor missing boot clamps, centerbearing excessive looseness,loose or missing fasteners, andaxle seal leaks.

. Check restraint systemcomponents. See Safety SystemCheck 0 82.

. Visually inspect fuel system fordamage or leaks.

. Visually inspect exhaust systemand nearby heat shields forloose or damaged parts.

. Lubricate body components. SeeExterior Care 0 334.

. Check parking brake andautomatic transmission parkmechanism. See Park Brake andP (Park) Mechanism Check0 285.

. Check accelerator pedal fordamage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage. Check the hold openability of the strut. If the holdopen ability is low, service thegas strut. See Gas Strut(s)0 287.

. Inspect sunroof track and seal,if equipped. See Sunroof 0 59.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Normal

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @

Replace brake fluid. (6)

Replace windshield wiper blades. (7) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. @ @



Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Normal

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for properattachment, connection, routing, andcondition.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(4) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System0 277.

(5) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(6) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 283.

(7) Or every 12 months, whichevercomes first. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 286.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Severe

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @

Change automatic transmission fluid. @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @

Replace brake fluid. (6)

Replace windshield wiper blades. (7) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. @ @

Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Severe

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed if

driving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, window

fogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for properattachment, connection, routing, andcondition.



(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(4) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System0 277.

(5) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(6) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 283.

(7) Or every 12 months, whichevercomes first. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 286.

Special ApplicationServices. Severe Commercial Use

Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassiscomponents every oil change.

. Have underbody flushing serviceperformed. See "UnderbodyMaintenance" in Exterior Care0 334.

AdditionalMaintenance and CareYour vehicle is an importantinvestment and caring for it properlymay help to avoid future costlyrepairs. To maintain vehicleperformance, additionalmaintenance services may berequired.

It is recommended that your dealerperform these services — theirtrained dealer technicians knowyour vehicle best. Your dealer canalso perform a thoroughassessment with a multi-pointinspection to recommend when yourvehicle may need attention.

The following list is intended toexplain the services and conditionsto look for that may indicateservices are required.

Battery

The 12-volt battery supplies powerto start the engine and operate anyadditional electrical accessories.


352 Service and Maintenance. To avoid break-down or failure to

start the vehicle, maintain abattery with full cranking power.

. Trained dealer technicians havethe diagnostic equipment to testthe battery and ensure that theconnections and cables arecorrosion-free.

Belts

. Belts may need replacing if theysqueak or show signs ofcracking or splitting.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the belts andrecommend adjustment orreplacement when necessary.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and arecrucial to safe driving.

. Signs of brake wear may includechirping, grinding, or squealingnoises, or difficulty stopping.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the brakes andrecommend quality partsengineered for the vehicle.

Fluids

Proper fluid levels and approvedfluids protect the vehicle’s systemsand components. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 354 for GM approvedfluids.

. Engine oil and windshieldwasher fluid levels should bechecked at every fuel fill.

. Instrument cluster lights maycome on to indicate that fluidsmay be low and need to befilled.

Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and shouldbe regularly inspected to ensurethat there are no cracks or leaks.With a multi-point inspection, yourdealer can inspect the hoses andadvise if replacement is needed.

Lamps

Properly working headlamps,taillamps, and brake lamps areimportant to see and be seen onthe road.

. Signs that the headlamps needattention include dimming, failureto light, cracking, or damage.The brake lamps need to bechecked periodically to ensurethat they light when braking.

. With a multi-point inspection,your dealer can check the lampsand note any concerns.

Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in controlfor a smoother ride.

. Signs of wear may includesteering wheel vibration, bounce/sway while braking, longerstopping distance, or uneventire wear.

. As part of the multi-pointinspection, trained dealertechnicians can visually inspectthe shocks and struts for signs



of leaking, blown seals,or damage, and can advisewhen service is needed.

Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated,rotated, and balanced. Maintainingthe tires can save money and fuel,and can reduce the risk of tirefailure.

. Signs that the tires need to bereplaced include three or morevisible treadwear indicators; cordor fabric showing through therubber; cracks or cuts in thetread or sidewall; or a bulge orsplit in the tire.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect and recommend the righttires. Your dealer can alsoprovide tire/wheel balancingservices to ensure smoothvehicle operation at all speeds.Your dealer sells and servicesname brand tires.

Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle looking likenew, vehicle care products areavailable from your dealer. Forinformation on how to clean andprotect the vehicle’s interior andexterior, see Interior Care 0 339 andExterior Care 0 334.

Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical forensuring that the tires deliveroptimal wear and performance.

. Signs that the alignment mayneed to be adjusted includepulling, improper vehiclehandling, or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the requiredequipment to ensure properwheel alignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and thebest viewing, keep the windshieldclean and clear.

. Signs of damage includescratches, cracks, and chips.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect the windshield andrecommend proper replacementif needed.

Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleanedand kept in good condition toprovide a clear view.

. Signs of wear include streaking,skipping across the windshield,and worn or split rubber.

. Trained dealer technicians cancheck the wiper blades andreplace them when needed.



Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Automatic Transmission DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.See Cooling System 0 277.

Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscositygrade. ACDelco dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil0 272.

Hood Latch Assembly, SecondaryLatch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and

Release Pawl

Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, inCanada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,Category LB or GC-LB.

Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19353126, inCanada 19353127).

Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and DoorHinges

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).

Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) orequivalent.

Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protectionrequirements.



Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 23321606 A3212C

Engine Oil Filter 19330000 PF63E

Passenger Compartment Air Filter 20958479 CF179C

Spark Plugs 12622561 41-109

Wiper Blades

Front Driver – 60 cm (23.6 in) 84142870 —

Front Passenger – 50 cm (19.7 in) 23360287 —

Rear – 27.5 cm (10.8 in) 84177374 —



Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and thetype of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Services Performed


Technical Data 357

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357

Service Parts IdentificationLabel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357

Vehicle DataCapacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 359

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, onthe driver side of the vehicle. It canbe seen through the windshield fromoutside. The Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) also appears on theVehicle Certification and ServiceParts labels and certificates of titleand registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN isthe engine code. This codeidentifies the vehicle's engine,specifications, and replacement

parts. See “Engine Specifications”under Capacities and Specifications0 358 for the vehicle's engine code.

Service PartsIdentification LabelThere may be a label on the insideof the glove box that contains thefollowing information:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

. Model designation

. Paint information

. Production options and specialequipment

If there is no label, there is abarcode on the certification label onthe center (B) pillar to scan for thissame information.


358 Technical Data

Vehicle Data

Capacities and SpecificationsThe following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 354 for more information.

Application

Capacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type andcharge amount, see the refrigerant label under the

hood. See your dealer for more information.

Cooling System

Without V92 Towing Package 14.6 L 15.4 qt

With V92 Towing Package 16.7 L 17.6 qt

Engine Oil with Filter 5.7 L 6.0 qt

Fuel Tank

Front-Wheel Drive 73.4 L 19.4 gal

All-Wheel Drive 82.1 L 21.7 gal

Transfer Case Fluid 0.85 L 0.09 qt

Wheel Nut Torque 190Y 140 lb ft

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in thismanual. Recheck fluid level after filling.


Technical Data 359

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap

3.6L V6 Engine W Automatic 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in)

Engine Drive Belt Routing


360 Customer Information

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationCustomer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

Customer AssistanceOffices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

Customer Assistance for TextTelephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 363

Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 363GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

Scheduling ServiceAppointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366

Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366

Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 367Publication OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369

Radio FrequencyStatement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects tothe United StatesGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371

Reporting Safety Defects tothe CanadianGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacyVehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372

Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 372OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 373

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedureYour satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toBuick. Normally, any concerns withthe sales transaction or theoperation of the vehicle will beresolved by your dealer's sales orservice departments. Sometimes,however, despite the best intentionsof all concerned, misunderstandingscan occur. If your concern has notbeen resolved to your satisfaction,the following steps should be taken:

STEP ONE : Discuss your concernwith a member of dealershipmanagement. Normally, concernscan be quickly resolved at that level.If the matter has already beenreviewed with the sales, service,or parts manager, contact the ownerof your dealership or the generalmanager.

STEP TWO : If after contacting amember of dealership management,it appears your concern cannot be


Customer Information 361

resolved by your dealership withoutfurther help, in the U.S., call1-800-521-7300. In Canada, contactGeneral Motors of CanadaCustomer Care Centre at1-800-263-3777 (English) or1-800-263-7854 (French).

We encourage you to call thetoll-free number in order to give theinquiry prompt attention. Have thefollowing information available togive the Customer Assistancerepresentative:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN). This is availablefrom the vehicle registration ortitle, or the plate at the top left ofthe instrument panel and visiblethrough the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date andpresent mileage.

When contacting Buick, rememberthat your concern will likely beresolved at a dealer's facility. That iswhy we suggest following Step Onefirst.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners :Both General Motors and yourdealer are committed to makingsure you are completely satisfiedwith the new vehicle. However,if you continue to remain unsatisfiedafter following the procedureoutlined in Steps One and Two, youcan file with the Better BusinessBureau (BBB) Auto Line® Programto enforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administeredby the Council of Better BusinessBureaus to settle automotivedisputes regarding vehicle repairs orthe interpretation of the New VehicleLimited Warranty. Although you maybe required to resort to this informaldispute resolution program prior tofiling a court action, use of theprogram is free of charge and yourcase will generally be heard within40 days. If you do not agree with thedecision given in your case, youmay reject it and proceed with anyother venue for relief availableto you.

You may contact the BBB Auto LineProgram using the toll-freetelephone number or write them atthe following address:

BBB Auto Line ProgramCouncil of Better Business Bureaus,Inc.3033 Wilson BoulevardSuite 600Arlington, VA 22201

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100http://www.bbb.org/council/programs-services/dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line

This program is available in all50 states and the District ofColumbia. Eligibility is limited byvehicle age, mileage, and otherfactors. General Motors reservesthe right to change eligibilitylimitations and/or discontinue itsparticipation in this program.

STEP THREE — CanadianOwners : In the event that you donot feel your concerns have beenaddressed after following theprocedure outlined in Steps One



and Two, General Motors of CanadaCompany wants you to be aware ofits participation in a no-chargeMediation/Arbitration program.General Motors of CanadaCompany has committed to bindingarbitration of owner disputesinvolving factory-related vehicleservice claims. The programprovides for the review of the factsinvolved by an impartial third partyarbiter, and may include an informalhearing before the arbiter. Theprogram is designed so that theentire dispute settlement process,from the time you file your complaintto the final decision, should becompleted in about 70 days. Webelieve our impartial program offersadvantages over courts in mostjurisdictions because it is informal,quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or callthe General Motors Customer CareCentre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),1-800-263-7854 (French),or write to:

Mediation/Arbitration Programc/o Customer Care CentreGeneral Motors of CanadaCompanyMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

The inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

Customer AssistanceOfficesBuick encourages customers to callthe toll-free number for assistance.However, if a customer wishes towrite or e-mail Buick, the lettershould be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

Buick Customer Assistance CenterP.O. Box 33136Detroit, MI 48232-5136www.Buick.com

1-800-521-73001-800-832-8425 (For TextTelephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-252-1112

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994



Canada

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gm.ca

1-800-263-3777 (English)1-800-263-7854 (French)1-800-263-3830 (For TextTelephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-268-6800

All Overseas Locations

Please contact the local GeneralMotors Business Unit.

Customer Assistance forText Telephone (TTY)UsersTo assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing, or speech-impairedand who use Text Telephones(TTYs), Buick has TTY equipmentavailable at its Customer AssistanceCenter. Any TTY user can

communicate with Buick by dialing:1-800-832-8425. TTY users inCanada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center

Online Owner Experience(U.S.) my.buick.com

The Buick online owner experienceallows interaction with Buick andkeeps important vehicle-specificinformation in one place.

Membership Benefits

E : Download owner’s manualsand view vehicle-specific how-tovideos.

G : View maintenance schedules,alerts, and Vehicle DiagnosticInformation. Schedule serviceappointments.

I : View and print dealer-recordedservice records and self-recordedservice records.

D : Select a dealer and viewlocations, maps, phone numbers,and hours.

r : Track your vehicle’s warrantyinformation.

J : View active recalls by VehicleIdentification Number (VIN). SeeVehicle Identification Number (VIN)0 357.

H : View GM Card, SiriusXMSatellite radio (if equipped), andOnStar account information.

F : Chat with online helprepresentatives.

See my.buick.com to register yourvehicle.

Buick Owner Centre (Canada)www.buickowner.ca

Visit the Buick Owner Centre:

. Chat live with online helprepresentatives.

. Use the Vehicle Tools section.

. Access third party enthusiastsites and social media networks.

. Locate owner resources such aslease-end, financing, andwarranty information.


364 Customer Information. Retrieve your favorite articles,

quizzes, tips, and multimediagalleries organized into theFeatured Articles and Auto CareSections.

. Download the owner’s manualfor your vehicle, quickly andeasily.

. Find the Buick-recommendedmaintenance services for yourvehicle.

GM MobilityReimbursement Program

This program is available toqualified applicants for costreimbursement, up to certain limits,of eligible aftermarket adaptiveequipment required for the vehicle,

such as hand controls or awheelchair/scooter lift for thevehicle.

To learn about the GM Mobilityprogram, see www.gmmobility.comor call the GM Mobility AssistanceCenter at 1-800-323-9935. TextTelephone (TTY) users, call1-800-833-9935.

General Motors of Canada also hasa Mobility program. See www.gm.caor call 1-800-GM-DRIVE(800-463-7483) for details. TTYusers call 1-800-263-3830.

Roadside AssistanceProgramFor U.S.-purchased vehicles, call1-800-252-1112; (Text Telephone(TTY): 1-888-889-2438).

For Canadian-purchased vehicles,call 1-800-268-6800.

Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Calling for Assistance

When calling Roadside Assistance,have the following informationready:

. Your name, home address, andhome telephone number

. Telephone number of yourlocation

. Location of the vehicle

. Model, year, color, and licenseplate number of the vehicle

. Odometer reading, VehicleIdentification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle

. Description of the problem

Coverage

Services are provided for theduration of the vehicle’s powertrainwarranty.

In the U.S., anyone driving thevehicle is covered. In Canada, aperson driving the vehicle withoutpermission from the owner is notcovered.



Roadside Assistance is not a part ofthe New Vehicle Limited Warranty.General Motors North America andBuick reserve the right to make anychanges or discontinue theRoadside Assistance program atany time without notification.

General Motors North America andBuick reserve the right to limitservices or payment to an owner ordriver if they decide the claims aremade too often, or the same type ofclaim is made many times.

Services Provided. Emergency Fuel Delivery:

Delivery of enough fuel for thevehicle to get to the nearestservice station.

. Lock-Out Service: Service tounlock the vehicle if you arelocked out. A remote unlock maybe available if you have OnStar.For security reasons, the drivermust present identificationbefore this service is given.

. Emergency Tow from a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest Buick dealer for

warranty service, or if the vehiclewas in a crash and cannot bedriven. Assistance is not givenwhen the vehicle is stuck insand, mud, or snow.

. Flat Tire Change: Service tochange a flat tire with the sparetire. The spare tire, if equipped,must be in good condition andproperly inflated. It is the owner'sresponsibility for the repair orreplacement of the tire if it is notcovered by the warranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: If your trip isinterrupted due to a warrantyevent, incidental expenses maybe reimbursed within thePowertrain warranty period.Items considered are reasonableand customary hotel, meals,rental car, or a vehicle beingdelivered back to the customer,up to 500 miles.

Services Not Included inRoadside Assistance. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws.

. Legal fines.

. Mounting, dismounting,or changing of snow tires,chains, or other traction devices.

Service is not provided if a vehicleis in an area that is not accessibleto the service vehicle or is not aregularly traveled or maintainedpublic road, which includes ice andwinter roads. Off-road use is notcovered.

Services Specific toCanadian-Purchased Vehicles. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement

is up to 7 liters. Diesel fueldelivery may be restricted.Propane and other fuels are notprovided through this service.

. Lock-Out Service: Vehicleregistration is required.


366 Customer Information. Trip Interruption Benefits and

Assistance: Must be over150 km from where your trip wasstarted to qualify.Pre-authorization, originaldetailed receipts, and a copy ofthe repair orders are required.Once authorization has beenreceived, the RoadsideAssistance advisor will help youmake arrangements and explainhow to receive payment.

. Alternative Service: Ifassistance cannot be providedright away, the RoadsideAssistance advisor may givepermission to get localemergency road service. You willreceive payment, up to $100,after sending the original receiptto Roadside Assistance.Mechanical failures may becovered, however any cost forparts and labor for repairs notcovered by the warranty are theowner responsibility.

Scheduling ServiceAppointmentsWhen the vehicle requires warrantyservice, contact your dealer andrequest an appointment. Byscheduling a service appointmentand advising the service consultantof your transportation needs, yourdealer can help minimize yourinconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it until itcan be scheduled for service,unless, of course, the problem issafety related. If it is, please callyour dealership, let them know this,and ask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bringthe vehicle for service, you areurged to do so as early in the workday as possible to allow forsame-day repair.

Courtesy TransportationProgramTo enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base WarrantyCoverage period in Canada),extended powertrain, and/orhybrid-specific warranties in boththe U.S. and Canada.

Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience whenwarranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not apart of the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. A separate bookletentitled “Limited Warranty andOwner Assistance Information”furnished with each new vehicleprovides detailed warranty coverageinformation.



Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally becompleted while you wait. However,if you are unable to do so, yourdealer may offer the followingtransportation options:

Shuttle Service

This includes one-way or round-tripshuttle service within reasonabletime and distance parameters ofyour dealer's area.

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If overnight warranty repairs areneeded, and public transportation isused, the expense must besupported by original receipts andwithin the maximum amount allowedby GM for shuttle service. If U.S.customers arrange their owntransportation, limitedreimbursement for reasonable fuelexpenses may be available. Claimamounts should reflect actual costsand be supported by originalreceipts. See your dealer forinformation.

Courtesy Rental Vehicle

For an overnight warranty repair, thedealer may provide an availablecourtesy rental vehicle or provide forreimbursement of a rental vehicle.Reimbursement is limited and mustbe supported by original receipts aswell as a signed and completedrental agreement and meet state/provincial, local, and rental vehicleprovider requirements.Requirements vary and may includeminimum age requirements,insurance coverage, credit card, etc.Additional fees such as fuel usagecharges, taxes, levies, usage fees,excessive mileage, or rental usagebeyond the completion of the repairare also your responsibility.

It may not be possible to provide alike vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional ProgramInformation

All program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available atevery dealer. Contact your dealerfor specific availability.

General Motors reserves the right tounilaterally modify, change,or discontinue CourtesyTransportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the terms andconditions described herein at itssole discretion.

Collision Damage RepairIf the vehicle is involved in acollision and it is damaged, have thedamage repaired by a qualifiedtechnician using the properequipment and quality replacementparts. Poorly performed collisionrepairs diminish the vehicle resalevalue, and safety performance canbe compromised in subsequentcollisions.

Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts are newparts made with the same materialsand construction methods as theparts with which the vehicle wasoriginally built. Genuine GMCollision parts are the best choice toensure that the vehicle's designed



appearance, durability, and safetyare preserved. The use of GenuineGM parts can help maintain the GMNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Recycled original equipment partsmay also be used for repair. Theseparts are typically removed fromvehicles that were total losses inprior crashes. In most cases, theparts being recycled are fromundamaged sections of the vehicle.A recycled original equipment GMpart may be an acceptable choice tomaintain the vehicle's originallydesigned appearance and safetyperformance; however, the history ofthese parts is not known. Such partsare not covered by the GM NewVehicle Limited Warranty, and anyrelated failures are not covered bythat warranty.

Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle.As a result, these parts may fitpoorly, exhibit premature durability/corrosion problems, and may notperform properly in subsequent

collisions. Aftermarket parts are notcovered by the GM New VehicleLimited Warranty, and any vehiclefailure related to such parts is notcovered by that warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that youchoose a collision repair facility thatmeets your needs before you everneed collision repairs. Your dealermay have a collision repair centerwith GM-trained technicians andstate-of-the-art equipment, or beable to recommend a collision repaircenter that has GM-trainedtechnicians and comparableequipment.

Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GMvehicle with comprehensive andcollision insurance coverage. Thereare significant differences in thequality of coverage afforded byvarious insurance policy terms.Many insurance policies providereduced protection to the GMvehicle by limiting compensation fordamage repairs through the use of

aftermarket collision parts. Someinsurance companies will notspecify aftermarket collision parts.When purchasing insurance, werecommend that you ensure that thevehicle will be repaired with GMoriginal equipment collision parts.If such insurance coverage is notavailable from your currentinsurance carrier, consider switchingto another insurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original EquipmentManufacturer (OEM) parts orGenuine Manufacturer replacementparts. Read the lease carefully, asyou may be charged at the end ofthe lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help. Do notleave the scene of a crash until allmatters have been taken care of.Move the vehicle only if its position



puts you in danger, or you areinstructed to move it by a policeofficer.

Give only the necessary informationto police and other parties involvedin the crash.

For emergency towing seeRoadside Assistance Program0 364.

Gather the following information:

. Driver name, address, andtelephone number

. Driver license number

. Owner name, address, andtelephone number

. Vehicle license plate number

. Vehicle make, model, andmodel year

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

. Insurance company and policynumber

. General description of thedamage to the other vehicle

Choose a reputable repair facilitythat uses quality replacement parts.See “Collision Parts” earlier in thissection.

If the airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an AirbagInflates? 0 88.

Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommendsthat you take an active role in itsrepair. If you have a pre-determinedrepair facility of choice, take thevehicle there, or have it towed there.Specify to the facility that anyrequired replacement collision partsbe original equipment parts, eithernew Genuine GM parts or recycledoriginal GM parts. Remember,recycled parts will not be covered bythe GM vehicle warranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits,your insurance company mayinitially value the repair usingaftermarket parts. Discuss this with

the repair professional, and insist onGenuine GM parts. Remember,if the vehicle is leased, you may beobligated to have the vehiclerepaired with Genuine GM parts,even if your insurance coveragedoes not pay the full cost.

If another party's insurancecompany is paying for the repairs,you are not obligated to accept arepair valuation based on thatinsurance company's collision policyrepair limits, as you have nocontractual limits with that company.In such cases, you can have controlof the repair and parts choices aslong as the cost stays withinreasonable limits.

Publication OrderingInformation

Service Manuals

Service manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on theengine, transmission, axle,suspension, brakes, electricalsystem, steering system, body, etc.



Customer Literature

Owner’s manuals are writtenspecifically for owners and areintended to provide basicoperational information about thevehicle. The owner’s manualincludes the Maintenance Schedulefor all models.

Customer literature publicationsavailable for purchase includeowner’s manuals, warrantymanuals, infotainment manuals, andportfolios. Portfolios include anowner’s manual, warranty manual,infotainment manual, if applicable,and zip lock bag or pouch.

Current and Past Models

Service manuals and customerliterature are available for manycurrent and past model year GMvehicles.

To order, call 1-800-551-4123Monday–Friday, 8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m.eastern time

For credit card orders only (VISA,MasterCard, or Discover), seeHelm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.

To order by mail, write to:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Make checks payable in U.S. funds.

Radio FrequencyStatementThis vehicle has systems thatoperate on a radio frequency thatcomplies with Part 15/Part 18 of theFederal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) rules and withInnovation, Science and EconomicDevelopment (ISED) Canada'sRSP-100 / license-exempt RSS's /ICES-001.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. The device may not causeharmful interference.

2. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any ofthese systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.



Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could causea crash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds thata safety defect exists in a groupof vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individualproblems between you, yourdealer, or General Motors.

To contact NHTSA, you may callthe Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain otherinformation about motor vehiclesafety from http://www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that the vehicle has asafety defect, notify TransportCanada immediately, and notifyGeneral Motors of CanadaCompany. Call TransportCanada at 1-800-333-0510;go to:

www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)

www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French)

or write to:

Transport CanadaMotor Vehicle Safety DirectorateDefect Investigations andRecalls Division80 Noel StreetGatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defectsto General MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA (orTransport Canada) in a situation likethis, notify General Motors.

In the U.S., call 1-800-521-7300,or write:

Buick Customer Assistance CenterP.O. Box 33136Detroit, MI 48232–5136



In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777(English) or 1-800-263-7854(French), or write:

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

In Mexico, call 01-800-200-28425 or01-800-466-0818.

In other Central America andCaribbean Countries, call52-722-236-0680.

Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacyThe vehicle has a number ofcomputers that record informationabout the vehicle’s performance andhow it is driven. For example, thevehicle uses computer modules tomonitor and control engine andtransmission performance, tomonitor the conditions for airbagdeployment and deploy them in acrash, and, if equipped, to provideantilock braking to help the drivercontrol the vehicle. These modulesmay store data to help the dealertechnician service the vehicle.Some modules may also store dataabout how the vehicle is operated,such as rate of fuel consumption oraverage speed. These modules mayretain personal preferences, such asradio presets, seat positions, andtemperature settings.

Event Data RecordersThis vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). Themain purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a roadobstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’ssystems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. TheEDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

. How various systems in yourvehicle were operating;

. Whether or not the driver andpassenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle wastraveling.



These data can help provide abetter understanding of thecircumstances in which crashes andinjuries occur.

NoteEDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a non-trivial crashsituation occurs; no data arerecorded by the EDR under normaldriving conditions and no personaldata (e.g., name, gender, age, andcrash location) are recorded.However, other parties, such as lawenforcement, could combine theEDR data with the type ofpersonally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.

GM will not access these data orshare it with others except: with theconsent of the vehicle owner or,if the vehicle is leased, with theconsent of the lessee; in responseto an official request by police orsimilar government office; as part ofGM's defense of litigation throughthe discovery process; or, asrequired by law. Data that GMcollects or receives may also beused for GM research needs or maybe made available to others forresearch purposes, where a need isshown and the data is not tied to aspecific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStarIf the vehicle is equipped withOnStar and has an active serviceplan, additional data may becollected through the OnStarsystem. This includes informationabout the vehicle’s operation;collisions involving the vehicle; theuse of the vehicle and its features;and, in certain situations, thelocation and approximate GPSspeed of the vehicle. Refer to the

OnStar Terms and Conditions andPrivacy Statement on the OnStarwebsite.

See OnStar Additional Information0 376.

Infotainment SystemIf the vehicle is equipped with anavigation system as part of theinfotainment system, use of thesystem may result in the storage ofdestinations, addresses, telephonenumbers, and other trip information.See the infotainment manual forinformation on stored data and fordeletion instructions.


374 OnStar

OnStar

OnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

OnStar ServicesEmergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376

OnStar Additional InformationOnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376

OnStar Overview

= Voice Command Button

Q Blue OnStar Button

> Red Emergency Button

This vehicle may be equipped with acomprehensive, in-vehicle systemthat can connect to an OnStarAdvisor for Emergency, Security,Navigation, Connections, andDiagnostics Services. OnStarservices may require a paid serviceplan and data plan. OnStar requiresthe vehicle battery and electricalsystem, cellular service, and GPSsatellite signals to be available andoperating. OnStar acts as a link toexisting emergency serviceproviders. OnStar may collectinformation about you and yourvehicle, including locationinformation. See OnStar User

Terms, Privacy Statement, andSoftware Terms for more detailsincluding system limitations atwww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

The OnStar system status light isnext to the OnStar buttons. If thestatus light is:

. Solid Green: System is ready.

. Flashing Green: On a call.

. Red: Indicates a problem.

. Off: System is off. Press Qtwice to speak with an OnStarAdvisor.

PressQ or call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to speak to anAdvisor.

Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton may vary by vehicle andregion.


OnStar 375

Press= to:

. Open the OnStar app on theinfotainment display. See theinfotainment manual forinformation on how to use theOnStar app.

Or

. Make a call, end a call,or answer an incoming call.

. Give OnStar Hands-Free Callingvoice commands.

. Give OnStar Turn-by-TurnNavigation voice commands.

. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fihotspot name or SSID andpassword, if equipped.

PressQ to connect to anAdvisor to:

. Verify account information orupdate contact information.

. Get driving directions.

. Receive a Diagnostic check ofthe vehicle's key operatingsystems.

. Receive Roadside Assistance.

. Manage Wi-Fi Settings,if equipped.

Press> to get a priority connectionto an OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to:

. Get help for an emergency.

. Be a Good Samaritan orrespond to an AMBER Alert.

. Get assistance in severeweather or other crisis situationsand find evacuation routes.

OnStar Services

EmergencyEmergency Services require anactive safety and security plan. WithAutomatic Crash Response, built-insensors can automatically alert aspecially trained OnStar Advisorwho is immediately connected in tothe vehicle to help.

Press> for a priority connection toan OnStar Advisor who can contactemergency service providers, directthem to your exact location, andrelay important information.

With OnStar Crisis Assist, speciallytrained Advisors are available24 hours a day, 7 days a week, toprovide a central point of contact,assistance, and information during acrisis.

With Roadside Assistance, Advisorscan locate a nearby service providerto help with a flat tire, a batteryjump, or an empty gas tank.


376 OnStar

SecurityIf equipped, OnStar provides theseservices:

. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,OnStar Advisors can use GPS topinpoint the vehicle and helpauthorities quickly recover it.

. With Remote Ignition Block,if equipped, OnStar can blockthe engine from being restarted.

. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,if equipped, OnStar can workwith law enforcement togradually slow the vehicle down.

Theft Alarm Notification

If equipped, if the doors are lockedand the vehicle alarm sounds, anotification by text, e-mail, or phonecall will be sent. If the vehicle isstolen, an OnStar Advisor can workwith authorities to recover thevehicle.

OnStar AdditionalInformationIn-Vehicle Audio Messages

Audio messages may play importantinformation at the following times:

. Prior to vehicle purchase.PressQ to set up an account.

. After change in ownership andat 90 days.

Transferring Service

PressQ to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisorcan cancel or change accountinformation.

Selling/Transferring theVehicle

Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) immediately toterminate your OnStar or connectedservices if the vehicle is disposedof, sold, transferred, or if thelease ends.

Reactivation for SubsequentOwners

PressQ and follow the prompts tospeak to an Advisor as soon aspossible. The Advisor will updatevehicle records and explain OnStaror connected service options.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response,Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,Stolen Vehicle Assistance, RemoteServices, Roadside Assistance, andHands-Free Calling are available onmost vehicles. Not all OnStarservices are available everywhereor on all vehicles. For moreinformation, a full description ofOnStar services, system limitations,and OnStar User Terms, PrivacyStatement, and Software Terms:

. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827).

. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).

. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).

. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.


OnStar 377

. PressQ to speak with anAdvisor.

OnStar or connected servicescannot work unless the vehicle is ina place where OnStar has anagreement with a wireless serviceprovider for service in that area. Thewireless service provider must alsohave coverage, network capacity,reception, and technologycompatible with OnStar orconnected services. Serviceinvolving location information aboutthe vehicle cannot work unless GPSsignals are available, unobstructed,and compatible with the OnStarhardware. OnStar or connectedservices may not work if the OnStarequipment is not properly installedor it has not been properlymaintained. If equipment or softwareis added, connected, or modified,OnStar or connected services maynot work. Other problems beyondthe control of OnStar — such ashills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,electrical system design andarchitecture of the vehicle, damage

to the vehicle in a crash, or wirelessphone network congestion orjamming — may prevent service.


Services for People withDisabilities

Advisors provide services to helpwith physical disabilities andmedical conditions.

PressQ to help:

. Locate a gas station with anattendant to pump gas.

. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,that meets accessibility needs.

. Provide directions to the closesthospital or pharmacy in urgentsituations.

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability tocommunicate to deaf,hard-of-hearing, or speech-impairedcustomers while in the vehicle. Theavailable dealer-installed TTYsystem can provide in-vehicle

access to all OnStar services,except Virtual Advisor and OnStarTurn-by-Turn Navigation.

If equipped, TTY mode can beturned on or off by touchingSettings, then Apps, and thenPhone. When TTY mode is on,phone calls can be made orreceived with OnStar using theinfotainment display.

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access someOnStar services. The PIN will needto be changed the first time whenspeaking with an Advisor. Tochange the OnStar PIN, contact anOnStar Advisor by pressingQ orcalling 1-888-4ONSTAR.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may bewarranted as part of the vehiclewarranty.


378 OnStar

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed torespond in multiple languages.PressQ and ask for an Advisor.Advisors are available in English,Spanish, and French. Availablelanguages may vary by country.

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform RemoteDoor Unlock or Stolen VehicleAssistance after the vehicle hasbeen off continuously for 10 dayswithout an ignition cycle. If thevehicle has not been started for10 days, OnStar can contactRoadside Assistance or a locksmithto help gain access to the vehicle.

Global PositioningSystem (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can

occur in a large city with tallbuildings; in parking garages;around airports; in tunnels andunderpasses; or in an area withvery dense trees. If GPS signalsare not available, the OnStarsystem should still operate to

call OnStar. However, OnStarcould have difficulty identifyingthe exact location.

. In emergency situations, OnStarcan use the last stored GPSlocation to send to emergencyresponders.

A temporary loss of GPS can causeloss of the ability to send aTurn-by-Turn Navigation route. TheAdvisor may give a verbal route ormay ask for a call back after thevehicle is driven into an open area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Cellular reception is required forOnStar to send remote signals tothe vehicle. Do not place items overor near the antenna to preventblocking cellular and GPS signalreception.

Unable to Connect to OnStarMessage

If there is limited cellular coverageor the cellular network has reachedmaximum capacity, this message

may come on. PressQ to try thecall again or try again after driving afew miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for featuresto function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integratedinto the electrical architecture of thevehicle. Do not add any electricalequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 266. Added electricalequipment may interfere with theoperation of the OnStar system andcause it to not operate.

Vehicle Software Updates

OnStar or GM may remotely deliversoftware updates or changes to thevehicle without further notice orconsent. These updates or changesmay enhance or maintain safety,


OnStar 379

security, or the operation of thevehicle or the vehicle systems.Software updates or changes mayaffect or erase data or settings thatare stored in the vehicle, such asOnStar Hands-Free Calling nametags, saved navigation destinations,or pre-set radio stations. NeitherOnStar nor GM is responsible forany affected or erased data orsettings. These updates or changesmay also collect personalinformation. Such collection isdescribed in the OnStar privacystatement or separately disclosed atthe time of installation. Theseupdates or changes may also causea system to automaticallycommunicate with GM servers tocollect information about vehiclesystem status, identify whetherupdates or changes are available,or deliver updates or changes. Anactive OnStar agreement constitutesconsent to these software updatesor changes and agreement thateither OnStar or GM may remotelydeliver them to the vehicle.

Privacy

The complete OnStar PrivacyStatement may be found atwww.onstar.com (U.S.),or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Werecommend that you review it. If youhave any questions, call1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)or pressQ to speak with anAdvisor. Users of wirelesscommunications are cautioned thatthe privacy of any information sentvia wireless cellular communicationscannot be assured. Third partiesmay unlawfully intercept or accesstransmissions and privatecommunications without consent.

OnStar - SoftwareAcknowledgements

Certain OnStar components includelibcurl and unzip software and otherthird party software. Below are thenotices and licenses associated withlibcurl and unzip and for other thirdparty software please see http://opensource.lge.com/index

www.onstar.com/us/en/

libcurl:

COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSIONNOTICE

Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, DanielStenberg, <[email protected]>.

All rights reserved.

Permission to use, copy, modify,and distribute this software for anypurpose with or without fee ishereby granted, provided that theabove copyright notice and thispermission notice appear in allcopies.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OFANY KIND, EXPRESS ORIMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOTLIMITED TO THE WARRANTIESOF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEAND NONINFRINGEMENT OFTHIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NOEVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS ORCOPYRIGHT HOLDERS BELIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,WHETHER IN AN ACTION OFCONTRACT, TORT OR


380 OnStar

OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTIONWITH THE SOFTWARE OR THEUSE OR OTHER DEALINGS INTHE SOFTWARE.

Except as contained in this notice,the name of a copyright holder shallnot be used in advertising orotherwise to promote the sale, useor other dealings in this Softwarewithout prior written authorization ofthe copyright holder.

unzip:

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of theInfo-ZIP copyright and license. Thedefinitive version of this documentshould be available at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.

Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. Allrights reserved.

For the purposes of this copyrightand license, “Info-ZIP” is defined asthe following set of individuals:

Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed

Gordon, Ian Gorman, ChrisHerborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, KaiUwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,Rich Wales, Mike White.

This software is provided “as is,”without warranty of any kind,express or implied. In no event shallInfo-ZIP or its contributors be heldliable for any direct, indirect,incidental, special or consequentialdamages arising out of the use of orinability to use this software.

Permission is granted to anyone touse this software for any purpose,including commercial applications,and to alter it and redistribute itfreely, subject to the followingrestrictions:

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions.

2. Redistributions in binary form(compiled executables) mustreproduce the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions indocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution. The sole exceptionto this condition is redistributionof a standard UnZipSFX binary(including SFXWiz) as part of aself-extracting archive; that ispermitted without inclusion ofthis license, as long as thenormal SFX banner has notbeen removed from the binaryor disabled.

3. Altered versions–including, butnot limited to, ports to newoperating systems, existingports with new graphicalinterfaces, and dynamic,shared, or static libraryversions–must be plainlymarked as such and must not


OnStar 381

be misrepresented as beingthe original source. Suchaltered versions also must notbe misrepresented as beingInfo-ZIP releases–including,but not limited to, labeling ofthe altered versions with thenames “Info-ZIP” (or anyvariation thereof, including, butnot limited to, differentcapitalizations), “PocketUnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”without the explicit permissionof Info-ZIP. Such alteredversions are further prohibitedfrom misrepresentative use ofthe Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mailaddresses or of theInfo-ZIP URL(s).

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to usethe names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”and “MacZip” for its ownsource and binary releases.


382 Connected Services

ConnectedServices

Connected ServicesNavigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385

Connected Services

NavigationNavigation requires a specificOnStar or connected service plan.

PressQ to receive Turn-by-Turndirections or have them sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. PressQ to connect to anAdvisor.

2. Request directions to bedownloaded to the vehicle.

3. Follow the voice-guidedcommands.

Using Voice CommandsDuring a Planned Route

Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton, if equipped, may vary byvehicle and region. For somevehicles, press= to open the

OnStar app on the infotainmentdisplay. For other vehicles press=as follows.

Cancel Route

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Cancel route.” Systemresponds: “Do you want tocancel directions?”

3. Say “Yes.” System responds:“OK, request completed, thankyou, goodbye.”

Route Preview


2. Say “Route preview.” Systemresponds with the next threemaneuvers.

Repeat



Connected Services 383

2. Say “Repeat.” Systemresponds with the last directiongiven, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Get My Destination


2. Say “Get my destination.”System responds with theaddress and distance to thedestination, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Send Destination to Vehicle

Directions can be sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

PressQ, then ask the Advisor todownload directions to the vehicle’snavigation system, if equipped. Afterthe call ends, the navigation screenwill provide prompts to begin drivingdirections. Routes that are sent tothe navigation screen can only becanceled through the navigationsystem.

See www.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

ConnectionsThe following services help withstaying connected.

For coverage maps, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Ensuring Security

. Change the default passwordsfor the Wi-Fi hotspot andmyBuick mobile application.Make these passwords differentfrom each other and use acombination of letters, numbers,and symbols to increase thesecurity.

. Change the default name of theSSID (Service Set Identifier).This is your network’s name thatis visible to other wirelessdevices. Choose a unique nameand avoid family names orvehicle descriptions.

Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)

The vehicle may have a built-inWi-Fi hotspot that provides accessto the Internet and web content at4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobiledevices can be connected. A dataplan is required. Use the in-vehiclecontrols only when it is safe todo so.

1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspotinformation, press= to openthe OnStar app on theinfotainment display, thenselect Wi-Fi Hotspot. On somevehicles, touch Wi-Fi or Wi-FiSettings on the screen.

2. The Wi-Fi settings will displaythe Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),password, and on somevehicles, the connection type(no Internet connection, 3G,4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality(poor, good, excellent).

3. To change the SSID orpassword, pressQ or call1-888-4ONSTAR to connectwith an Advisor. On some


384 Connected Services

vehicles, the SSID andpassword can be changed inthe Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.

After initial set-up, your vehicle’sWi-Fi hotspot will connectautomatically to your mobiledevices. Manage data usage byturning Wi-Fi on or off on yourmobile device, by using the myBuickmobile app, or by contacting anOnStar Advisor. On some vehicles,Wi-Fi can also be managed from theWi-Fi Hotspot menu.

MyBuick Mobile App (If Available)

Download the myBuick mobile appto compatible Apple and Androidsmartphones. Buick users canaccess the following services from asmartphone:

. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,if factory-equipped.

. Lock/unlock doors, if equippedwith automatic locks.

. Activate the horn and lamps.

. Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oillife, or tire pressure,if factory-equipped with the TirePressure Monitor System.

. Send destinations to the vehicle.

. Locate the vehicle on a map(U.S. market only).

. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspoton/off, manage settings, andmonitor data consumption,if equipped.

. Locate a dealer and scheduleservice.

. Request roadside assistance.

. Set a parking reminder with pindrop, take a photo, make a note,and set a timer.

. Connect with Buick on socialmedia.

Features are subject to change. FormyBuick mobile app information andcompatibility, see my.buick.com.

An active OnStar or connectedservice plan may be required.A compatible device,factory-installed remote start, and

power locks are required. Data ratesapply. See www.onstar.com fordetails and system limitations.

Remote Services

Contact an OnStar Advisor tounlock the doors or sound the hornand flash the lamps.

Marketplace

OnStar Advisors can provide offersfrom restaurants and retailers onyour route, help locate hotels,or book a room. These servicesvary by market.

OnStar Hands-Free Calling

Make and receive calls with thebuilt-in wireless calling service,which requires available minutes.Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton may vary by vehicle andregion. For some vehicles, press=to open the OnStar app on theinfotainment display, then selectHands-Free calling. For othervehicles press= as follows.


Connected Services 385

Make a Call

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready.”

2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing, including a “1” and thearea code. System responds:“OK, calling.”

Calling 911 Emergency


2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say “911” without pausing.System responds: “911.”

4. Say “Call.” System responds:“OK, dialing 911.”

Retrieve My Number


2. Say “My number.” Systemresponds: “Your OnStarHands-Free Calling number is,”then says the number.

End a Call

Press=. System responds: “Callended.”

Verify Minutes and Expiration

Press= and say “Minutes” then“Verify” to check how many minutesremain and their expiration date.

If equipped, press= and touchAccount Services to view thenumber of remaining minutes,available Wi-Fi data, and otheraccount information.

DiagnosticsBy monitoring and reporting on thevehicle’s key systems, OnStarAdvanced Diagnostics, if equipped,provides a way to keep up onmaintenance. Capabilities vary bymodel. See www.onstar.com fordetails and system limitations.Features are subject to change. Forupdates on feature capabilities, seemy.buick.com. Message and datarates may apply.


386 Index

Index AAccessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . 227Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 266Additional InformationOnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376

Additional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

AdjustmentsLumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . .64

Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 276Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . .178, 182Air Filter, PassengerCompartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Airbag SystemCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88

Passenger Sensing System . . . .90What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88

When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87

Airbag System (cont'd)Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . .85

AirbagsAdding Equipment to theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94

Passenger Status Indicator . . . 140Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Servicing Airbag-EquippedVehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94

System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50

AlertLane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 246

All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . .218, 285Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 218Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Appearance CareExterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

Assistance Program,Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Assistance Systems forParking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 237


Index 387

Auto StopStop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

AutomaticDimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Forward Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 275

Automatic TransmissionManual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

BBatteryExterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Battery - North America . . . .284, 328Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 286BrakeParking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 143

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Braking (cont'd)Automatic Forward . . . . . . . . . . . 243

Braking SystemFront Pedestrian (FPB) . . . . . . . 244

Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 202Bulb ReplacementHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 289

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

CCalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126CaliforniaPerchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

CaliforniaProposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .268, 284, 328,

Back CoverCanadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2Capacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

Carbon MonoxideEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

CargoManagement System . . . . . . . . . .118

Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 118Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319ChargingWireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 141CheckEngine Light (MalfunctionIndicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Child RestraintsInfants and Young Children . . . . .97Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111, 113Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291CleaningExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 367


388 Index

Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 327CompartmentsStorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117

Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Connected ServicesConnections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382

ConnectionsConnected Services . . . . . . . . . . 383

ControlTraction and ElectronicStability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52CoolantEngine Temperature Gauge . . 138

Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178, 182Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Cruise Control, Adaptive . . . . . . . . 227Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 363Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

Customer Assistance (cont'd)Text Telephone (TTY)Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363

Customer InformationPublications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369

Customer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 367Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2Data CollectionInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 373OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373

Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 372Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40DiagnosticsConnected Services . . . . . . . . . . 385

Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173DoorAjar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38

Door (cont'd)Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 359Drive SystemsAll-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . 218, 285

Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 235Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . .149, 152

Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 223DrivingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 240Characteristics andTowing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . .27Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 196If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 198Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 189Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 198Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Dual Automatic ClimateControl System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178


Index 389

EElectric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . 219Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 144Electrical Equipment,Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

Electrical SystemEngine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 291Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

EmergencyOnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

EngineAir Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Check Light (MalfunctionIndicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 271Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 359Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

Engine (cont'd)Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 212Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

Engine OilTemperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . 137

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 372Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 168Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 170Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

FFeaturesMemory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Filter,Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 276

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 172Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342FluidAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . 275Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Forward Automatic Braking . . . . . 243Forward Collision Alert(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Frequency StatementRadio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370

Front Pedestrian Braking(FPB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

Front SeatsHeated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . .68

FuelAdditives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 148Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Top Tier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251


390 Index

FusesEngine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 291Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

GGarage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 164Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287GaugesEngine CoolantTemperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Engine Oil Temperature . . . . . . . 137Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Warning Lights andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

General InformationService and Maintenance . . . . . 344Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

General Information (cont'd)Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

HHazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 172Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62HeadlampsAiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 148High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 170Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 149

HeatedRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53HeaterEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178, 182

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 148High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . 307Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 196Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 221Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124How to Wear Seat BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178, 182

IIgnition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51IndicatorPedestrian Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Infants and Young Children,Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

InformationPublication Ordering . . . . . . . . . . 369

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 373Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 54Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

JJump Starting - NorthAmerica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328


Index 391

KKeyless EntryRemote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . .29

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 301LampsCourtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 171Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Exterior Lamps OffReminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Malfunction Indicator(Check Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . 247Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . 249Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . 145Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

LATCH SystemReplacing Parts after aCrash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111

LATCH, Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . 103

LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42LightingEntry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 173LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

LightsAirbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 143Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Check Engine (MalfunctionIndicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 144Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 147Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 170Lane Keep Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Lights (cont'd)Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . 139Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Service Electric ParkingBrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Sport Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146LocksAutomatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 148Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64


392 Index

MMaintenanceRecords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

Maintenance and CareAdditional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 346Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 141Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65MessagesEngine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

MirrorRear Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54

MirrorsAutomatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .53Automatic DimmingRearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54

Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53

Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 54

Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

Monitor System, TirePressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

NNavigationConnected Services . . . . . . . . . . 382

New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 202

OOdometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

OilEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 274Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 96Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 363OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373OnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376

OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376

OutletsPower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

PParkShifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237ParkingBrake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 285

Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 210

Parking or BackingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 237

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 90Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . 145Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements, California . . . . . . 269

PersonalizationVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

PowerDoor Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40


Index 393

Power (cont'd)Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 207Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56

Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . 81PrivacyVehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 372

ProgramCourtesy Transportation . . . . . . 366

Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Proposition65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . .268, 284, 328,

Back CoverPublication OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369

RRadio Frequency Statement . . . . 370Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Rear Climate Control System . . . 182Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73

Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 237

Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 125Rearview MirrorsAutomatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .54

Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64RecommendedFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

RecordsMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 332Reimbursement Program,GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Replacement PartsAirbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 95Replacing LATCH SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Replacing Seat Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Reporting Safety DefectsCanadian Government . . . . . . . . 371General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53RoadsDriving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59

Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 359Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

SSafety Defects ReportingCanadian Government . . . . . . . . 371General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371

Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 82Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 366Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81


394 Index

Seat Belts (cont'd)How to Wear Seat BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . .82Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . .81

SeatsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62Heated and Ventilated Front . . . .68Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . .64Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . .64Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . .64Third Row Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73

Securing ChildRestraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111, 113

SecurityLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 269

Service (cont'd)Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 356Maintenance, GeneralInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

Parts Identification Label . . . . . 357Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 366

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

ServicesSpecial Application . . . . . . . . . . . 351

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 246Signals, Turn andLane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Spare TireCompact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

Special Application Services . . . . 351Specifications andCapacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Sport Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145StabiliTrakOFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 285Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Storage AreasCargo Management System . . .118Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Sunglasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 117StrutsGas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Sunglass Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3SystemForward CollisionAlert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177, 373Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

SystemsDriver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235


Index 395

TTachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 363Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 51Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51

Third-Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 320Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306, 307Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Pressure Monitor Operation . . 309Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 308Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301Terminology and Definitions . . 303Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Tires (cont'd)Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 318When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217TowingDriving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 254Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261General Information . . . . . . . . . . 254Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 332Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 265Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

TractionControl System(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . 146

Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

TrailerSway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . 265Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

TransmissionAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

Transportation Program,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

UUniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 317Universal Remote System . . . . . . 164Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

VVehicleAlarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Identification Number (VIN) . . . 357Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 145


396 Index

Vehicle CareTire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372

Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

WWarningBrake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 143Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 249

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

WarningsHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281WheelsAlignment and Tire Balance . . 318Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 102Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56

WindshieldReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 286WipersRear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

84149412 B

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

19_BUI_Enclave_COV_en_US_84149412B_2018SEP12.ai 1 8/16/2018 8:55:26 AM19_BUI_Enclave_COV_en_US_84149412B_2018SEP12.ai 1 8/16/2018 8:55:26 AM

Documents

84149412 B · 2019-12-25 · 0 270. 19. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out of View). See Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 141. 20. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 168. 21. Instrument